Tigercat 845D L845D FELLER BUNCHER OPERATOR’S MANUAL - PDF DOWNLOAD

845D/L845D FELLER BUNCHER

OPERATOR’S MANUAL SERIAL NUMBER 84512501 TO 84513000 SERIAL NUMBER 84522501 TO 84523000

ISSUE 1.6, JULY 2014 Tigercat Industries Inc. P.O. Box 637 Brantford, Ontario Canada N3T 5P9 Tel: (519) 753-2000 Fax: (519) 753-8272

ii

TIGERCAT 845D/L845D FELLER BUNCHER TABLE OF CONTENTS INTRODUCTION................................................................................................................................................. v MACHINE IDENTIFICATION AND SERIAL NUMBERS..................................................................................... vi STANDARDS, FOPS, OPS, ROPS, TOPS ........................................................................................................vii NON-APPROVED FIELD PRODUCT CHANGES ..........................................................................................vviii REGULATORY INFORMATION.......................................................................................................................... ix SAFETY...............................................................................................................................................................1 USING HIGH-SPEED DISC SAWS SAFELY.............................................................APPENDIX TO SECTION 1 CONTROLS AND OPERATION...........................................................................................................................2 LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE.................................................................................................................3

CALIFORNIA Proposition 65 Warning Diesel engine exhaust and some of its constituents are known to the State of California to cause cancer, birth defects and other reproductive harm.

845D/L845D Available Literature Operator’s Manual (This Manual).....................................................................................................Part No. 43287AENG Service Manual.................................................................................................................................Part No. 43288AENG Parts Catalog....................................................................................................................................Part No. 43289A Vehicle Moving and Transporting Instructions..................................................................................Part No. 43037AMUL Engine Operation and Maintenance Manual, N67 T4f.....................................................................Part No. 42939AMUL Engine Operation and Maintenance Manual, N67 T2......................................................................Part No. 45045AMUL

iii

iv

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher INTRODUCTION An Operator's manual, Service manual and a Parts catalog are made available by Tigercat to assist the dealer, customer and operator in becoming familiar with the features of the 845D/L845D Feller Bunchers.

Serial numbers:845D

84512501 TO 84513000

L845D 84522501 TO 84523000 NOTE: The 4th digit in the machine serial number indicates the machine model type. For example, 1 = Feller Buncher and 2 = Leveling Feller Buncher. For simplicity throughout this manual the 4th digit has been replaced with an asterisk to indicate that both types of machine models are affected, ie: 845*2501 TO 845*3000.

The 845D/L845D Feller Buncher is designed for harvesting trees, selective felling, thinning and final felling applications in plantations and natural stands.

The operator's manual will assist the operator with the techniques of proper and safe operation of the 845D/L845D Feller Bunchers. There is also important information regarding the safe operation of the attachment. The service manual contains safety and servicing procedures and a preventive maintenance schedule to ensure optimum machine performance.

Section 1 in both the operator's manual and the service manual contains safety information that must be followed. As well, throughout the rest of the manuals, DANGER, WARNING and CAUTION notices are displayed where necessary, drawing attention to possible hazards when performing certain procedures.

Only trained personnel should be allowed to operate or work on the machine.

The information contained in this manual is current at time of printing. Improvements to the machine are on-going and may not be covered, therefore in these cases contact your Tigercat dealer for the appropriate information.

The phrase “and up” appearing in this manual after the serial number implies that the related information is current for any machine serial number HIGHER than the serial number preceding the “and up”.

Tigercat reserves the right to make changes to the machine after this manual release date that may not immediately appear in this manual.

Every effort is made to send out updates on a regular basis. If the machine in question was built after the release date of this manual and there is a discrepancy, call Tigercat service department. The release date appears on the first page.

The Company reserves the right to change information contained herein at any time without prior notice.

All product or company names that may be mentioned in this publication are trade names, trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners.

Tigercat Industries Inc.

v

Introduction

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

MACHINE IDENTIFICATION AND SERIAL NUMBERS Please record all serial numbers related to this machine below and have ready before calling for assistance.

Engine Identification Label Location - Earlier Machines

On earlier machines the engine identification label is located on top of the engine beside the oil fill cap.

800292

Machine Serial Number Plate Location– Cab

The machine serial number plate is located inside the cab behind the operator's seat.

800523

Engine Serial Number Stamp Location and Identification Label - Later Machines

On later machines the engine identification label is located on top of the right engine mount lug The engine serial number is also stamped on the right side of the engine, below the exhaust manifold.

Engine Serial Number: Engine Date of Manufacture:_______________________ 855D-002

Machine Serial Number Stamp Location– Upper Structure

The machine serial number is also stamped on the top side of the upper structure near the boom saddle.

Machine Model Number:__________________________ Machine Serial Number:__________________________ Model Year:____________________________________

vi

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

Introduction

THIS OPERATOR ENCLOSURE MEETS THE FOLLOWING STANDARDS: • ISO 8083:1989 11 600J FALLING OBJECTS PROTECTION STRUCTURES (FOPS) • ISO 8084:1993 OPERATOR PROTECTION STRUCTURES (OPS) • ISO 8082-2:2011 ROLL OVER PROTECTION STRUCTURES (ROPS) • OREGON OSHA 437-007-0775:14A TIP-OVER PROTECTION STRUCTURES (TOPS) • ISO 2867:1994 • SAE J1356: FEB. 1988 • OREGON OSHA 437-007-0775:14B,C • AS 4988 2002 * MODIFICATIONS AND REPAIRS: The integrity of the FOPS, OPS, ROPS, TOPS structure and its continued ability to provide the level of protection it was designed for could be seriously affected by any modifications to the structure, its mounting or to the chassis to which it is attached.

Tigercat emphasizes that the certification of approval of the FOPS, OPS, ROPS, TOPS structure will become void if any such modifications take place.

Tigercat may officially grant approval for modifications only by: (i) Written approval of repairs or modifications signed by the Tigercat Engineering Manager; or (ii) Approved modifications officially released by Tigercat.

Both of the above are provided that the work is carried out in the factory approved manner.

Unauthorized modifications and/or repairs made or contributed to by a customer or a Tigercat distributor may result in creating a dangerous situation and therefore the customer or Tigercat distributor will be considered to have assumed the risk involved or be negligent in creating this situation.

Tigercat will not be held responsible for situations arising from having created unauthorized modifications/changes to the structure.

Operator cabs are designed to ROPS, TOPS, FOPS, OPS standards so that they will withstand force and absorb energy during a roll over (ROPS), tip-over (TOPS), when resisting the impact of a falling object (FOPS) and minimize the possibility of operator injury from penetrating objects (OPS). When a permanent deflection of the structure occurs, the structure can no longer provide the original designed level of protection and should be replaced. Attempts to straighten the structure, particularly by the application of heat, can reduce still further the structures remaining capability to protect.

The mounting and the frame or chassis to which the cab is attached is considered an integral part of the FOPS, OPS, ROPS, TOPS and is included in the design, test and certification of the product.

Contact the Tigercat Service department before attempting any modifications or repair to tip-over protective structures.

Tigercat Industries Inc.

vii

Introduction

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

NON-APPROVED FIELD PRODUCT CHANGES The installation of any unauthorized attachment or changes made of any kind to this Tigercat product could affect the product's ability to perform as originally intended. The product's integrity, stability and its ability to perform safely could be at serious risk.

IT IS Tigercat POLICY THAT NO CHANGES ARE TO BE MADE TO ITS PRODUCTS INCLUDING DELETIONS OR ADDITIONS OTHER THAN A Tigercat APPROVED OPTION FITTED IN THE FACTORY APPROVED MANNER. Official approval to make changes or install options is only to be undertaken as follows: (i) The relevant options for that product must be shown or listed on current Tigercat documentation or literature such as a printed specification sheet, price list, parts manual, or product literature issued by Tigercat. (ii) Approved options or product changes authorized in writing by the Tigercat Engineering Manager.

AUTHORIZATION BY ANY OTHER PERSON IS UNACCEPTABLE. Unauthorized changes made or contributed to by a person or organization may result in creating a dangerous situation and therefore the person or organization will be considered to have assumed the risk involved or be negligent in having created this situation.

Weight is an important factor when considering the addition of options or an attachment, Refer to your Tigercat distributor for information on maximum permissible operating weight and the effect the addition of various options may have on your machine.

Tigercat will not be held responsible for any situation that may arise resulting from Non-approved Field Product Changes to its product.

Should Tigercat become involved in a dispute resulting from changes made to the product without proper authorization by Tigercat as stated above, Tigercat will take whatever action is appropriate to protect its interests.

The product warranty policy and the certification on any safety items installed on the modified product will become NULL and VOID if the above policy is not adhered to as specified.

Non-approved product changes also nullify warranties given to Tigercat by its component manufacturers.

Tigercat Industries Inc.

viii

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

Introduction

REGULATORY INFORMATION The operator's cab is equipped with standard or optional equipment that is capable of emitting radio frequency fields.

Bluetooth and Wi-Fi exposure limits are significantly less than the maximum permitted for public use.

IMPORTANT! The RemoteLog™ telematics satellite antenna is externally mounted to the operator cab. When transmitting, the external antenna should always be separated from personnel by a minimum distance of 20 cm (8 in). Transmissions can be silenced by placing the telematics system in repair mode.

FEDERAL COMMUNICATIONS COMMISSION NOTIFICATIONS TO USER INTERNAL (OPERATOR'S CAB): Telematics Module (Wi-Fi)

Contains FCC ID: NCMOCG2101

IQAN-G11 (Bluetooth)

Contains FCC ID: VPYLBZY

Radio (Bluetooth)

Contains FCC ID: OPDJHD36A

Radio (Bluetooth)

Contains FCC ID: OPDJHD1635BT

Radio (Bluetooth)

Contains FCC ID: OPDJHD3630BT

EXTERNAL: Inmarsat Modem (Satellite)

Contains FCC ID: B92IDP1XX

Iridium Modem (Satellite)

Contains FCC ID: Q639603N

These devices comply with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.

Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user’s authority to operate the equipment.

This equipment complies with FCC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment and meets the FCC radio frequency (RF) Exposure Guidelines. This equipment has very low levels of RF energy that is deemed to comply without maximum permissive exposure evaluation (MPE).

INDUSTRY CANADA NOTIFICATIONS TO USER INTERNAL (OPERATOR'S CAB): Telematics Module (Wi-Fi)

Contains IC ID: NCMOCG2101

IQAN-G11 (Bluetooth)

Contains IC ID: VPYLBZY

EXTERNAL: Inmarsat Modem (Satellite)

Contains IC ID: B92IDP1XX

Iridium Modem (Satellite)

Contains IC ID: Q639603N

These devices comply with Industry Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.

This equipment complies with IC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment and meets RSS102 of the IC radio frequency (RF) Exposure rules. This equipment has very low levels of RF energy that is deemed to comply without maximum permissive exposure evaluation (MPE).

ix

Introduction

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

x

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher SECTION 1 – SAFETY Read and understand the entire contents of this manual, and all manuals for any attachments or accessories associated with this machine, prior to operating or servicing this equipment.

CONTENTS – SECTION 1

ISSUE 1.6, JULY 2014

BACKOVER ACCIDENTS - AVOIDING...................................................................................................... 1.7 BATTERY SAFETY.................................................................................................................................... 1.7 CAB EXITS.................................................................................................................................................1.9 CABLE ASSIST........................................................................................................................................ 1.14 CABLE ASSIST MOUNT...................................................................................................................... 1.14 CABLE TENSION................................................................................................................................. 1.15 DAILY CHECKS.................................................................................................................................... 1.14 LOADING DIRECTIONS....................................................................................................................... 1.15 COOLING SYSTEM....................................................................................................................... 1.20, 1.40 DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID (DEF)............................................................................................................... 1.8 EMERGENCY CAB EXITS......................................................................................................................... 1.9 ENGINE DOORS...................................................................................................................................... 1.22 ER BOOM SYSTEM PRECAUTIONS...................................................................................................... 1.21 EXHAUST FUMES................................................................................................................................... 1.22 FELLING TREES......................................................................................................................................1.16 FIRE PREVENTION................................................................................................................................. 1.28 DRY CHEMICAL CLEANUP PROCEDURES....................................................................................... 1.32 FIRE PREVENTION GUIDELINES....................................................................................................... 1.28 WHAT TO DO AFTER A MACHINE FIRE HAS OCCURRED............................................................... 1.31 WHAT TO DO TO PREPARE FOR A MACHINE FIRE......................................................................... 1.29 WHAT TO DO WHEN A MACHINE FIRE OCCURS............................................................................. 1.30 FLUID INJECTION INJURY..................................................................................................................... 1.23 FLUID LEAKS..........................................................................................................................................1.20 GENERAL SAFETY PRECAUTIONS........................................................................................................ 1.3 GREASE INJECTION INJURY................................................................................................................. 1.24 HAZARD ZONE..........................................................................................................................................1.4 HYDRAULIC PRESSURE HAZARD.............................................................................................. 1.18, 1.20 INTERLOCK SWITCH, SAFETY.............................................................................................................. 1.10 LIGHTENING SAFETY AWARENESS LIGHTNING SAFETY........................................................................................................................... 1.25 WHAT IS A LIGHTNING STRIKE?........................................................................................................ 1.25 LIQUID STARTING AID.............................................................................................................................. 1.8 LOOSE CLOTHING HAZARD.................................................................................................................. 1.20 MACHINE STABILITY AND TRACTION WITH LEVELER................................................................................................................................... 1.12 WITHOUT LEVELER............................................................................................................................ 1.11 NOTICE LABELS..................................................................................................................................... 1.45 OPERATING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS..................................................................................................... 1.8 TRANSPORTING THE MACHINE........................................................................................................ 1.17

1.1

Safety

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

PARKING THE MACHINE........................................................................................................................ 1.17 PNEUMATIC GREASE GUNS, USING.................................................................................................... 1.24 PRESSURIZED HYDRAULIC TANK........................................................................................................ 1.18 PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT...................................................................................................................... 1.3 REFUELLING.............................................................................................................................................1.8 SAFETY HAZARDS - OPERATING........................................................................................................... 1.6 SAFETY HAZARDS - VITON SEALS......................................................................................................... 1.6 SAFETY INTERLOCK SWITCH ON FRONT CAB DOOR....................................................................... 1.10 SAFETY LABELS..................................................................................................................................... 1.33 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS, GENERAL....................................................................................................... 1.3 BACKOVER ACCIDENTS...................................................................................................................... 1.7 HAZARD ZONE...................................................................................................................................... 1.4 PROTECTIVE CLOTHING..................................................................................................................... 1.3 VITON SEALS........................................................................................................................................ 1.6 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS, OPERATING.................................................................................................... 1.8 CAB EXITS.............................................................................................................................................1.9 INTERLOCK SWITCH.......................................................................................................................... 1.10 LIQUID STARTING AID.......................................................................................................................... 1.8 MACHINE STABILITY AND TRACTION............................................................................................... 1.12 PARKING THE MACHINE.................................................................................................................... 1.17 SEAT BELT.............................................................................................................................................1.8 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS, SERVICING................................................................................................... 1.18 ER BOOM SYSTEM............................................................................................................................. 1.21 FLUID INJECTION INJURY.................................................................................................................. 1.23 GREASE INJECTION INJURY............................................................................................................. 1.24 LEVELING SYSTEM............................................................................................................................ 1.22 PRIOR TO WELDING........................................................................................................................... 1.19 SAFETY SYMBOLS................................................................................................................................... 1.3 SEAT BELT.................................................................................................................................................1.8 SERVICING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS.................................................................................................... 1.18 SIGNAL WORDS........................................................................................................................................ 1.3 TRANSPORTING THE MACHINE........................................................................................................... 1.17 VITON SEALS............................................................................................................................................ 1.6 WELDING, PRIOR TO............................................................................................................................. 1.19 WORKING WITH OIL................................................................................................................................. 1.5

1.2

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

Safety

GENERAL SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

SAFETY SYMBOLS

Remember that safety is a prime responsibility of all.

To minimize the risks and promote safety at all times, this section of the operator’s manual details a number of safety rules which should always be followed and obeyed.

This safety alert symbol means ATTENTION! BECOME ALERT! YOUR SAFETY IS INVOLVED!

Always read the operator's manual before operating the machine. Pay close attention to WARNINGS and HAZARD identifications.

The safety alert symbol identifies important safety messages on machines, safety signs, in manuals, or elsewhere. When you see this symbol, be alert to the possibility of personal injury or death. Follow the instructions in the safety message.

UNDERSTANDING SIGNAL WORDS DANGER

Follow all instructions from safety inspector and supervisors.

DANGER indicates an imminently hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in death or serious injury.

You must be fully trained to operate this piece of equipment. Know the capabilities and the limitations of the equipment. Learn the most efficient operating techniques.

WARNING WARNING indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in death or serious injury.

CAUTION CAUTION indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, may result in minor or moderate injury.

NOTICE Do not let untrained persons operate the machine.

NOTICE indicates a potentially damaging situation which, if not avoided, may result in property damage and is not related to personal injury.

Use recommended protective clothing and safety devices such as gloves, safety boots, safety hat, goggles, and ear protection when necessary.

These safety rules highlight both general and specific measures that the operator should be familiar with and adhere to. More specific measures are illustrated with pictograms which may also be attached to the machine in locations pertinent to their respective message. Keep safety labels in good condition. Repair or replace damaged labels.

1.3

Safety

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

KEEP BACK 150 m (500 ft)

The following diagram illustrates the HAZARD ZONE. All personnel should be kept clear of this zone while the harvesting head is operating.

Wear a suitable hearing protective device such as earmuffs or earplugs to protect against noise.

Prolonged exposure to loud noise can cause impairment or loss of hearing. This machine exceeds 70 dB(A) in the cab and exceeds 85 dB(A) when servicing machine engine.

The HAZARD ZONE should be considered off limits to all individuals.

Always use the handrails and steps provided when mounting and dismounting from the machine.

150 m (500 ft)

Do not jump off the machine at any time.

Do not try to climb onto or off of a moving machine.

Do not use the seat armrest or joystick as handles when entering or leaving the cab.

150 m (500 ft)

150 m (500 ft)

Do not use the machine foot controls as steps.

150 m (500 ft)

860C-039

HAZARD ZONE

DANGER The safety of persons outside the cab is the responsibility of the machine operator.

When mounting or dismounting the machine always use the three point technique; use one hand with two feet or two hands with one foot.

When approaching an operating machine on foot, stay at least 150 m (500 ft) away until the operator recognizes your presence. Make sure that all harvesting equipment is shut down before advancing to the machine.

WARNING

NOTE: Opening the cab front door will stop machine functions. Opening the cab side door will NOT stop machine functions.

Avoid mounting or dismounting the machine in areas with slippery surfaces.

Dry, deice, clean up or cover slippery surfaces with an anti-slip material before mounting or dismounting the machine.

1.4

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

Safety Do not operate the machine with any defective or inoperable components.

WARNING

Check all fluid levels.

Do not walk on machine surfaces with steel cleated foot wear. Steel cleats on steel surfaces are slippery and do not provide a safe foot hold.

Do not operate the machine with any of the exhaust system, safety covers, oil shields, or other devices removed.

WARNING It is not recommended to walk on machine surfaces that are not designated walking areas.

No attempt should be made to walk on angled steel surfaces or surfaces that are irregular in shape.

Keep a first aid kit in an easily accessible location on the vehicle at all times.

Walking surfaces on the machine must be covered with anti-slip materials to provide a safe foot hold and prevent slipping.

WORKING WITH OIL Direct contact with oil implies a risk of skin complaints (example: eczema). Strict hygiene should always be observed.

These anti-slip surfaces should be maintained on a regular basis. If the surface shows signs of wear, the anti-slip material must be replaced immediately.

Some advice which should be observed: • Oils used in this machine may be hot enough to cause serious burns.

To reduce risk of fire, machines should be completely cleaned of debris at least daily, particularly around the engine exhaust components. Hydraulic oil leaks, excess grease, fuel and oil accumulation (including spillage) should be eliminated immediately, always shut off engine before cleaning machine.

• Avoid contact with oil, particularly heated oil.

• Oil on the skin should be washed off immediately with soap and water.

• Wear protective gloves. Hands should be clean before putting on gloves. Apply protective cream to the hands to make washing easier.

Maintain a clean cab interior, clear away trash or debris.

• Do not put oily rags in your pockets.

Machine should be washed completely at every major service.

• Soiled clothing should be changed as soon as possible.

Inspect the machine daily for signs of damage or unusual wear, to structures.

• Always keep an extra overall handy, but not in the machine where it can become dirty.

Check for fluid leaks, or faulty operation. Repair or replace malfunctioning parts and systems immediately.

• Cuts and abrasions must be attended to immediately. Clean them and apply first-aid.

Check windows and door guards for damage.

• Wash hands and arms frequently (example: at each meal break or as often as possible).

• Avoid breathing in oil fumes.

Check protective windows for cracks, a damaged window has reduced strength to stop flying objects. All damaged windows must be replaced with original equipment.

• Oily rags and gloves must be safely discarded after use.

Read, understand and follow all general safety precautions specified by attachment manufacturer.

Check windows for scratching, crazing and cloudiness that could impair clear visibility all around the machine.

1.5

Safety

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

SAFETY HAZARDS – VITON SEALS

Approach with extreme caution any area where overhanging electrical power lines are present.

Serious injury or death by electrocution can result if the machine or any of its attachments are not kept a safe distance from these lines.

O-rings and other seals manufactured of Viton material (fluorine rubber) produce a highly corrosive acid (Hydrofluoric) when subjected to temperatures above 315°C (600°F).

Maintain a distance of 3 m (10 ft) between the machine or boom and any power line carrying up to 50,000 volts or less plus 10 mm (½ in.) for each additional 1,000 volts above the 50,000 volt level.

This contamination can have extreme consequences on human tissue since it is almost impossible to remove after contact.

The following procedures are recommended when inspecting equipment that has been subjected to high temperatures such as fire:

If State/Provincial, local or job site regulations require even greater safety distances than stated above, adhere strictly to these regulations for your own protection.

• Visually inspect any seals or gaskets which have suffered from heat; they will appear black and sticky.

If the machine must be transported, make sure that it is adequately secured to the transporting vehicle. Refer to VEHICLE MOVING INSTRUCTIONS in SECTION 2 of THIS MANUAL.

• If these are found, Do Not Touch!

• Determine the material composition of any seals or gaskets. If fluoro-elastomer seals (Viton, fluorel, or tecmoflon) have been used, the affected area must be decontaminated before undertaking further work. Natural rubber and nitrile materials are not hazardous.

Stopping the engine immediately after it has been working under load can result in overheating and premature wear of the engine components.

Reduce engine speed to LOW IDLE and let run for approximately five minutes to allow gradual dissipation of heat and also to reduce turbo speed.

This will also prevent loss of coolant by after boil and possible hot spot damage to the engine.

• Disposable heavy duty gloves (neoprene) must be worn and the affected area decontaminated by washing thoroughly with limewater (Calcium Hydroxide solution).

Be aware when performing service and

• Any soiled rags and gloves must be safely discarded after use.

NOTE: Burning discarded items is not recommended except in an approved incineration process where the dangerous products are treated by alkaline scrubbing.

maintenance tasks that surfaces and grab handles in and around the engine and cooling system may become very hot when the engine has been running. Contact with hot surfaces may cause injury.

SAFETY HAZARDS – OPERATING Maintain a charged fire extinguisher on the vehicle at all times and KNOW HOW TO USE IT. Do not carry passengers either in the cab or anywhere else on the machine. The vehicle is provided and approved with seating for the operator only.

Comply with instructions in this manual and also your company’s regulations for the operation of this machine.

Do not allow anyone who may be unfit, physically or mentally or who may be under the influence of alcohol or drugs, to operate the machine.

Read, understand and follow all general safety precautions specified by attachment manufacturer.

When moving the machine, watch that enough clearance is available on both sides and above the machine or any of its attachments. Extra clearance may be required particularly where the ground is uneven.

WARNING Engine exhaust, some of its constituents, and certain vehicle components contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm.

1.6

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

Safety

WARNING

AVOID INJURY FROM BACKOVER ACCIDENTS

Battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds, chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm.

Wash hands after handling.

Before moving machine, be sure all persons are clear of the area.

Always be alert for bystanders moving into the work area. Use horn to warn bystanders before moving the machine.

If acid is accidentally splashed into your eyes, flush immediately with clean water and get medical attention.

When using a signal person, keep the person in view at all times. Always be sure the signal person is clear before backing up.

Do not attempt to charge a frozen battery; it can explode.

To avoid backover accidents: • Always look around before you back up. Be sure that everyone is clear.

Disconnect battery before working on electrical systems as follows:

• Keep motion warning alarm in working condition.

The motion warning alarm must sound when the machine is moving in forward or reverse.

• Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch in the cab.

• Disconnect negative starter motor cable from both battery posts

• Use a signal person when backing up if view is obstructed. Always keep the signal person in view.

• Disconnect positive master solenoid cable from both battery posts

• Learn the meaning of all flags, signs and markings on the job site and who is responsible for signalling.

NOTE: Connect ground terminal last when reconnecting.

• Keep windows, mirrors and lights in good condition.

• Do not short battery terminals for any reason.

Serious burns or an explosion can result.

• Dust, heavy rain, fog, snow etc. can reduce visibility. As visibility decreases, reduce speed and use proper lighting.

CAUTION Lead-acid batteries contain sulphuric acid which can severely damage eyes or skin on contact. Always wear a safety face shield, rubber gloves and protective clothing to reduce risk of accidents.

Lead-acid batteries produce flammable and explosive gases. Keep arcs, sparks, open flames and lighted tobacco a safe distance from the batteries.

1.7

Safety

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher FOR TIER 4F MACHINES ONLY:

OPERATING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

S≤15 mg/kg

Turn off the engine when refuelling. DO NOT ULTRA LOW SULFUR refuel the machine or work on the fuel system FUEL ONLY 36686AUNI R0 while smoking or near flames or sparks.

41581AUNI R0

Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) may irritate eyes or skin. Do not get in eyes. Do not get on skin.

Attach a grounding strap to an unpainted metal surface on the machine if the refuelling tank or nozzle is so equipped.

First Aid treatment: DEF Contains Urea. If swallowed call a Poison Control Centre or doctor immediately. Do not induce vomiting. If in eyes rinse with water for 15 minutes. If on skin rinse well with water. If irritation persists seek medical treatment.

Check that no other personnel have moved into a hazardous area before starting the machine.

Sound the machine horn before starting the machine.

WARNING Use only diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) which meets ISO 22241 specifications. Never fill the DEF tank with any other fluid.

DEF is injected into the exhaust gas stream during normal operation of the Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) aftertreatment system.

The operator’s seat is equipped with lap and shoulder harness belts. Use both of these restraint systems at all times when operating the machine.

Use of other fluids may cause component damage, or a fire risk which could result in death or serious injury.

Start the engine according to the instructions in this manual. Refer to OPERATING MACHINE in SECTION 2 of THIS MANUAL.

WARNING • EXPLOSION HAZARD. • DO NOT USE ETHER. • ENGINE EQUIPPED WITH HEATER STARTING AID. • USE OF ETHER COULD RESULT IN DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY. 36782BENG R0

Never use a liquid starting aid to start an engine.

This machine is equipped with a computer controlled heating element in the engine intake system. Starting fluids will explode on contact with the heating element.

1.8

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

Safety

Before moving the machine to the work site, check to ensure that all doors, panels, and access covers are installed properly and secured.

All three exits should be checked to make sure that they are operational and will function in an emergency. The safety interlock mechanism on the front door or the side door and escape hatch retaining mechanisms must not be tampered with or defeated.

CAB EXITS There are three ways to exit the cab in case of an emergency.

IMPORTANT! Unlock both doors before operating machine to allow opening from the outside in case of an emergency. Make sure that the doors are operational, open the doors twice, once using the exterior latch handle and once using the interior handle.

FRONT DOOR This is also the main point of entry and is the only door that should be used under normal operating conditions to enter or leave the cab. This door is also equipped with a SAFETY INTERLOCK SWITCH. See SAFETY INTERLOCK SWITCH ON FRONT DOOR in THIS SECTION.

For additional information, refer to EMERGENCY EXITS in SECTION 2 of THIS MANUAL.

SIDE DOOR Should be used for emergency exits only. Do not use this door to routinely enter or leave the cab.

This door is not equipped with a safety interlock switch and therefore when left open will not deactivate the pilot controls in the cab. ALWAYS SHUT OFF engine before using the side door exit.

ESCAPE HATCH This is a third cab exit for use if the side exit or front door exit become blocked.

This hatch is not equipped with a safety interlock switch and therefore when left open will not deactivate the pilot controls in the cab. ALWAYS SHUT OFF engine before using the escape hatch exit.

It is important that the operator of the machine be familiar with these emergency exits and how to use them.

All operators should practice using all the cab exits to become familiar with escape procedures should they need to perform them in the dark, when the machine is in a rolled position, or other possible adverse conditions.

1.9

Safety

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

SAFETY INTERLOCK SWITCH ON FRONT DOOR

To operate:

The front door is equipped with a safety interlock switch to prevent the machine from being operated while the front door is open (pilot system is shut off).

Close the front door and press the green pilot ON reset switch . The pilot ON icon will be activated (green) on the computer display.

Once the safety interlock system has been activated, the safety of both the operator and all persons outside the cab becomes the responsibility of the operator.

WARNING A

B

822C-251

Interlock Switch (Front Door)

A Interlock Switch B Actuator on Door

Push the red PILOT OFF switch and confirm the PILOT OFF icon is activated (yellow) on the computer display before removing seat belt. DO NOT use the front door interlock switch to turn pilot OFF. NOTE: Engine can be started but the machine functions cannot be operated with the door open.

WARNING The door safety interlock switch and the pilot reset switch are a safety feature and their function must not be compromised in any way.

1. When the engine is running, DO NOT allow anyone in areas of the machine where they may be crushed by moving components.

2. Maintain a safe operating distance between the machine and other personnel. Never operate the boom or attachment over the heads of bystanders.

3. Never travel near coworkers or other pieces of equipment with the attachment running.

4. Do not allow people or other pieces of equipment near the harvesting operation.

5. Do not turn on the attachment until machine is at the harvesting site.

6. Use only prearranged and approved signalling practices.

WARNING

DO NOT open an escape hatch or the cab doors to increase ventilation when operating the machine.

1.10

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher Keep the cab doors closed when driving or steering the machine to prevent accidental entry of branches and debris into the cab.

Keep the cab doors closed and use seat belt when driving or steering the machine to prevent being thrown from the operator's cab.

Secure loose items in the cab.

Prior to commencing work, check all equipment controls to ensure that the machine responds correctly.

Make sure that all safety screens and guards including the skylight are installed and properly secured.

Always rest the attachment on the ground when operation is stopped, regardless if the engine is running or shut off.

Safety MACHINE STABILITY AND TRACTION MACHINES WITHOUT LEVELER When working on slopes, travel straight up or down the slope to prevent roll-over.

Never travel across a STEEP slope or side hill: 1. As a load is added to the attachment the handling and the stability of the machine will change.

2. To avoid tip over, keep the attachment as low as possible to maintain a low centre of gravity.

3. Always be prepared to dump the load in case of an emergency.

4. Do not overload the machine as this can create an unstable condition and cause a roll-over.

Operate the machine only from a seated position in the operator’s seat.

Watch for ground hazards such as metal debris, wire fencing or rocks.

When travelling, position attachment and boom so as not to impair vision.

If vision is limited by dust, smoke, fog, rain or snow, stop the machine until visibility is restored.

If saw guard has been installed, DO NOT REMOVE until at the cutting site. Remove guard before starting engine.

CAUTION Do not open cab doors or window screens when cab is on a slope. The doors and screens are heavy and could swing out with considerable force. Anyone in the path of swing could be injured. Anyone opening the door or screen and holding on to it could be pulled out of the cab and injured.

1.11

Safety

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

MACHINES WITH LEVELER

845C-004 845C-005

This machine is designed to operate on rough terrain and slopes commonly found in forestry applications. However, ground conditions vary greatly with changing soil types, slope angles, moisture, snow and ice, rocks, boulders and stumps, and fallen trees. All of these factors affect the machine’s stability against tip-over and traction to resist slipping. This machine may not be capable of operating on some ground conditions, and must be used with caution.

Whenever possible work within the normal working range of the boom system as shown in FIG. 1.

20°

NOTE: In any boom position, both inside and outside of the normal operating range, there is a risk of instability and tipping.

When it is necessary to work outside of the normal working range, be aware that the stability of the machine is reduced. The risk of tipping is increased while operating in the reduced stability working range.

Be aware that the machine is in its least stable position on a slope with the boom to the rear.

16°

A

FIG. 2 - UNDERCARRIAGE LEVELING ANGLES D B

C A 860C-030

A B C D

Fig. 1 - Working Range

Normal Working Range of Boom System Reduced Stability Working Range Track Gearbox at Rear of Undercarriage Uphill

All efforts have been made in the design of the machine to reduce the risk of tipping, however it is not possible to eliminate the risk of tipping.

To minimize the risk of tipping observe the following: • Do not attempt to operate this machine on slopes without first receiving proper training.

• Learn the stability limits or “feel” of the machine by first working on gentle slopes and by positioning the boom to reduce the risk of tipping. Gain experience over time by gradually increasing the angle of the slopes on which you are working.

• Keep the attachment as close to the ground as possible to increase machine stability, and to allow the boom to be quickly lowered to the ground should the machine begin to tip.

• Always use the LOW speed setting for the track drives when on slopes.

• Travelling at an angle to the slope other than straight up and down decreases the traction of the tracks. Increasing the angle to the slope away from straight up and down can cause the machine to slide sideways downhill and/or possibly tip over.

1.12

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

Safety

Never travel across a STEEP slope or side hill.

BOOM TO FRONT

• Always carry any load on the uphill side of the machine.

• Do not lift or move objects that exceed machine stability.

• Always be prepared to release the load in case it causes the machine to tip.

• Always position the cab so that you have a clear view in the direction of travel. Be aware of ground conditions and obstacles in the machine’s path before moving the machine.

KEEP ATTACHMENT CLOSE TO GRADE

• When crossing obstacles (boulders, stumps, ditches etc.) the machine can shift rapidly, greatly affecting the stability of the machine.

Move slowly over obstacles, and position the boom against the ground to reduce the risk of the machine shifting rapidly.

TRACK GEAR BOX AT REAR OF UNDERCARRIAGE 845C-007

FIG. 3 CLIMBING SLOPE

• Backing over obstacles unexpectedly while travelling down a slope poses a tipping risk.

Know the path of the tracks whenever the machine is moved.

• When climbing a slope the boom should face uphill and the attachment should be kept close to the ground (FIG. 3). When descending a slope the boom should face down hill and the attachment should be kept close to the ground (FIG. 4). Be particularly aware of machine stability when changing directions on, or travelling back down a slope.

KEEP ATTACHMENT CLOSE TO GROUND

• As you gain experience, recognize that the maximum slope on which the machine can operate cannot be defined simply by an angle value. Variables in surface terrain, soil types, rocks, boulders, stumps, and fallen trees, changing weather conditions, and first and foremost the operator’s experience and skill levels greatly affect the maximum slope limitations. Be aware that these factors can result in a shallow slope posing greater risk than a relatively steeper slope. DO NOT attempt to work on slopes beyond your personal capability level.

845C-006

1.13

FIG. 4 DESCENDING SLOPE

Safety

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

CABLE ASSIST

CABLE ASSIST MOUNT

The leveler cable assist mount may improve machine maneuverability on steep slopes when attached to a suitable winching device.

Factors that will affect the safety of the machine as it works on steep slopes are:

The cable assist mount can be used with a single or double shackle configuration depending on the winch system. Use only shackles with a pin diameter of 21⁄2 in. and rated for 55,000 kgf (121,000 lbf).

• Direction of machine travel • Limitations of machine tractive effort and soil conditions • Experience of the operator • Weather • Load sizes (boom position and load) • Poor visibility/lighting conditions

DAILY CHECKS

B A

On a daily basis prior to operating the equipment check:

855D-036

Single Shackle Configuration

• All equipment fluid levels.

A Shackle B Cable Assist Mount

• Maintain a clean cab interior, clear away trash or debris.

• Secure loose items in the cab.

• Do not store tools, oil containers or other equipment in the cab • Functional check of all escape hatches.

• All covers, roof and doors are closed and latched.

• The cable assist mount for structural cracks and loose or missing bolts.

On a weekly basis check the torque tightening points on the cable assist mount. Make sure the M24 bolts have a torque value of 915 Nm (675 lbf-ft).

855D-037

A

B

Double Shackle Configuration

A Shackle B Cable Assist Mount

For additional information refer to MACHINE STABILITY AND TRACTION – MACHINES WITH LEVELER in THIS SECTION.

WARNING

CAUTION Do not open cab doors or window screens when cab is on a slope. The doors and screens are heavy and could swing out with considerable force. Anyone in the path of swing could be injured. Anyone opening the door or screen and holding on to it could be pulled out of the cab and injured.

The lifting bail on the cable assist mount is for installation of the cable assist mount only. Do not use the lifting bail for anything other than its intended use.

1.14

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

Safety

CABLE TENSION

WARNING

To prevent damaging the cable assist mount and undercarriage the following acceptable maximum continuous cable tensions must not be exceeded.

• Maximum continuous cable tension for a single shackle configuration is 18,000 kgf (40,000 lbf).

• Maximum continuous cable tension for a double shackle configuration is 9,000 kgf (20,000 lbf) for each cable.

LOADING DIRECTIONS To prevent damaging the cable assist mount and undercarriage the following acceptable loading directions must not be exceeded.

855D-038

1.15

Always use the proper equipment.

Always inspect the cable and cable assist mount for damage before using. Never use equipment that shows signs of poor maintenance or damage. Repairs should only be made by qualified personnel.

Safety

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

FELLING TREES

WARNING

Pieces of wood, debris from the ground and even teeth separating from the saw blade become potentially dangerous missiles when thrown from these machines.

Do not use this machine for anything other than its intended use.

• Do not use the boom to service other equipment.

Inspect saw teeth, tooth retaining bolts, saw disc and felling head.

• Do not use the boom to lift items such as tires, engines, cylinders, boom components, etc.

Ensure that all saw tooth retaining bolts are at correct torque value. Refer to attachment manual for correct values.

• Do not modify the boom system.

Replace all worn saw teeth or rotate worn teeth to align unused cutting tips.

• Do not add hooks or lugs to the boom for the purpose of attaching lifting rigging.

Always replace saw tooth retaining bolts when replacing saw teeth.

• Do not use the attachment for anything other than its intended use.

Inspect saw disc for stress cracks and that saw disc does not wobble due to worn saw shaft bearings.

Maintain a safe operating distance between the workers and equipment. It is the duty of the operator to ensure that no person approach the machine while in use.

Never start the machine if saw blade has missing teeth, teeth retaining bolts or a bent saw disc.

Failure to follow the above instructions could result in serious injury or death.

Shut down machine immediately if vibration occurs during cutting.

Check that the saw discharge area is clear and undamaged.

Never use this machine to clear a logging deck on a new tract of timber when the rest of the equipment and operator's are also moving in.

Preplan to clear decks in advance before other equipment arrives.

When moving from tree to tree with the saw blade turning, take care not to make contact with other vegetation or debris.

Do not over load felling head.

Never work alone. Regularly inform other crew members of your intentions, location and length of time to perform duties.

Work within your operating skills, do not attempt to cut down a tree that is too large for the felling head.

Stop the saw blade before leaving the cutting area.

Operate so that the chip discharge area of the felling head (where applicable) is not directed at people, livestock, buildings or other machines.

When cutting, properly position felling head in front of tree and have saw blade running at full rpm.

Always know and control the direction the tree will fall to prevent injury to co-workers or damage other vehicles.

NOTE: The saw blade will continue to free wheel for several minutes after the saw switch has been turned OFF. To stop the blade from rotating, CAREFULLY lower the saw blade onto a stump gently to prevent unnecessary loading of the saw blade, saw housing and bearings.

When backing away from a cut, watch out for obstacles in your path.

Always travel with felling head as close to the ground as possible, never elevate the felling head unless necessary.

1.16

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

Safety

WHEN PARKING THE MACHINE Park the machine in a cleared area at least 15 m (50 ft) away from other equipment or vehicles. This space acts a firebreak in the event of fire.

Lower the attachment firmly onto the ground before exiting the cab. If exiting the cab for an extended period, turn OFF the engine.

A

B

C

801289

Parking the Machine

A Attachment Resting Firmly on the Ground B Stick Boom Cylinders Fully Extended C Hoist Boom Cylinder Fully Retracted

Machines equipped with T4f engines have an after-run/accessory relay feature.

When the engine is turned off, the aftertreatment system pumps all diesel exhaust fluid back to tank.

This process takes approximately 90 seconds.

The after-run/accessory relay maintains power to engine-related fuses and relays for 90 seconds after the battery disconnect switch is turned off (switch opened). This delay provides sufficient time for the diesel exhaust fluid to be pumped back to tank.

Use the battery disconnect switch to turn OFF the engine in emergencies only.

If the battery disconnect switch is used to turn OFF the engine, the engine electronic control unit logs a fault code to record improper shutting/powering down.

Refer to AFTERTREATMENT SYSTEM in Section 3.

TRANSPORTING THE MACHINE Before transporting the machine, secure it properly to the transporting vehicle. Obey all local traffic and road regulations and laws.

A

Secure any tools or other loose items inside the cab or upper enclosure before transporting the machine. Ensure that all doors, panels, and access covers are properly installed and secured.

Improperly secured doors or panels pose a serious danger to pedestrians and other vehicles.

B

801302

Parking the Machine

A Attachment Resting Firmly on the Ground B Hoist Boom Cylinder Fully Retracted

Park the machine as follows:

Plan the transportation route ahead of time. Check for sufficient clearance on both sides and above the machine or any attachments to avoid contact with power lines, bridges, and other structures.

1. Park the machine on level ground. Do not park on a slope or hillside.

2. Extend fully the stick boom cylinders.

3. Place the attachment or boom tip squarely and firmly upon the ground.

4. Apply the swing brake.

5. Turn OFF the engine.

6. Remove the ignition key.

24863A

A

B

Battery Disconnect Switch OFF ON

A Off Position (Switch Open) B On Position (Switch Closed)

24863A R0

7. Turn OFF (open) the battery disconnect switch.

1.17

Safety

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher The radiator and the engine cooling system should be cleaned and serviced daily to maintain moderate engine temperatures.

SERVICING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

WARNING

Hot fluids and hot machine surfaces can cause serious burns!

Conduct maintenance inspections at least as frequently as recommended in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL.

• Before servicing the machine, allow the engine cooling system, fuel system, exhaust system, hydraulic system and machine surfaces to cool down.

• Use a thermometer to check surface and system temperatures to ensure it is safe to begin service work.

• Do not begin service work until the surface or system temperature has cooled down to below 38°C (100°F)!

24863A

When servicing or repairing equipment, turn OFF the engine, turn OFF the battery disconnect switch and lock out the switch in accordance with local regulations. This machine is equipped with a remotely operated battery disconnect relay.

Some wiring on the machine is live even when the battery disconnect switch is OFF. When servicing the electrical system, remove the battery cables from the batteries disconnecting the negative cables first.

IMPORTANT!

PRESSURIZED HYDRAULIC TANK.

34.5 kPa (5 psi) MAXIMUM. Before servicing hydraulic system, wearing eye protection, release air pressure from tank using air vent valve.

Follow applicable lock-out procedures. Install a 'DO NOT OPERATE' tag on the cab rear door and in the engine compartment when making repairs to the machine.

Before performing maintenance or repair work on any equipment, consult the manufacturer’s instruction manual and follow recommended procedures.

1.18

After service is completed, close air vent valve and add air pressure from a clean air source to the hydraulic tank via the Schrader valve. Do not exceed 34.5 kPa (5 psi). Refer to HYDRAULIC TANK PRESSURIZATION INSTRUCTIONS in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL for details.

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

Safety

Prior to Welding on any part of the machine, it should be cleaned and a fire extinguisher must be made available at the welding location.

Care must be taken in attaching the welding machine grounding clamp so current does not pass through bearings, especially the swing bearing.

A

Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch before removing the battery compartment cover.

B

Remove the negative (–) and positive (+) battery cables from the batteries disconnecting the negative (–) cables first.

Disconnect Engine ECU Due to the sensitive electronics on this machine the following additional precautions must be taken:

A

B

H845D-018

B

Fuse and Relay Panel, Cab

A XS2 Module B Multi Pin Connectors

H845C-001

Left Side of Engine

A Multi Pin Connectors B 4 Pin Engine Power Connector

Disconnect the engine ECU (Engine Control Unit) by unplugging the four pin engine power connector and the two multi-pin connectors from the left side of the engine.

Disconnect the multi-pin connector from the XS2 computer module in the cab electrical compartment.

A

B

H845D-132

Hydraulic Tank

A XA2 Modules B Multi Pin Connectors

Disconnect the multi-pin connectors from the XA2 computer modules in the battery compartment.

1.19

Safety

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

Never use your bare hand to check for fluid leaks.

WARNING

Diesel fuel or hydraulic oil under pressure can penetrate the skin and cause serious personal injury, blindness, or death. If any oil is injected into the skin, it must be surgically removed within a few hours by a doctor familiar with treating this type of injury.

Explosive release of fluids from pressurized cooling system can cause serious burns.

Turn OFF the engine. Only remove the coolant filler cap when it is cool enough to touch with bare hands. Slowly loosen the cap to the first stop to relieve pressure before removing the cap completely.

Fluid leaks under pressure may not be visible.

When searching for leaks, wear work gloves and use a wrench or piece of wood to move hydraulic hoses. Do not grab hold of hydraulic hoses. Wear safety goggles for eye protection.

Do not change any pressure or relief setting unless Tigercat authorized instruction has been obtained.

Pressure can be maintained in a hydraulic system long after the power source and pump have been shut down. Lower the attachment to the ground, stop engine and relieve trapped pressure before performing work on components, or disconnecting any hoses. Refer to PARKING BOOM diagram (FIG. 1). Accumulators will self drain within two minutes of stopping the engine.

STICK CYLINDERS FULLY EXTENDED

TIP OF STICK BOOM FULLY SUPPORTED 845C-002

FIG.1 - PARKING BOOM

Use the proper tool for the job. Repair or replace worn or damaged tools including lifting equipment immediately.

Keep your hands, feet, head, and loose clothing away from power driven parts. Tie long hair behind your head. Remove rings and other jewellery to prevent electrical shorts and entanglement in moving parts.

Always be aware of machine pinch points that could cause injury. Never place body parts within the range of motion of the working parts of the machine.

Never stand under an object supported with hydraulics. Always use safety stands or a locking device.

1.20

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

Safety

MACHINE MODELS EQUIPPED WITH AN ER BOOM SYSTEM WARNING This machine is equipped with an ER boom system. Because of this, it may behave in an unexpected manner compared to a conventional boom system.

Pay attention to the following when servicing the ER Boom System. Certain hydraulic circuits on this machine are inter-connected in order to provide level head-travel and to recirculate hydraulic oil to reduce heat generation and fuel consumption. As a result, disconnecting hydraulic lines from one cylinder may release pressure in a different cylinder at the same time. Before attempting to disconnect hydraulic hoses or perform work on the boom system, ensure that:

55987BUNI R0

1. The machine is parked on level ground with the attachment on the ground (FIG. 1).

2. The stick cylinders are fully extended (FIG. 1) or the hoist cylinder fully retracted (FIG. 2).

3. If the attachment has been removed make sure the tip of the stick boom is supported.

STICK CYLINDERS FULLY EXTENDED

TIP OF STICK BOOM FULLY SUPPORTED 845C-002

FIG.1 - PARKING BOOM

HOIST CYLINDER FULLY RETRACTED

TIP OF STICK BOOM FULLY SUPPORTED 845C-003

FIG.2 - ER BOOM SYSTEM

1.21

Safety

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

Before performing work under the boom system ensure it is firmly supported.

WARNING

Work in a ventilated area. If it is necessary to run an engine in an enclosed area, use an exhaust pipe extension to remove toxic exhaust fumes.

If you don't have an exhaust pipe extension, either work outside, or open the shop doors.

Always follow attachment manufacturer's instructions and safety warnings before approaching attachment head to make adjustments.

WARNING DO NOT work below or behind a machine that is parked on a grade.

Dispose of fluids properly.

WARNING Failure to follow all of the above instructions could result in serious injury or death from crushing.

CAUTION Do not open cab doors or window screens when cab is on a slope. The doors and screens are heavy and could swing out with considerable force. Anyone in the path of swing could be injured.

Do not pour fluids into the ground, stream, pond or lake.

Before draining any fluids, know the proper way to dispose of them.

When performing required hydraulic checks and blade speed adjustments. Install the saw blade guard. Refer to attachment manufacturer's instructions.

MACHINE MODELS EQUIPPED WITH A LEVELING SYSTEM

Anyone opening the door or screen and holding on to it could be pulled out of the cab and injured.

When opening or closing power operated engine door, watch for personnel in door areas.

Always install support braces in the leveling mechanism while performing service and maintenance tasks. This area is a crush zone.

Keep clear to avoid personal injury or death.

If the engine is running inside a building, ensure that sufficient ventilation is available to prevent a build-up of toxic exhaust fumes. Run the engine only when it is necessary for testing or adjustments.

1.22

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

Safety

FLUID INJECTION INJURY

As always the best defence against suffering the effects of fluid injection is to prevent the accident from occurring in the first place.

WARNING

When searching for possible fluid leaks:

Diesel fuel or hydraulic fluid under pressure can penetrate the skin and could result in death or serious injury. If any fluid is injected under the skin, a medical doctor familiar with the treatment of this type of injury must surgically remove it within a few hours.

• NEVER search for leaks with your bare hands.

Always wear thick protective gloves.

Hydraulic and diesel fuel systems on forestry machines operate at very high pressures, often 207 bar (3000 psi) and above. If a loose connection or a defect in a hose should occur, a fine, high velocity stream of fluid will result.

Even for systems pressurized to as little as 7 bar (100 psi), this fluid stream can penetrate human skin as if it were a hypodermic needle.

• Be sure to wear safety goggles for eye protection.

• Keep all body parts well away from the area being investigated for leaks.

• Use the end of a long piece of wood to move hoses or other obstacles.

Initially, an accidental fluid injection beneath the skin may only produce a slight stinging sensation.

There is a danger that you will tend to ignore this, thinking that it will get better with time. Most often, it does not! Within a very short time the wound may begin to throb painfully, indicating that tissue damage has already begun.

Similarly fluid injected directly into a blood vessel can spread rapidly through your circulatory system. The human body has little ability to purge injected fluid.

• Place the end of a long piece of wood in the suspected path of any fluid stream. Never use any part of your body.

Time becomes critical as tissue damage progresses rapidly. The longer you delay getting professional medical attention, the more damage can occur.

• Recognize that the source of the leak and the fluid streaming from it may be very small and not easily visible. You may only be able to see the fluid that accumulates as a result of the fluid stream.

Although fluid injection accidents are rare, the resulting injury has on occasion required the amputation of a finger, a hand or in some cases the entire limb. The longer the delay in getting professional medical aid, the further up the limb the tissue damage can spread. An injury of this type can become very serious or even fatal if not dealt with promptly and properly.

When performing any service work • Stop the engine and relieve all diesel fuel or hydraulic pressure before disconnecting any lines or otherwise working on the system.

• Never grab any hydraulic or diesel fuel connectors or hoses when they are subjected to pressure.

In the event of any suspected fluid injection injury: • Report the injury to your supervisor immediately.

• Seek professional medical attention immediately.

• Always ensure that hoses are rated for the pressures to which they will be subjected.

• Never use any hoses that you suspect could be defective.

1.23

Safety

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

GREASE INJECTION INJURY WHEN USING PNEUMATIC GREASE GUNS Pneumatic grease guns can deliver grease at pressures from 17 – 400 bar (246 – 5801 psi).

It takes less than 7 bar (100 psi) to inject a substance through human skin.

ALWAYS get professional medical treatment immediately after any type of injection injury.

Provide the physician with information on the type of grease, the pressure setting of the gun, and similar details.

The amount of fluid injected, type of fluid (or material), pressure at which it was injected and the elapsed time between injection and seeking medical attention all influence the chances of successful treatment for this type of serious injury.

Prior to using a high pressure pneumatic grease gun perform the following: • All operators of high pressure pneumatic grease guns MUST be trained in the hazards of its operations and the treatment for such injuries.

• DO NOT OPERATE a high pressure pneumatic grease gun unless you have been trained in the proper operation and are aware of all safety precautions of such a tool.

• Wear protective clothing such as gloves, safety hat and safety glasses.

• Inspect all parts of the grease gun for wear and tear and replace all worn or damaged parts.

• Ensure that protective shrouds are installed on all grease gun nozzles as safety devices.

• Remove dirt and grease from grease fittings prior to greasing.

• Replace any defective grease fittings on equipment with new fittings immediately.

• When badly positioned fittings are identified, replace them with angled or swivel fittings for easier access.

1.24

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

LIGHTNING SAFETY AWARENESS WHAT IS A LIGHTNING STRIKE? Lightning is a discharge of the electricity produced by a thunderstorm. As the thunderstorm develops, many small particles of ice within the storm clouds bump together. These collisions create a positive charge at the top of a cloud and a negative charge at the bottom. As this continues a second positive charge builds up on the ground beneath the cloud, concentrated around high objects such as hills, trees, buildings, equipment and even people.

When the difference between the electrical charge in the cloud and on the ground becomes great enough to overcome the resistance of the insulating air between them, an electrical current flows instantly. This is a lightning strike.

The electrical potential in a lightning strike can be as much as 100 million volts. Lightning strikes can occur over very large distances, even as much as 60 km (37 miles). Lightning travels both in front of and behind a thunderstorm and so strikes happen even when rain has not started or has stopped.

Lightning can hit in the same place, many times and often spreads out over 18 m (60 feet) within the soil around the strike point.

Thunder always accompanies lightning. When lightning occurs, the air through which it travels is instantaneously heated to a temperature more than 28,000°C (50,000°F). The air expands rapidly due to this heating, then quickly contracts as it cools. It is this contracting shock wave that we hear as thunder.

In many areas of the world, lightning strikes are second only to flooding as the greatest cause of storm related deaths and injuries. Although only 10% of lightning strike victims are killed, virtually all from cardiac or respiratory arrest, over 70% of those that survive suffer severe, life-long injury and disability. The symptoms of a lightning strike include memory loss, fatigue, chronic pain, dizziness, sleeping difficulty and the inability to complete several tasks at one time.

Safety LIGHTNING SAFETY In spite of the popular myth that being struck by lightning is an unlikely event, the facts show that lightning strikes occur frequently. As a result loggers are at high risk because their work is outdoors and close to known strike points such as tall trees and heavy equipment.

Loggers can increase their chances of avoiding a lightning strike by following a few simple safety practices.

1. Designate a member of your crew to: • Monitor daily weather forecasts • Observe local weather conditions • Alert all other members of the crew when a possible lightning threat develops 2. Don’t start or continue any work that cannot be stopped immediately, when a storm moves nearby.

3. Anticipate a high-risk situation and take action early by moving to a low-risk location. Do not hesitate. If there is lightning, you are in danger.

4. Obey the rule - If you see lightning, Flee. If you hear thunder, Clear.

5. Do not follow the now obsolete guideline to take shelter when the time between seeing lightning and hearing thunder is 30 seconds or less. This does not provide sufficient time to ensure safety. Always follow step 4.

6. Remain in your safe location for 30 minutes after the last sight of lightning or the last sound of thunder.

The safest location during lightning activity is inside a fully enclosed, substantially constructed building, a house, office, school, shopping area, etc. These are the safest because of the electrical wiring and plumbing that they contain. Should lightning strike, the electrical current will travel through the wiring or plumbing into the ground.

When such a building is nearby, always seek shelter there first.

1.25

Safety Unfortunately loggers do not often work close to buildings and therefore other alternatives need to be considered.

Sheds, weather shelters, hunting blinds, tents and other partially open or small structures are not safe against lightning strikes as they lack the electrically grounded components of larger buildings. They are intended for sun or rain protection only. Do not seek shelter from lightning strikes inside these structures.

The second safest location during lightning activity is inside a fully enclosed car, van, truck or bus with a metal roof and metal sides. The electrical energy of a lightning strike to these vehicles is carried to ground by the conducting outer metal surfaces.

This is called the skin effect.

Do not seek safety from lightning strikes in vehicles with fiberglass or plastic body shells or in convertible top vehicles. None of these are safe, as they do not offer skin effect lightning protection.

Heavy forestry equipment such as a skidder, loader, feller buncher, forwarder, etc. with a fully enclosed rollover protective structure (ROPS) cab take advantage of the skin effect and are therefore safe in electrical storms.

However machines with a rollover canopy only are not safe against lightning strikes as they are open to electrically conductive rainwater and do not benefit from the skin effect. Operators of this equipment must abandon their machines and get to a safer location before lightning strikes.

Note that the rubber tires on motor vehicles and heavy equipment do not increase safety from lightning strikes. Lightning has already travelled a great distance through the air to strike the vehicle.

In comparison a few inches of rubber in a tire offers absolutely no additional insulation.

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher WHAT TO DO IF YOU ARE OUTSIDE AND SEE LIGHTNING OR HEAR THUNDER IF YOU CAN, GET INSIDE: Run to the nearest building, motor vehicle or fully enclosed ROPS equipment cab immediately.

Being anywhere outside is not safe.

IF INSIDE A BUILDING: • Don’t watch the lightning storm from open windows or doorways. Stay in inner rooms.

• Stay well away from corded telephones, electrical appliances, lighting fixtures, radio microphones, electrical sockets and plumbing pipes and fixtures.

IF INSIDE A MOTOR VEHICLE OR FULLY ENCLOSED ROPS EQUIPMENT CAB: • Under no circumstances whatsoever step outside of the vehicle or off the equipment to move to another shelter. Very dangerous electrical pathways to ground may go through you.

• Shut down all operation, turn off the engine, close all doors and raise all windows.

• Sit squarely in the seat with your hands in your lap and your feet flat on the floor mat.

• Do not touch any metallic objects referenced to the outside of the vehicle. Do not touch any door and window handles, control levers, foot pedals, steering wheels, cab interior walls and any other inside to outside metal objects.

• Do not touch any radio or telephone connected to an outside antenna.

1.26

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

Safety WHAT TO DO IF YOU FEEL YOUR SKIN TINGLING, YOUR HAIR STANDS ON END, LIGHT METAL OBJECTS VIBRATE OR YOU HEAR A CRACKLING SOUND:

IF YOU ARE CAUGHT OUTSIDE AND HAVE NOWHERE TO GO: • Avoid wide-open areas where you project above the surrounding landscape.

• Seek shelter in a low place, such as a ditch, ravine, valley, canyon or cave.

• Lightning is probably about to strike. You only have a few seconds to act.

• Get away from open water such as ponds or streams.

• Put your feet together. Crouch down like in a baseball catcher’s position. Hold your head down. Cover your ears to protect them against the noise of the thunder.

• Do not take shelter under any isolated tall trees or small groups of trees.

• Seek shelter amongst the dense, thick growth of the shortest trees.

• Do not lie flat on the ground. By touching as little of the ground as possible, the lightning may not move across the ground to you.

• Avoid entering any small enclosures or shelters.

• Do not seek shelter under any motor vehicle or heavy equipment.

WHAT TO DO IF A CO-WORKER HAS BEEN STRUCK BY LIGHTNING:

• Keep clear of any materials that can conduct electricity such as wire fences and gates, metal pipes, poles, rails and tools.

• The victim does not carry any electrical charge.

There is no danger to anyone helping this person. You can touch him or her immediately.

• Stay at least 15m (50 feet) away from metal objects such as a fuel tank, a vehicle or machinery without a cab, motorcycle, ATV, etc.

• Call your local emergency response telephone number immediately.

• Stay at least 5m (16 feet) apart from any other members of a group so that lightning won’t travel between you.

• Do not use the telephone except for emergencies.

• If the victim has no pulse, their heart has stopped or they have stopped breathing, start cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR) or mouth –to-mouth resuscitation immediately. Use a portable defibrillator if one is available.

• Be careful about staying in the storm to take care of the victim. You can get hit by lightning too. If you can, move the victim to a building as soon as possible.

• To further increase your awareness about lightning safety, see the following web sites: • National Weather Service Lightning Safety http://www.lightningsafety.noaa.gov • National Lightning Safety Institute http://www.lightningsafety.com

1.27

Safety

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher 3. Blow off all forest debris and fine organic material accumulated near hot engine exhaust components (turbocharger and exhaust manifold as well as exhaust pipes and muffler) at the completion of each work shift or more frequently when working in logging conditions where large amounts of combustible forest debris are present.

Visual inspection after blow off to ensure thorough cleanliness is vital. Engine exhaust systems provide numerous small pockets where saw dust, small wood chips and other flammable forest debris can gather. Even small accumulations close to hot exhaust components can ignite and smoulder. If dislodged this smouldering debris can fall into other areas of the machine and thereby spread a fire.

FIRE PREVENTION

When working in a forest environment, it is impossible to prevent combustible debris from collecting in tight corners of the machine. This debris, in itself, may cause a fire; however, when mixed with fuel, oil or grease in a hot or confined place, the danger of fire is greatly increased.

The following fire prevention guidelines should be used to supplement the operator’s fire prevention efforts. In no case should the guidelines be used, or assumed, as replacements for diligent operator efforts at preventing fires.

The following guidelines will help to keep your equipment up and running efficiently and keep the risk of fire to a minimum.

1. Maintain a CHARGED fire extinguisher on the machine at all times and KNOW HOW TO USE IT. 2. Remove debris and blow out dust regularly from the air intake doors, engine radiator and charge air cooler, hydraulic oil cooler, diesel fuel cooler and air conditioning condenser core to prevent overheating of the engine and hydraulics and to maintain efficient operation of the machine. Refer to CLEANING A/C CONDENSER, OIL COOLER AND RADIATOR in SECTION 2 of THIS MANUAL.

4. Clean out all accumulated forest debris (twigs, pine needles, branches, bark, leaves, saw dust, small wood chips) and any other combustible materials from inside the machine belly pans or lower machine structures as well as from areas in proximity to the engine, fuel and hydraulic oil systems no less frequently than at the completion of each work shift.

5. Inspect the machine regularly for any signs of diesel fuel or hydraulic system leakage.

Check for worn or eroded fuel or hydraulic lines before starting up any equipment.

6. Clean up any grease, diesel fuel, hydraulic and lubricating oil accumulation and spillage immediately.

7. Steam clean the engine, hydraulic pumps, transmission, brake, fuel and hydraulic tank compartments and all machine belly pans at least once a month or more frequently when working in logging conditions where large amounts of combustible forest debris are present.

8. Use only non-flammable solutions for cleaning the machine and components.

9. Inspect the exhaust system daily for any signs of leakage. Check for worn, cracked, broken or damaged pipes or muffler. Also check for missing or damaged bolts or clamps.

Should any exhaust leaks or defective parts be found, repairs must be made immediately.

Engine exhaust leaks can cause fires. Do not operate the machine until the exhaust leak is repaired.

1.28

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher 10. During daily operation of the machine, the occurrence of exhaust leaks are usually accompanied by a change or increase in engine exhaust noise levels. These audible warnings cannot be ignored. Should any exhaust leaks occur during operation, the machine must be shut down immediately and not put back to work until the necessary repairs have been completed.

11. Park the machine at least 15 METERS (50 feet) away from other equipment at the end of each shift.

12. Never leave the machine parked with boom, arch or blade suspended off the ground. Should their supporting hydraulic hoses burn through during a fire, pressurized hydraulic oil may be injected into the fire and the boom, arch or blade will fall rapidly to the ground.

13. Turn the battery disconnect switch to OFF at shut down to de-energize all electrical circuits.

14. Remain with the machine for at least 45 minutes at the end of operations while the machine cools.

Safety 17. AFTER transporting (trucking) a machine from one job site to the next, open all doors and access panels and blow off any debris that may have repositioned itself onto the engine and exhaust parts due to wind turbulence caused by the journey.

18. Before starting repair work, such as welding, the surrounding area should be cleaned and a fire extinguisher should be close by.

19. Store rags and other combustible materials in a safe, fireproof location.

20. Do not use the machine on top of or to push piles of burning timber. A machine fire will most probably result.

EQUIPMENT FIRES ADVERSELY EFFECT YOUR ABILITY TO LOG, MAY INCREASE YOUR INSURANCE PREMIUMS DRAMATICALLY OR PREVENT YOU FROM OBTAINING INSURANCE COVERAGE AT ALL.

WHAT TO DO TO PREPARE FOR A MACHINE FIRE • Prevent the fire from happening in the first place by ensuring that all machine systems are frequently inspected and always well maintained.

• Ensure that any hand held fire extinguishers are charged and in working order. Fire extinguishers require routine care. Follow the manufacturer’s instructions for inspection and maintenance shown on the label of the fire extinguisher and in the extinguisher manufacturer's manual.

• Ensure that any pressurized water systems on the machine (if applicable) are charged and in working order. Refer to PRESSURIZED WATER SYSTEM MAINTENANCE in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL. • Ensure that you have the proper fire extinguishers on site. Most fires involving mobile forestry equipment will be Class A or B.

15. Remove all keys, lock equipment and fuel cap at the end of operations to reduce the risk of vandalism.

16. Be cautious when smoking. An open flame, a lighted cigarette, etc., should not be permitted around any vehicle, especially during fuelling operations or when the fuel system is open to the atmosphere or when servicing batteries.

1.29

Safety

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

Dry chemical extinguishers should be rated ABC and pressurized water extinguishers should be rated A.

• Ensure that after you have received the training as outlined above, that you know how to use the fire extinguisher, the pressurized water system (if applicable) and the fire suppression system** on your machine. There is not enough time available to read instructions during a fire emergency.

Class A fires involve ordinary combustibles such as wood, cloth, paper, rubber and many plastics, Class B fires occur with flammable liquids such as diesel fuel, oil and grease and Class C fires apply to energized electrical equipment.

• Ensure that the nozzle of any hand held extinguisher and pressurized water system available on the machine and at the work site fits within the fire extinguisher access holes in the doors of the machine.

• Ensure that your fire detection system* is in working order. Refer to FIRE DETECTION SYSTEM in SECTION 2 of THIS MANUAL. • Ensure that your fire suppression system** is charged and in working order. Refer to FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM in SECTION 2 of THIS MANUAL. • Ensure that you are familiar with the recommended procedures for fire contained in the emergency action plan of your company.

• Ensure that you follow all national, state/ provincial and local regulations dealing with fire fighting in effect in your specific geographic region. Regulations will vary from region to region but most will usually require that: 1. Workers assigned to fire fighting duties must be physically capable of performing them safely and effectively.

2. Workers designated to use fire fighting equipment as part of an emergency action plan must receive full and proper training from a qualified instructor.

3. Whenever portable fire extinguishers are provided for use in the workplace, training must be provided to familiarize workers with the general principles of fire extinguisher use and the hazards involved with fire fighting.

4. Training must be provided upon initial employment and at least annually thereafter.

• Ensure that all information necessary for you to immediately contact all sources of help (local fire department, etc) in the event of a fire emergency is recorded and readily available at all times.

WHAT TO DO WHEN A MACHINE FIRE OCCURS If operating the machine when a fire occurs: 1. Lower all working attachments to the ground.

2. Turn OFF the engine.

3. Activate the fire suppression system**.

4. Radio or call for help. Be certain to report a fire immediately.

5. Exit the machine taking fire extinguisher and pressurized water system hose (if applicable) with you.

6. At all times ensure your own personal safety and the safety of anyone that may be in the area. Approach any fire with extreme caution.

All fires can be very dangerous and life threatening.

7. Only if you can safely do so, turn OFF the battery disconnect switch.

Before deciding to fight the fire, be certain that: 1. The fire is small and not rapidly spreading.

2. There is always a clear, safe escape route to your back.

3. You have received training in the use of the available fire extinguishing systems and are confident that you can operate them effectively.

4. If in any doubt about whether or not to fight the fire – DON’T. Instead stand well clear of the fire and wait for help to arrive.

5. Be aware that engine coolant, diesel fuel or hydraulic hoses could fail during a fire. If this happens, hot coolant, fuel or oil could possibly be ignited by the fire.

1.30

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

Safety

6. If possible a dry chemical fire extinguisher or fire suppression system** should be used first to fight a machine fire. Then immediately afterwards use the pressurized water hose supplied with the machine (if applicable) or a pressurized water extinguisher (if available). A fire suppressed by dry chemical may re-ignite from the heat retained by any debris or hot machine components in the area. The water will cool the area, reducing the chances of re-ignition.

• Only if you can safely do so, open the access panels to the machine in the area of the fire.

• Use the PASS method. This is the most effective use of a fire extinguisher.

• Remain with the machine until help arrives.

• Pull the pin at the top of the extinguisher that keeps the handle from being pressed. Break the plastic seal as the pin is pulled.

• Failing all attempts to access the machine compartment, discharge the extinguisher through the mesh or any available openings on the machine.

• Ensure that the machine and all components have cooled down sufficiently after a fire so that re-ignition does not occur.

WHAT TO DO AFTER A MACHINE FIRE HAS OCCURRED • Before returning the machine to work.

1. Ensure that the cause of the fire is determined and all appropriate repairs are completed.

• Aim the nozzle at the base of the fire. Do not aim the nozzle at the flames. In order to put out the fire, you must extinguish the fuel, not the flames. Hose nozzles are often clipped to the extinguisher body.

Release the hose before taking aim.

• Squeeze the handle to release the pressurized extinguishing agent.

The handle can be released at any time to stop the discharge.

• Sweep from side to side at the base of the fire until the fire is completely out or the fire extinguisher is empty

2. Ensure that the fire detection system* or the fire suppression system** is properly serviced and in working order (if applicable).

3. Ensure that all extinguishers used in fighting the fire are replaced or recharged.

• Notify your equipment dealer and / or Tigercat Industries Inc. by completing an incident report, Tigercat form number 5101. *NOTE: Fire detection systems are offered by Tigercat as an optional installation on some Tigercat product lines. Please disregard any references made to fire detection systems if not installed on your machine. **NOTE: Dry chemical fire suppression systems are offered by Tigercat as an optional installation on some Tigercat product lines. Please disregard any references made to fire suppression systems if not installed on your machine.

822C-190

TYPICAL FIRE EXTINGUISHER ACCESS HOLE

• Place the nozzle of the fire extinguisher into the appropriate fire extinguisher access hole and discharge the extinguisher.

1.31

Safety

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

DRY CHEMICAL CLEANUP PROCEDURES Both ABC dry chemical fire extinguishers and fire suppression systems discharge a chemical powder to extinguish the fire. The chemical makeup and the small particle size of the powder as well as the force of the discharge all contribute to the fire fighting capability. These same characteristics also permit the powder to penetrate into and fully cover all components in the vicinity of the discharge.

3. In areas exposed to heat during the fire, the dry chemical powder will melt forming a coating that cakes or crusts on all surfaces.

The following are recommendations for the cleanup and neutralizing of areas exposed to dry chemical powder.

Workers performing this work should wear protective clothing, safety goggles and a fine particle dust mask to minimize their personal exposure to the dry chemical powder.

Ensure that all electrical systems have been completely de-energized prior to any cleanup.

1. In areas of the machine that remained cool and dry during the fire, the dry chemical will stay in powder form.

Be certain to clean these areas immediately to prevent any settled residual powder from coming into contact with moisture whether through direct contact or humidity in the air.

Remove the powder residue by blowing off with air, sweeping, dusting or vacuuming using a HEPA filter capable of trapping the small dry chemical particles. Then wipe all surfaces with a damp cloth.

2. In areas exposed to moisture, the dry chemical powder will combine with water to form a paste that is mildly acidic. Note that all surfaces covered by this dry chemical paste including electrical contacts are vulnerable to corrosive attack.

To neutralize the acidic paste on large surfaces, spray or wash these areas with a mixture of 3 parts hot water to 1 part baking soda. Allow this mixture to stand for several minutes before rinsing with warm water. Wash the area with a mild soap and water solution.

Rinse thoroughly with water. Blow-dry to remove all residual water.

Cleaning of electrical contacts should be done using an electrical contact cleaner that has no flash or fire point and is non-corrosive and non-conductive such as CRC Contact Cleaner 2000.

1.32

To break down the caked dry chemical, spray or wash these areas with a 50/50 mixture of hot water and isopropyl alcohol. Allow this mixture to stand in place for several minutes.

The caked dry chemical when exposed to moisture is also mildly acidic. Therefore when the break down procedure has been completed, follow this immediately with the neutralizing procedure as described in step 2.

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

SAFETY LABELS

Safety READ OPERATOR'S MANUAL AND USE THE SEAT BELT AT ALL TIMES!

SAFETY LABELS The following safety labels must be periodically cleaned and inspected to ensure legibility is maintained. Replace any label that becomes illegible, damaged or removed.

OPERATOR'S MANUAL LOCATION

This label indicates the storage location of the operator's manual. This label is located on the outside of the operator's manual case inside the cab.

55737BUNI R0

READ MANUAL Always read the operator’s manual before operating the machine. Pay close attention to WARNINGS and HAZARD identifications.

Study all the safety messages in this manual and on the labels on the machine carefully.

USE SEAT BELT The operator's seat is equipped with lap and shoulder harness belts. Use both of these restraint systems at all times when operating the machine.

DO NOT ATTEMPT TO MOVE OR OPERATE the machine until the seat belt is fastened properly.

1.33

Safety REMOVE IGNITION KEY BEFORE SERVICING THE MACHINE!

Prior to performing any service work or maintenance on the machine, stop the engine, REMOVE THE IGNITION KEY and store it in a safe place.

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher CRUSH HAZARD

This label warns of a downward force crush zone caused by swinging or falling logs.

Approaching personnel are subject to crush injuries by falling or swinging logs which could result in death or serious injury.

Do Not start the machine until other personnel are a safe distance away from the machine.

When the engine is running, DO NOT allow anyone in areas of the machine where they may be crushed by moving components.

Maintain a safe operating distance between the machine and other personnel. It is the duty of the operator to ensure that no person approaches the operating machine within the 150 m (500 ft) Hazard Zone.

Do Not attempt to service or work on the machine until the load is removed from the attachment, the vehicle is in the parked position, and the engine is shut off.

1.34

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

Safety

CRUSH HAZARD

CRUSH HAZARD

This label warns of the CRUSH HAZARD caused by the engine enclosure door.

Be sure that all personnel are clear when opening and closing the engine enclosure door. Operating the engine enclosure door with personnel in the crush zone COULD RESULT IN DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY! This label warns of the CRUSH HAZARD caused by the cab tilting.

Keep all personnel clear of the machine before operating the engine enclosure door.

Be sure that all personnel are clear when tilting the cab. Operating the cab tilt function with personnel in the crush zone COULD RESULT IN DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY!

CRUSH HAZARD, LEVELER

Keep all personnel clear of the machine before operating the cab tilt function.

This label warns of the CRUSH HAZARD caused by movement of the leveling frames and cylinders when not properly supported.

Never work under the machine or near the leveler area when it is unsupported. Contact with moving frames and cylinders COULD RESULT IN DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY! Properly support and brace the leveler cylinders and shut off engine before performing service work in this area.

1.35

Safety CUTTING HAZARD

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher ENTANGLEMENT HAZARD

36779BUNI R0

This label informs you of the cutting hazards of the cooling fan blade when the engine is running.

This label warns of an ENTANGLEMENT HAZARD (rotating parts) zone.

KEEP CLEAR of cutting hazards caused by rotating components.

DO NOT PLACE HANDS OR FINGERS IN THIS AREA. Rotating parts such as pulleys, belts and drives can cause entanglement of body parts resulting in serious injury.

DO NOT PLACE HANDS OR FINGERS IN THIS AREA. Rotating parts such as cooling fan blades can cause entanglement of body parts resulting in serious injury.

KEEP HANDS AND FINGERS CLEAR OF ROTATING FAN BLADES! Before performing any service work on these parts or in this area, shut engine off and wait for rotating parts to come to a complete stop.

KEEP HANDS AND FINGERS CLEAR OF ROTATING BELT, DRIVE OR PULLEY! Before performing any service work on these parts or in this area, shut engine off and wait for rotating parts to come to a complete stop.

1.36

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher ER BOOM WARNING

Safety ER BOOM WARNING

55987BUNI R0

This label warns that the machine is equipped with an ER boom system.

Read the Operator's Manual to become familiar with the operation and movement of the ER boom system.

Never permit persons to stand under boom or attachment. Contact COULD RESULT IN DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY. Always ensure attachment is resting securely on the ground before performing any of the following functions:

This label warns that the machine is equipped with an ER boom system. Because of this it may behave in an unexpected manner. Ensure no persons are near the machine during operation.

Read and understand the servicing procedures in the Service Manual and make sure boom and attachment are securely braced and supported before attempting to adjust pressures or disconnect hydraulic lines. SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH COULD RESULT FROM CRUSHING.

• Turn off the engine.

• De-energizing pilot circuit • Opening front door.

1.37

Safety

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

HOT SURFACES

STORED ENERGY HAZARD

This label warns of hot machine and machine component surfaces. Be aware when performing service and maintenance tasks that surfaces and grab handles in and around the engine hydraulic tank and cooling system may become very hot when the machine has been running. DO NOT TOUCH these hot surfaces, contact with hot surfaces may cause injury.

This label warns of a STORED ENERGY HAZARD.

• Before servicing the machine, allow the engine cooling system, fuel system, exhaust system, hydraulic system and machine surfaces to cool down.

• Use a thermometer to check surface and system temperatures to ensure it is safe to begin service work.

• DO NOT begin service work until the surface or system temperature has cooled to below 38°C (100°F).

The machine is equipped with an accumulator.

The accumulator has stored energy in the form of hydraulic pressure. Servicing the accumulator, hydraulic tank or any hydraulic components before releasing pressure could result in death or serious injury.

DO NOT SERVICE ACCUMULATOR OR ANY HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS before releasing pressure.

1.38

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher ELECTROCUTION HAZARD!

Safety ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD

55992BUNI R0

This label warns of a potential ELECTROCUTION HAZARD. Contact with electric lines WILL RESULT IN DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY! Before beginning work in any area study the area thoroughly and become familiar with any potential hazards especially electrocution hazards from electric lines.

DO NOT MOVE ANY PART OF THE MACHINE OR LOAD WITHIN 3 m (10 ft) PLUS TWO TIMES LINE INSULATOR LENGTH OF ANY ELECTRIC LINES!

This label warns of the potential of a severe shock hazard.

TURN OFF Battery Disconnect Switch BEFORE removing the battery compartment cover.

Ensure the positive battery cables are disconnected before performing any service.

DO NOT short out battery terminals for any reason. Serious burns and/or an explosion can result.

Refer to GENERAL SAFETY PRECAUTIONS in THIS SECTION.

KEEP BACK

This label warns personnel to KEEP BACK 150 m (500 ft) due to flying projectiles and falling trees. Danger exists predominantly around the attachment.

When approaching an operating machine on foot, stay at least 150 m (500 ft) away until the operator recognizes your presence. Make sure that all equipment has been shut down before advancing to the machine.

1.39

Safety NO RIDERS

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher EXPLOSIVE RELEASE OF HOT COOLING SYSTEM PRESSURIZED FLUID

NO RIDERS INSIDE OR OUTSIDE OF THE MACHINE. Do not carry passengers either in the cab or anywhere else on the machine. The vehicle seating accommodation is for one operator only.

Persons riding on the outside of the machine are subject to hazards such as falling off the machine, crush hazards, thrown object hazards and many other hazards WHICH COULD RESULT IN DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY.

This label warns of a PRESSURE AND FLUID SPRAY HAZARD when the coolant in the radiator is hot.

If any person attempts to climb onto the machine during operation, STOP THE MACHINE IMMEDIATELY. DO NOT Operate the machine until other personnel are a safe distance away from the machine.

Shut off engine. Only remove coolant filler cap when cool enough to touch with bare hands.

Slowly loosen cap to first stop to relieve pressure before removing completely.

33952AUNI R0

DO NOT LOOSEN CAP UNTIL COOL, explosive release of fluids from pressurized cooling system can cause serious burns.

1.40

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher EXPLOSION HAZARD

Safety PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHER

WARNING • EXPLOSION HAZARD. • DO NOT USE ETHER. • ENGINE EQUIPPED WITH HEATER STARTING AID. • USE OF ETHER COULD RESULT IN DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY. 36782BENG R0

This label warns of an EXPLOSION HAZARD. The engine is equipped with a heater starting aid, DO NOT USE ETHER to assist in starting the engine.

USING ETHER COULD CAUSE AN EXPLOSION WHICH COULD RESULT IN DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY. This label indicates PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHER LOCATION.

1.41

Safety

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

FIRE PREVENTION!

CHECK DAILY

This label advises operators of the following:

In addition to the previous label it is a reminder to check the machine daily for the possibility of debris build-up, leaks, damaged wires and hoses and take the necessary action required to clean up any debris accumulation, repair any leaks, damaged wires or hoses.

READ, UNDERSTAND AND FOLLOW THE FIRE PREVENTION GUIDELINES IN THIS MANUAL. These guidelines provide all the necessary action required to preventing fires on this machine. DO NOT OPERATE THIS MACHINE until you have read these instructions and have performed any necessary maintenance required that will prevent the potential of a fire from starting on this machine.

The label also advises to check and ensure that all fire fighting devices are in good working order.

It is also important to note that fire prevention inspections and maintenance MUST BE PERFORMED FREQUENTLY (several times per day). A clean combustible free machine as well as frequent inspections of the exhaust components, hydraulic hoses and electrical cables and performing any necessary repairs immediately will help prevent fires.

Maintain a CHARGED fire extinguisher on the machine at all times, know where it is and KNOW HOW TO USE IT!

1.42

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

Safety

FIRE EXTINGUISHER ACCESS HOLE

This label indicates the location of each FIRE EXTINGUISHER ACCESS HOLE.

1.43

Safety

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

EMERGENCY EXIT, CAB, LEFT-HAND SIDE DOOR

EMERGENCY EXIT, HAND TIGHTEN ONLY

The label indicates that the escape hatch knobs should be hand tightened only to allow for easy exit.

Ensure all exit locations are functioning properly.

Refer to ESCAPE HATCH EMERGENCY EXIT in SECTION 2 of THIS MANUAL.

This label alerts the operator that, in the event of an emergency this door can be used as an emergency exit.

Refer to SIDE DOOR AND ESCAPE HATCH EMERGENCY EXIT MAINTENANCE GUIDE in THIS SECTION.

This label is also located just below the bottom of the left hand emergency exit doorway, on the outside of the cab frame. The label reminds the operator that this door should not be used as a point of entry into the cab, except in the case of an emergency where emergency personnel need to gain access to the operator.

This label reminds the operator that this door should not be used as a point of entry into the cab, except in the case of an emergency where emergency personnel need to gain access to the operator.

Ensure all exit doors and exit hatch are functioning properly at all times.

Refer to SIDE DOOR AND ESCAPE HATCH EMERGENCY EXIT MAINTENANCE GUIDE in THIS SECTION.

1.44

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

NOTICE LABELS

Safety ENGINE COOLANT SHUT-OFF VALVE (MACHINES EQUIPPED WITH ENGINE COOLANT HEATER)

ENGINE IDLE (APPLICABLE TO TIER 4F MACHINES ONLY) The following notice label must be periodically cleaned and inspected to ensure legibility is maintained. Replace any label that becomes illegible, damaged or removed.

NOTICE

• DO NOT IDLE THIS ENGINE FOR MORE THAN 9 HOURS. • DAMAGE TO EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM WILL RESULT.

63281BENG R0

This label informs operators that damage to the emission control system will result when the engine has idled longer than nine consecutive hours.

This label informs operators that damage to the engine coolant heater pump may result if the engine coolant heater is operated with the engine coolant shut-off valve closed.

Refer to ENGINE COOLANT HEATER CONTROL PANEL–OPTIONAL in SECTION 2 and/or COOLANT PRE-HEATING SYSTEM (OPTIONAL) in SECTION 10.

1.45

Safety

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

1.46

USING HIGH-SPEED DISC SAWS SAFELY DANGER This information is intended to encourage logging organizations and operators to develop and practice additional rules to suit particular terrain conditions and job requirements. It is also intended to assist towards a quicker understanding of how and why things can happen when a high speed disc saw is in use; and hence to assist in development of safe operating practices.

The following information is in addition to any safety instructions or recommended safe operating practices that may already be in circulation.

DANGER

CONTENTS – APPENDIX TO SECTION 1 C

COMMENTS AND INSTRUCTIONS.............................................................................................................................A.7 ASSESSING THE POTENTIAL DANGERS ON THE JOB SITE...............................................................................A.7 DIRECTION OF THROW...........................................................................................................................................A.7 HIGH ANGLE WRIST ROTATION ABILITY................................................................................................................A.8 RECOGNIZING THE DANGERS...............................................................................................................................A.7 REGULAR MAINTENANCE.......................................................................................................................................A.7 SAFE OPERATING AREAS.......................................................................................................................................A.7 THROW DISTANCE...................................................................................................................................................A.7 THROWING LONG WOOD PIECES.......................................................................................................................A.10 D

DANGERS.....................................................................................................................................................................A.3 F

FOREWORD.................................................................................................................................................................A.2 BE AWARE OF THE HAZARDS................................................................................................................................A.3 OTHER INSTRUCTIONS...........................................................................................................................................A.3 SAFE PRACTICES....................................................................................................................................................A.3 SEVERAL TYPES OF HEADS INVOLVED................................................................................................................A.2 STORED ENERGY....................................................................................................................................................A.3 H

HOUSING TYPES.........................................................................................................................................................A.4 HOUSING WITH ADDITIONAL OPENING................................................................................................................A.6 HOUSING WITH LONGER INGOING SNOUT..........................................................................................................A.5 HOUSING WITH NO SNOUTS..................................................................................................................................A.5 HOUSING WITH SNOUTS........................................................................................................................................A.4 S

SAW HEAD DO NOT'S...............................................................................................................................................A.14 T

TYPE OF HOUSING MAKES A DIFFERENCE.............................................................................................................A.4

5211A • R5-1116

Using High-Speed Disc Saws Safely

Tigercat

FOREWORD SEVERAL TYPES OF HEADS INVOLVED

SAW25A

Wheel Feller Buncher– Broadside Saw Contact with a Log Could Produce a Throw

SAW24

Track Feller Buncher – Sudden Machine Movement May Cause and Unexpected Throw at the Cab

Tigercat wheel feller bunchers and track feller bunchers can be supplied with several optional makes and models of high speed disc saw tree felling heads. Because each head has unique characteristics, advantages and disadvantages, they are chosen based on the specific types of work they were designed to complete.

A.2

Tigercat

Using High-Speed Disc Saws Safely

STORED ENERGY

OTHER INSTRUCTIONS

The saw blade stores energy from the hydraulic motor between tree cuts so it can supply up to 1000 hp during a one second tree cut. However, this rotational energy, if misapplied, can result in wood materials or other objects being thrown strongly enough to cause damage and injure people.

All instructions contained in the operator and service manuals for use and maintenance of Tigercat disc saw heads and other disc saw heads installed on Tigercat machines must be read, understood and followed.

BE AWARE OF THE HAZARDS

Here are the most common means by which a rotating disc saw can cause harm by throwing:

DANGERS

Users of machines with disc saw felling heads must be aware of all safety precautions. In this section, some previously unknown, unexpected safety hazards are illustrated and explained. These should be studied before use of the machine and then reviewed again after use has begun.

• The normal throwing of chips from the cut.

• Soil particles are thrown from the ground.

• Loose chunks of wood encountered or produced are tossed by the exposed blade.

• Sticks and debris falling onto the blade or sliding across the blade are struck by the teeth and thrown.

SAFE PRACTICES It is understood and expected that logging organizations and operators must develop and practice additional rules to suit particular conditions of terrain, trees, soil and job requirements. The information provided in this section is intended to assist towards a quicker understanding of how and why things can happen when a high speed disc saw is in use and to assist in the development of safe operating practices.

• Metal pieces from the blade or from encountered objects are thrown.

• Wood pieces enter the saw housing and are expelled by the blade.

• In very peculiar cases the saw can throw long lengths of wood as spears.

It should not be assumed that all possible dangers have been discovered and described in this section.

A.3

Using High-Speed Disc Saws Safely

Tigercat

HOUSING TYPES TYPE OF HOUSING MAKES A DIFFERENCE Since the configuration of the saw housing can affect the safety of its use, we need to identify some particular types of housing shapes and guarding being used.

HOUSING WITH SNOUTS A

B

SAW13

A Throw Angle

SAW17

Saw Housing with Snouts B Snouts

This commonly used saw housing is designed with a continuous skirt around the saw except at a mouth opening where the trees are cut and taken. The skirt extends below the saw enough to intercept tangential throws. There are snouts on both sides of the mouth to prevent the saw teeth from making contact with the wood if pushed against the side of a felled tree or log.

A.4

Tigercat

Using High-Speed Disc Saws Safely

HOUSING WITH NO SNOUTS A

B

SAW14

SAW15

Saw Housing with No Snouts

A Throw Angle

B Housing Plan with No Snouts

This housing has no blade-guarding snouts. This allows the saw blade teeth to protrude ahead of the housing.

This may be preferred for dexterity in tree getting.

HOUSING WITH LONGER INGOING SNOUT A

C

B

B

SAW12

A Throw Angle B Long Snout

SAW18

Saw Housing with a Longer Snout on the housing Ingoing Side C Short Snout

This housing has a much longer snout on the ingoing side of the mouth, i.e., where the teeth of the rotating blade are entering the housing. The broad side of a log, if nudged, will not contact the saw teeth and more thrown material will be intercepted by the extra length of the snout.

A.5

Using High-Speed Disc Saws Safely

Tigercat

HOUSING WITH ADDITIONAL OPENING

B

C

A

A

E

D A

SAW19

A Throw Angle B Rear C Front

A

SAW20

A SAW26

Saw Housing with Additional Opening

D Opening in Housing Skirt E Guard for Chip Escape Port in Housing

This housing incorporates an additional opening (chip escape port) in the housing skirt to allow for the discharge of wood chips produced by the saw teeth in the cut and being taken into the housing.

A guard is available to close the chip escape port so tangential travel of chips and other material is intercepted as soon as it leaves the housing.

The various housing types show a shaded area where normally tangentially thrown material can escape from the saw housing. Deflected and dropped chips escaping below the bottom edge of the housing skirt are not included. The areas and angles are not exact but do show that one head can be different from another.

IMPORTANT! The operator must be familiar with the blade rotation direction, the effectiveness of any snout on the in-going side and which direction a chip escape port allows material to discharge.

A.6

Tigercat

Using High-Speed Disc Saws Safely

COMMENTS AND INSTRUCTIONS

ASSESSING THE POTENTIAL DANGERS ON THE JOB SITE

RECOGNIZING THE DANGERS

The extent of danger from high speed disc saws on a logging operation must be assessed on the job site, depending on how much other work activity is in the area and whether the operator can do their job of cutting and bunching with good control of throw patterns. Danger is greater if the saw is equipped with detachable, or fragile, or brittle teeth, or if the site contains stones or abandoned metal.

While it may appear the illustrated danger areas (throw angle) can be visually recognized on the job by observing how far chips are discharged during a cut, this only holds true for chips and other light weight materials.

Metal parts and wooden spears can be thrown to surprisingly greater distances. Even distant personnel on the ground, in other vehicles, or in buildings are at risk if the throw is in their direction.

REGULAR MAINTENANCE

DIRECTION OF THROW

Poor saw maintenance increases possible dangers.

Some designs, that might allow fasteners to wear thin or fatigue and suddenly break, need thorough timely replacement procedures. It is important the warning signs of missing saw tooth parts or the sounds of striking rocks be heeded and the operation adjusted to avoid danger.

The direction of possible tangential throw for metal parts and stones is dependent on the housing configuration and might be expected to be the same as observed for the chips. However, these throws can occur at any time the saw is running, in whichever direction the throw angle is pointed by boom geometry, and not just when a cut is being made.

THROW DISTANCE The throw distance for metal pieces and stones, can be many times the distance shown by the pattern for chips.

More testing and data collection is needed to pin down a 'safe distance' but if someone or something is in a place that can be seen by the operator and in the throw direction of a high speed disc saw, then the operation is not safe regardless of the distance.

SAFE OPERATING AREAS These saw heads must not be used in areas where the logging operation does not have control over the presence and movement of people. In particular, clearing of vegetation in urban and populated areas should not be done with a Tigercat manufactured or supplied high speed disc saw. High speed disc saw heads are intended for high productivity wood harvesting in areas remote from normal habitation. The possible presence of people and property within throw range and the likelihood of encountering scrap metal, wire fencing, steel posts and concrete must be respected.

A.7

Using High-Speed Disc Saws Safely

Tigercat

HIGH ANGLE WRIST ROTATION ABILITY

B

A

C

SAW21A

A Short Snouts B Chip Escape Port Discharge Path

C Chip Escape Port

The limits of the boom, stick, tilt, wrist, upper leveling and any other freedoms, must not permit a direct throw at the operators cab during normal operation, on felling machines equipped with a high-speed disc saw head with high-angle wrist rotation ability.

A

B

SAW23

B C

SAW23

A Clockwise (CW) Blade Saw Rotation B Discharge Path

C Counterclockwise (CCW) Saw Blade Rotation

The discharge path exists in both the clockwise (CW) and counterclockwise (CCW) blade rotation (relative to the machine).

A.8

Tigercat

Using High-Speed Disc Saws Safely

B

A

SAW21A

Disc Saw Felling Head with High Angle Wrist Rotation Capability

A Long Snout on Outgoing Side

B Discharge Paths

It is essential that the housing have a long snout on the ingoing side and, if equipped with a chip escape port, it should be guarded.

With these high mechanical freedom arrangements, there is a chance that an unforeseeable operator misadventure or equipment failure could result in an accidental direct or deflected throw at the operators cab. The cab should be capable of resisting such accidental and ricochet throws. The velocity energy of metal or rock pieces leaving the blade is extremely high. The operators cab cannot be considered safe to routinely operate in the chip throw area, even if it has been constructed to prevent penetration by accidentally thrown objects.

A.9

Using High-Speed Disc Saws Safely

Tigercat

THROWING LONG WOOD PIECES

A

Dangers from throws of long wood pieces are illustrated throughout this portion of the document.

Tests and experience have shown that, when a high speed rotating saw is applied to a loose piece of wood, the wood is either blown or pushed away, without a throw.

C

If the wood is held firmly in all directions, and the saw is advanced into the wood at any feed speed, cutting will take place. If the wood is only restrained against the saw radially, but not restrained tangentially, then the wood will be both partly cut and partly moved tangentially.

If the piece of wood is backed-up by a solid slippery surface, the feed in is very fast, and the piece of wood is long enough, the tangential movement is a dangerous spear-like throw.

B

SAW2

A Slab B Throw Direction C Radial Feed In

The slab can be thrown from the side of a log. Although the saw housing has skis, there are no snouts and the blade teeth protrude ahead of the housing.

A

B

C

D

E

F

SAW7

A

SAW10

A Slab SAW8

A slab, which could later be thrown, might occur when there is not enough room in the head to completely cut the last tree.

A B C D E F

Throw Engagement– Side View

Felling Head Moving Radially Into the Slab/Log Slab Log Felling Head Moving Radially Into the Small Log/Pile Small Log Log Pile

A slab, still partly attached to a well backed-up tree bole and wet with sap, makes an ideally bad throw situation which could unintentionally occur in woods work.

If the side of a log can contact the saw blade, the throw engagement distance can be long.

A.10

Tigercat

Using High-Speed Disc Saws Safely A

B

A

B SAW7

SAW6

C

Felling Head with Snouts

A Thrown Engagement Distance B Uncut tree or stump backup C Radial Feed In

A

A head with snouts does not allow a long throw contact.

Although tests show that a short contact length on a long log or tree butt does not result in a spear like throw, this action should nevertheless be avoided because abnormally large chips are sometimes produced and thrown.

C SAW8

Throw Engagement– Top View

A Thrown Engagement Distance B Felling Head Moving Into the Slab/Log C Felling Head Moving Into the Small Log/Pile

A housing without snouts can create a long throw engagement distance which, in turn, can cause a dangerous spear throw.

B

A SAW3

C

How a Log Can Be Thrown Like a Spear

A Felling Head Moving Into the Small Log/Pile B Small Log C Saw Housing Without Snouts

A small log in a pile of other logs might also be propelled out with enough length of continued contact to reach near saw tip speed.

A.11

Using High-Speed Disc Saws Safely

Tigercat SAW BLADE THROW GAP A

A

SAW122

SAW11

A Saw Throw Gap

A Felling Head Moving Into Stump (Feed Speed)

Blocks of wood can be tossed in any direction when improvising with a disc saw to trim over-size stumps. A long snout and a slow feed speed lessen danger during stump trimming. A similar danger of throw may exist when clearing small brush with multiple pass cuts.

Saw blades have gaps between adjacent teeth and holders to permit installation and removal of the teeth and to provide spaces to accumulate chips in the cut.

Fallen sticks and debris, or sticks and debris sliding across the saw blade, can enter these gaps when the blade is rotating and may be struck by the teeth. This will cause the sticks and debris to be tossed or thrown.

Larger gaps and lower rotation speeds increase these dangers.

A.12

Tigercat

Using High-Speed Disc Saws Safely

SAW HOUSING ENTRANCE AND EXIT SPACE

A

B

SAW22 SAW22A SAW22B

A Ingoing Opening of the Saw Blade Housing

Saw Bade Entrance and Exit Space

B Outgoing Opening of the Saw Blade Housing

To avoid the ingestion of materials into the housing space above the disc (and later ejection) the ingoing entrance for the saw rim of teeth is kept as small as practical. It is important that this high wear area be maintained at its original size and shape.

The outgoing opening is large enough to allow the housing to clean itself and allows most things inside to be thrown out. Its throw direction and angle must be respected. A long snout on the ingoing side reduces this danger.

A.13

Using High-Speed Disc Saws Safely

Tigercat

This information is offered by Tigercat as part of interim action to make saw heads safer. It is based on what has recently been reported from the field and on tests conducted on proving grounds.

• Do not assume visitors and other workers are aware of disc saw dangers.

• Do not assume the operator will spare you, a visitor, from danger.

Tigercat continues to design and test tree felling machinery towards achieving greater safety in the woods. Tigercat would be thankful for written reports describing any unsafe happenings, including near misses, in the use of felling heads and their carriers.

• Do not select and operate heads that throw rearward.

• Do not select and operate heads with unnecessarily wide throw angles.

THE FOLLOWING ARE SOME SAW HEAD DO NOT'S THAT APPLY PARTICULARLY TO THROW PREVENTION:

• Do not neglect to read and follow all instructions provided by the saw and head manufacturers.

• Do not point the throw of a disc saw head in a direction towards people, vehicles or buildings at any visible distance.

• Do not operate in a way that throws chips in a direct line at the machine cab.

• Do not push hard with the saw against anything except a standing tree to be cut.

• Do not mix new sharp teeth with old dull teeth on the same saw.

• Do not change the blade rotation from its designed direction in the head.

• Do not over speed the blade rpm.

• Do not remove or shorten snouts provided by the head manufacturer or installer.

• Do not neglect tooth fastening inspection, maintenance and replacement.

• Do not neglect to repair worn or damaged saw housings.

• Do not neglect to replace any covers removed for service or clean out.

• Do not count on skis to give the throw protection that snouts do.

• Do not nudge loose short pieces with the front of any type of head.

• Do not nudge anything, even long logs, with the front of a head which has no snouts.

• Do not cut short small stalks when the blade speed is low.

• Do not operate a high speed disc saw in a populated area.

A.14

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher SECTION 2 – CONTROLS AND OPERATION Read and understand the entire contents of THIS MANUAL, and all manuals for any attachments or accessories associated with this machine, prior to operating or servicing this equipment.

CONTENTS – SECTION 2

ISSUE 1.6, JULY 2014

ACCUMULATION MODE FEATURE........................................................................................................ 2.13 ACCUMULATION MODE SELECTION.................................................................................................... 2.13 AUTOMATIC ACCUMULATION MODE................................................................................................ 2.14 NORMAL ACCUMULATION MODE...................................................................................................... 2.14 SIMULTANEOUS ACCUMULATION MODE......................................................................................... 2.15 ATTACHMENT OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS AND SAFETY PRECAUTIONS................................... 2.108 AUXILIARY POWER OUTLET, 12 V........................................................................................................ 2.21 BATTERY BOOSTING............................................................................................................................. 2.93 BATTERY BOOSTER CABLE WITH CLAMPS..................................................................................... 2.94 BATTERY BOOSTER CABLE WITH SOCKET AND PLUG.................................................................. 2.93 CAB INTERIOR LIGHTS.......................................................................................................................... 2.32 CAMERA..................................................................................................................................................2.18 CIGARETTE LIGHTER 24V..................................................................................................................... 2.25 COMPUTER ADJUSTMENT MENU........................................................................................................................... 2.41 COOLING FAN SERVICE MODE...................................................................................................... 2.42 HYDRAULIC OIL GRADE.................................................................................................................. 2.42 DEF GAUGE......................................................................................................................................... 2.39 ENGINE MENU..................................................................................................................................... 2.40 ANTI-STALL....................................................................................................................................... 2.41 FUEL GAUGE....................................................................................................................................... 2.39 INFORMATION MODE.......................................................................................................................... 2.43 MAIN MENU..........................................................................................................................................2.44 ADJUST MENU................................................................................................................................. 2.44 AUTO-ACCUMULATE.................................................................................................................... 2.48 HYDRAULICS................................................................................................................................. 2.45 LEVELING...................................................................................................................................... 2.46 MACHINE PARAMETERS.............................................................................................................. 2.45 INFO MENU.......................................................................................................................................2.54 LOGS..............................................................................................................................................2.55 MODULES...................................................................................................................................... 2.54 MEASURE MENU.............................................................................................................................. 2.49 PREFERENCES MENU.................................................................................................................... 2.50 BACKLIGHT ADJUSTMENT........................................................................................................... 2.50 DATE ADJUSTMENT...................................................................................................................... 2.52 DATE/TIME ADJUSTMENT............................................................................................................ 2.51 DISPLAY ADJUSTMENT................................................................................................................ 2.50 LANGUAGE ADJUSTMENT........................................................................................................... 2.53 SCREEN SAVER ADJUSTMENT................................................................................................... 2.51 TIME ADJUSTMENT...................................................................................................................... 2.53 MESSAGES, COMPUTER................................................................................................................... 2.56 ALERT MESSAGES (YELLOW)........................................................................................................ 2.69 DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID LEVEL <5%......................................................................................... 2.77 DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID LEVEL <10%....................................................................................... 2.77 DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID LEVEL EMPTY.................................................................................... 2.78 DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID LEVEL MESSAGES............................................................................. 2.77 DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID QUALITY............................................................................................. 2.79 ENGINE AIR INTAKE FILTER RESTRICTED................................................................................ 2.71 2.1

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

ENGINE FAULT CODE MESSAGES – ALERT.............................................................................. 2.80 ENGINE TORQUE DERATE ACTIVE............................................................................................. 2.76 ENGINE VOLTAGE HIGH............................................................................................................... 2.76 ENGINE VOLTAGE LOW............................................................................................................... 2.76 FUEL LEVEL LOW......................................................................................................................... 2.70 FUEL – WATER IN FUEL............................................................................................................... 2.76 HARDWARE FAILURE – COUT.................................................................................................... 2.75 HARDWARE FAILURE – DIN........................................................................................................ 2.75 HARDWARE FAILURE – DOUT.................................................................................................... 2.75 HARDWARE FAILURE – VIN........................................................................................................ 2.75 HARDWARE FAULT – MD3........................................................................................................... 2.74 HARDWARE FAULT – XA2............................................................................................................ 2.74 HARDWARE FAULT – XS2............................................................................................................ 2.74 HYDRAULIC OIL LEVEL LOW....................................................................................................... 2.72 JOYSTICK BUTTON INTERLOCK – LEFT................................................................................... 2.73 JOYSTICK BUTTON INTERLOCK – RIGHT................................................................................. 2.73 MACHINE VOLTAGE HIGH............................................................................................................ 2.71 MACHINE VOLTAGE LOW............................................................................................................. 2.71 MODULE HIGH SUPPLY VOLTAGE – ALERT.............................................................................. 2.82 MODULE HIGH TEMPERATURE – ALERT................................................................................... 2.81 MODULE LOW SUPPLY VOLTAGE – ALERT............................................................................... 2.83 PILOT FILTER RESTRICTED........................................................................................................ 2.72 CRITICAL MESSAGES (RED)........................................................................................................... 2.57 AFTERTREATMENT SYSTEM ENGINE IDLE TOO LONG........................................................... 2.61 AFTERTREATMENT SYSTEM TECHNICAL FAILURE................................................................. 2.61 ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL LOW.................................................................................................. 2.60 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE HIGH.................................................................................. 2.60 ENGINE FAULT CODE MESSAGES – CRITICAL......................................................................... 2.64 ENGINE LOCKED OUT.................................................................................................................. 2.62 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE LOW..................................................................................................... 2.63 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE LOW ENGINE DERATE....................................................................... 2.63 ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE HIGH............................................................................................. 2.63 ENGINE RESTARTS REMAINING................................................................................................. 2.62 HARDWARE FAULT – ENGINE..................................................................................................... 2.59 HARDWARE FAULT – MD3........................................................................................................... 2.59 HARDWARE FAULT – XA2............................................................................................................ 2.59 HARDWARE FAULT - XS2............................................................................................................. 2.59 HYDRAULIC OIL LEVEL CRITICALLY LOW.................................................................................. 2.58 HYDRAULIC OIL TEMPERATURE HIGH...................................................................................... 2.58 ERROR MESSAGES (RED).............................................................................................................. 2.65 CURRENT OUTPUT ERROR (COUT)........................................................................................... 2.68 MODULE NO CONTACT ERROR.................................................................................................. 2.66 MODULE VREF ERROR................................................................................................................ 2.67 VOLTAGE INPUT ERROR (VIN).................................................................................................... 2.68 INFORMATION MESSAGES (BLUE)................................................................................................ 2.84 HYDRAULIC OIL SELF WARM UP BEGIN WARM UP ? (HARVESTER ONLY).................................................................................... 2.85 SELF WARM UP ENGAGED (HARVESTER ONLY)...................................................................... 2.85 WARM UP MODE ACTIVE............................................................................................................. 2.86 COMPUTER AND DISPLAY........................................................................................................... 2.20, 2.37 USB CONNECTION.............................................................................................................................. 2.20 CONTROL PANEL LEFT ARMREST................................................................................................................................... 2.16 LEFT-FRONT........................................................................................................................................ 2.17 MASTER SWITCH................................................................................................................................ 2.21

2.2

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

REAR RIGHT........................................................................................................................................2.26 RIGHT FORWARD................................................................................................................................ 2.22 CONTROLS – CAB ENGINE COOLANT HEATER............................................................................................................... 2.19 LEFT JOYSTICK................................................................................................................................... 2.11 ACCUMULATION MODE FEATURE................................................................................................. 2.11 STICK BOOM, IN/OUT...................................................................................................................... 2.11 SWING............................................................................................................................................... 2.11 WRIST ROTATE................................................................................................................................ 2.11 LEFT JOYSTICK – LEVELING MACHINES......................................................................................... 2.12 ACCUMULATION MODE FEATURE................................................................................................. 2.12 LEVELING, LEFT/RIGHT.................................................................................................................. 2.12 STICK BOOM, IN/OUT...................................................................................................................... 2.12 SWING...............................................................................................................................................2.12 WRIST ROTATE................................................................................................................................ 2.12 RIGHT JOYSTICK................................................................................................................................. 2.11 ACCUMULATION MODE FEATURE................................................................................................. 2.11 FELLING HEAD TILT, FORWARD/BACKWARD............................................................................... 2.11 HOIST BOOM, UP/DOWN................................................................................................................. 2.11 WRIST ROTATE................................................................................................................................ 2.11 RIGHT JOYSTICK – LEVELING MACHINES...................................................................................... 2.12 ACCUMULATION MODE FEATURE................................................................................................. 2.12 FELLING HEAD TILT, FORWARD/BACKWARD............................................................................... 2.12 HOIST BOOM, UP/DOWN................................................................................................................. 2.12 LEVELING, FORWARD/BACKWARD............................................................................................... 2.12 WRIST ROTATE................................................................................................................................ 2.12 COOLANT HEATER CONTROL PANEL, ENGINE, OPTIONAL.............................................................. 2.19 EMERGENCY EXITS ESCAPE HATCH................................................................................................................................... 2.34 SIDE DOOR..........................................................................................................................................2.33 ENGINE COOLANT HEATER CONTROL PANEL, OPTIONAL............................................................... 2.19 ENGINE COOLANT SHUT OFF VALVE.................................................................................................. 2.19 ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS CONNECTION................................................................................................. 2.25 FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM, OPTIONAL AUTOMATIC OPERATION................................................................................................................... 2.29 DISCHARGE OF THE SYSTEM........................................................................................................... 2.29 MANUAL OPERATION......................................................................................................................... 2.29 SERVICE SYSTEM............................................................................................................................... 2.28 SYSTEM ALARM.................................................................................................................................. 2.28 HAND PUMP MANUAL OPERATION, POWER ROOF........................................................................... 2.88 CLOSE THE UPPER ENCLOSURE POWER ROOF........................................................................... 2.89 OPEN THE UPPER ENCLOSURE POWER ROOF............................................................................. 2.89 HEAT/COOL TEMPERATURE KNOB...................................................................................................... 2.26 HEATER CONTROL PANEL, ENGINE COOLANT, OPTIONAL.............................................................. 2.19 HOT WATER SHUT-OFF VALVES, ENGINE........................................................................................... 2.32 INSPECTION OF THE FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM AND PORTABLE EXTINGUISHERS:.............. 2.30 INSTRUMENT PANEL.............................................................................................................................. 2.18 MACHINE PREPARATION..................................................................................................................... 2.106 SYSTEM TEST AND WARM-UP......................................................................................................... 2.106 MASTER ALARM..................................................................................................................................... 2.19 MASTER ALARM LIGHT.......................................................................................................................... 2.19

2.3

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

MESSAGES, COMPUTER....................................................................................................................... 2.56 ALERT MESSAGES (YELLOW)........................................................................................................... 2.69 CRITICAL MESSAGES (RED).............................................................................................................. 2.57 ERROR MESSAGES (RED)................................................................................................................. 2.65 INFORMATION MESSAGES (BLUE)................................................................................................... 2.84 OPERATING THE MACHINE................................................................................................................... 2.95 COLD WEATHER STARTING............................................................................................................. 2.102 FUEL HEATER.................................................................................................................................... 2.102 PRE-START CHECKS.......................................................................................................................... 2.95 RESTARTING AN ENGINE THAT HAS RUN OUT OF FUEL............................................................. 2.104 STARTING ENGINE............................................................................................................................ 2.101 STOPPING ENGINE........................................................................................................................... 2.105 OPERATING TIPS WITH LOAD SENSING........................................................................................... 2.107 OPERATOR’S SEAT...................................................................................................................... 2.35, 2.36 ADJUSTMENTS.................................................................................................................................... 2.35 PEDAL CONTROLS................................................................................................................................. 2.16 LEFT FOOT PEDAL (B) – LEFT TRACK DRIVE.................................................................................. 2.16 RIGHT FOOT PEDAL (A) – RIGHT TRACK DRIVE............................................................................. 2.16 TRAVELLING........................................................................................................................................2.16 PICTOGRAM DESCRIPTIONS.................................................................................................................. 2.5 POWER ROOF......................................................................................................................................... 2.87 RADIO......................................................................................................................................................2.33 REFUELLING...........................................................................................................................................2.95 SLOPE INDICATORS............................................................................................................................... 2.27 SPECIAL OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS FOR ER BOOM SYSTEM.................................................... 2.108 STORAGE AREA...................................................................................................................................... 2.91 ENCLOSURE STORAGE COMPARTMENT......................................................................................... 2.91 UNDERCARRIAGE TOOLBOX– BOLT ON (IF EQUIPPED)................................................................ 2.91 UNDERCARRIAGE TOOLBOX– INTEGRATED................................................................................... 2.91 UNDERCARRIAGE TOOLBOX– LEVELER (IF EQUIPPED)............................................................... 2.92 SWITCH A/C/ DEFROST..................................................................................................................................... 2.26 BATTERY DISCONNECT..................................................................................................................... 2.21 COOLING FAN...................................................................................................................................... 2.22 ENGINE SPEED......................................................................................................................... 2.16, 2.17 FAN SPEED..........................................................................................................................................2.26 HORN, SAFETY ALERT....................................................................................................................... 2.16 HYDRAULIC TANK VACUUM............................................................................................................... 2.33 IGNITION KEY...................................................................................................................................... 2.25 PILOT SYSTEM OFF............................................................................................................................ 2.24 PILOT SYSTEM RESET....................................................................................................................... 2.24 POWER ENGINE ROOF...................................................................................................................... 2.18 SAW......................................................................................................................................................2.26 SERVICE LIGHTS................................................................................................................................. 2.19 TRACK DRIVE...................................................................................................................................... 2.17 WORK LIGHTS..................................................................................................................................... 2.26 TRAVELLING (BOOM RAISED)............................................................................................................. 2.107 VIDEO DISPLAY, CAMERA...................................................................................................................... 2.17

2.4

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

PICTOGRAM DESCRIPTIONS Diagrams in pictorial form are used to represent machine function operation. Some of the symbols are signs, characters, figures, or any components related to the operation of the machine. They are a simple universal language of symbols or pictograms that illustrate a function or component without the use of words. Pictograms are installed on or in close proximity to the switch or device used to activate or deactivate the machine function or they may be a sign used on a warning or indicator light of a function that is operating or advising of an alarm condition.

Examples of these pictograms are the turtle speed such as SLOW = or FAST = .

and the rabbit

that are often used to describe

= Accumulator arms AUTO

= Battery Disconnect

= Accumulator arms OPEN

= Boom - ER System

= Accumulator arms CLOSE

= Boom in

= Boom out

= Adjustment Menu

= Boom Up

= Air Conditioner ON

= Air Conditioner OFF

= Boom Down

= Air Intake Pressure, BOOST

= Boom in - Telescopic

= Air Source, FRESH AIR = Boom OUT - Telescopic

= Air Source, RECIRCULATE = Alert Message

= Cigarette Lighter, 24 Volt

= Alert Message = Clamp arms CLOSE = Auxiliary Power Outlet 24 V = Clamp arms OPEN

= Battery Connect

2.5

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher = Engine Charge Air Temperature

= Control Lever Multiple Direction

= Engine Coolant Temperature

= Critical Error Message

= Engine Diagnostics

= Critical Message

= Engine – Percentage of Load

= Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) = Defrost, Front Window

= Engine Oil Pressure

= Disc Saw

= Engine Oil Temperature

= Drive Motor Speed

= Engine Speed – rpm

= Engine Wait to Start = Drive Pressure, FORWARD = Engine WARM UP = Drive Pressure, REVERSE

= Engine Emission Filter

= Engine Menu

= Engine Emission Inhibit Mode

= Engine Anti-stall

= Engine Emission System Temperature

= Engine Anti-stall ON

= ER Boom Function ON

= Engine Anti-stall OFF

= ER Boom Function OFF

AUTO

= Engine Boost Pressure

= Fan Auto Reversing/Cleaning = Fan Full ON

= Engine Air Intake Pressure (Engine Air Intake Filter Restricted)

2.6

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation = Harvester Head – TILT FLOAT

= Fan Reverse/Clean

= Fan Speed

= Harvester Head – TILT DOWN

= Fan - Ventilation Blower = Harvester Head – TILT UP = Feed Rollers – Forward = Harvester Head – ROTATE (CW)

= Feed Rollers – Reverse

= Fluid Level High

= Harvester Head – ROTATE (CCW)

= Fluid Level Low = Head TILT FORWARD = Foot Pedal Control = Fuel Consumption Rate

= Head TILT BACK

= Fuel - Diesel

= Horn

= Fuel Heater = Hours – Machine = Fuel Information = Hours – Engine = Fuel Reset = Fuel Temperature

= Hydraulic Oil FILTER BYPASS

= Harvester Head

= Hydraulic Tank

= Hydraulic Oil GRADE

2.7

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

= Hydraulic Oil LEVEL

= Pilot System OFF

= Hydraulic Oil TEMPERATURE

= Roof CLOSE

= Hydraulic System Pressure LOAD SENSE

= Roof OPEN

= Imperial/Metric Toggle = Saw CUT

= Information Menu

= Serial Number

= Information Message

= Speed CREEP or Very Slow = Leveling LEFT

= Speed HIGH IDLE = Speed LOW IDLE = Swing BRAKE

= Leveling RIGHT

= Swing RIGHT (CW)

= Leveling FORWARD

= Swing LEFT (CCW)

= Leveling BACKWARD

= Switch ON

= Lights – WORK

= Switch OFF = Lights – ENGINE SERVICE

= Pilot System ON (Reset) 2.8

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

= Telematics

= Wheel Arms - CLOSE

= Telematics Connectivity = Wheel Arms - OPEN = Telematics, Messages Sent/ recorded = Wrist COUNTERCLOCKWISE = Telematics, Latitude = Wrist CLOCKWISE = Telematics, Longitude = Tree Counter = Telematics, Repair Mode = Grapple CLOSE

= Temperature

= Grapple OPEN

= Track, Left FORWARD/ REVERSE and TRAVEL

= Grapple Rotate CCW

= Track, Right FORWARD/ REVERSE

= Grapple Rotate CW

= Travel Speed

= Heel Tilt IN

= Vacuum

= Heel Tilt OUT

= Warm Up Mode Initiate

2.9

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

= Manual Saw Off Retract

= Auto Saw On

= Head Tilt Up

2.10

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

IMPORTANT This manual is applicable to factory installed machine functions and controls. It does not take into account any changes or modifications made after shipment. Verify all functions before operating this machine.

CONTROLS – CAB 1 2

855C-016A

855C-016

LEFT JOYSTICK CONTROL LEVER

RIGHT JOYSTICK CONTROL LEVER

STICK BOOM, IN/OUT

HOIST BOOM, UP/DOWN

• Move the joystick back to move the boom in toward the machine.

• Move joystick forward to move boom out away from the machine.

SWING

• Move the joystick back to raise the boom.

• Move the joystick forward to lower the boom.

FELLING HEAD TILT, FORWARD/ BACKWARD • Move the joystick right to tilt forward.

• Move the joystick right to swing the upper structure to the right.

• Move the joystick left to swing the upper structure to the left.

• Move the joystick left to tilt backward.

ACCUMULATION MODE FEATURE • Refer to ACCUMULATION MODE FEATURE in THIS SECTION.

ACCUMULATION MODE FEATURE • Refer to ACCUMULATION MODE FEATURE in THIS SECTION.

WRIST ROTATE • Push centre right thumb switch to rotate clockwise

WRIST ROTATE • Push centre right thumb switch to rotate counterclockwise • Pull the trigger switch to rotate counterclockwise.

• Pull the trigger switch to rotate clockwise.

NO FACTORY EQUIPPED FUNCTION • Centre left thumb switch • Upper left and right thumb switch

NO FACTORY EQUIPPED FUNCTION • Centre right thumb switch • Upper left and right thumb switch

2.11

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

1 2

855C-016

855C-016A

LEFT JOYSTICK CONTROL LEVER LEVELING MACHINES

RIGHT JOYSTICK CONTROL LEVER LEVELING MACHINES

STICK BOOM, IN/OUT

HOIST BOOM, UP/DOWN

• Move the joystick back to move the boom in toward the machine.

• Move joystick forward to move boom out away from the machine.

SWING

• Move the joystick back to raise the boom.

• Move the joystick forward to lower the boom.

FELLING HEAD TILT, FORWARD/ BACKWARD • Move the joystick right to tilt forward.

• Move the joystick right to swing the upper structure to the right.

• Move the joystick left to swing the upper structure to the left.

• Move the joystick left to tilt backward.

LEVELING, FORWARD/BACKWARD • Push upper left thumb switch to tilt upper structure forward.

LEVELING, LEFT/RIGHT

• Push upper right thumb switch to tilt upper structure backward.

• Push upper left thumb switch to tilt upper structure to the left.

• Push upper right thumb switch to tilt upper structure to the right.

ACCUMULATION MODE FEATURE • Refer to ACCUMULATION MODE FEATURE in THIS SECTION.

ACCUMULATION MODE FEATURE • Refer to ACCUMULATION MODE FEATURE in THIS SECTION.

WRIST ROTATE • Push centre right thumb switch to rotate clockwise

WRIST ROTATE • Push centre right thumb switch to rotate counterclockwise • Pull the trigger switch to rotate counterclockwise.

• Pull the trigger switch to rotate clockwise.

NO FACTORY EQUIPPED FUNCTION • Centre left thumb switch • Upper left and right thumb switch

NO FACTORY EQUIPPED FUNCTION • Centre right thumb switch • Upper left and right thumb switch 2.12

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

ACCUMULATION MODE FEATURE The accumulation mode feature allows the operator to select an accumulation mode (NORMAL, AUTOMATIC or SIMULTANEOUS).

Accumulation modes modify the operation of the accumulating arm and clamp arm controls.

The accumulation mode feature is computer controlled and is available through the Adjustment Menu of the computer.

PROCEDURE FOR ACCUMULATION MODE SELECTION The AUTO ACCUMULATION STATUS menu will appear. Three choices are given, NORMAL, AUTO ACCUMULATE or SIMULTANEOUS. Press the up arrow or down arrow buttons to scroll to the desired selection and press the OK button to set the selection.

WARNING

Press the F2 button to go to the Adjustment Menu of the computer.

Movement of accumulating or clamp arms could result in death or serious injury.

Do not allow personnel near felling head until saw blade is completely stopped, felling head is lowered to the ground and engine is shut off.

Press F3 to select the AUTO-ACCUM Status Menu.

2.13

Controls and Operation

NORMAL ACCUMULATION MODE Normal Accumulation Mode is intended to allow the operator to use the accumulating and clamp arm controls in the standard control configuration without any additional automatic features.

NOTE: When the engine is shut OFF the accumulation mode will default to Normal Accumulation Mode.

LEFT JOYSTICK CONTROL LEVER ACCUMULATING ARMS • Push lower left thumb switch to open the accumulating arms • Push the lower right thumb switch to close the accumulating arms.

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher AUTOMATIC ACCUMULATION MODE Automatic Accumulation Mode is intended to simplify operation and reduce the number of operator commands required to accumulate several trees in the head. Automatic Accumulation Mode provides the operator with automatic features which modify the operation of the accumulating and clamp arms controls.

NOTE: When the engine is shut OFF the accumulation mode will default to Normal Accumulation Mode.

LEFT JOYSTICK CONTROL LEVER ACCUMULATING ARMS • Push the lower left thumb switch to open both the accumulating and clamp arms.

RIGHT JOYSTICK CONTROL LEVER

• Push the lower right thumb switch to close the accumulating arms.

CLAMP ARMS

NOTE: The lower left and right thumb switch can be used to override automatic accumulation mode.

• Push lower left thumb switch to close the clamp arms • Push the lower right thumb switch to open the clamp arms.

RIGHT JOYSTICK CONTROL LEVER ACCUMULATING AND CLAMP ARMS • Push the lower left thumb switch to close the clamp arms and open the accumulating arms.

• Push the lower right thumb switch to open the clamp arms.

2.14

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

SIMULTANEOUS ACCUMULATION MODE Simultaneous Accumulation Mode is intended to simplify operation and reduce the number of operator commands required to fell one tree at a time rather than accumulating several trees.

Simultaneous Accumulation Mode provides the operator with automatic features which modify the operation of the accumulating and clamp arms controls.

LEFT JOYSTICK CONTROL LEVER ACCUMULATING AND CLAMP ARMS • Push lower left thumb switch to open the accumulating arms.

• Push lower right thumb switch to close the accumulating arms.

NOTE: the lower left and right thumb switch can be used to override simultaneous accumulation mode.

RIGHT JOYSTICK CONTROL LEVER ACCUMULATING ARMS • Push lower left thumb switch to close both the accumulating and clamp arms.

• Push lower right thumb switch to open both the accumulating and clamp arms.

2.15

Controls and Operation

PEDAL CONTROLS A

B

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

CONTROL PANEL (LEFT ARMREST) A

B

C

822-D06

RIGHT FOOT PEDAL (A) – RIGHT TRACK DRIVE • Depress foot pedal with toe to drive RIGHT TRACK forward.

• Depress foot pedal with heel to drive RIGHT TRACK REVERSE.

LEFT FOOT PEDAL (B) – LEFT TRACK DRIVE • Depress foot pedal with toe to drive LEFT TRACK forward.

• Depress foot pedal with heel to drive LEFT TRACK REVERSE.

TRAVELLING Travel is accomplished by pressing both foot pedals simultaneously. Travel over distances should be done in the forward direction to reduce the wear on track components.

NOTE: Track drive gearboxes are considered to be at the rear of the machine for travelling in the forward direction.

H845D-006

This switch panel located beside the left Joystick Control Lever contains 3 switches for operation and control of the following functions:

HORN, SAFETY ALERT – SWITCH (A) This is a two position momentary switch. Press and hold this switch to sound the safety alert horn.

Always use this horn prior to starting the engine and to alert other personnel in the area of your presence.

ENGINE SPEED SWITCH (B) This is a three position momentary switch connected into the engine ECU circuit to adjust the engine speed between the LOW IDLE and HIGH IDLE set points. The default centre position is OFF • PRESS and HOLD this switch in the position to increase engine speed. Release switch at the desired speed or continue to HOLD to place engine at the high idle setting.

• PRESS and HOLD this switch in the position to decrease engine speed. Release switch at the desired speed or continue to HOLD to place engine at the low idle setting.

NOTE: Most equipment operations should be performed at high idle.

2.16

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher MAINTAINING CORRECT ENGINE SPEED It is important the LOW AND HIGH idle of the engine be correct at all times:

Controls and Operation

PILLAR (LEFT-FRONT PILLAR)

• LOW IDLE – 950 rpm (No Load) • HIGH IDLE – 2250 rpm max (No Load) • Rated Working engine speed – 2200 rpm NOTE: At start-up the engine will always default to LOW IDLE. The above values are with the hydraulic and engine oil at normal operating temperatures and no functions activated. These values are pre-set into the engine ECU and cannot be adjusted without the proper electronic equipment programming software.

IMPORTANT! Under no circumstances allow the engine speed to vary from the recommended settings; particularly faster, this could cause serious damage to the pumps.

Refer to COMPUTER – ENGINE MENU in THIS SECTION

ENGINE SPEED SWITCH

A

845D-089

A Video Display for Camera

VIDEO DISPLAY, CAMERA This machine can be equipped with an optional video display that is connected to a camera to provide the operator with a better view of the overhead operation that cannot be seen due to the cab roof and the rear of the upper enclosure. Refer to CAMERA in THIS SECTION.

If the engine is set to HIGH IDLE and no functions are activated for 15 seconds (adjustable), the engine will idle down.

NOTE: The engine will return to the previous engine rpm as soon as a function is activated.

TRACK DRIVE SWITCH(C) Two drive speed ranges are possible. LOW position will provide a slow driving speed. HIGH position provides a faster speed with reduced driving torque.

Place this switch in the LOW position when manoeuvring around the loading area. When this switch is in the low position the Track Drive Low Speed icon on the computer display will illuminate.

The HIGH position should only be used with the machine on flat solid ground.

NOTE: A flatbed trailer should be used to transport the machine over long distances.

2.17

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

INSTRUMENT PANEL

CAMERA (LEFT-FRONT PILLAR)

A

E D C B A

845D-088

A

Camera

F

A digital camera, mounted near the bottom of the left-front pillar, provides the operator with a better view of the overhead operation that cannot be seen due to the cab roof. A second camera located in the upper enclosure power roof can be used to view what is behind the machine. See VIDEO DISPLAY, CAMERA in THIS SECTION.

LS855D-014

A B C D E F

Instrument Panel

Upper Enclosure Power Roof – Switch Service Lights Master Alarm Master Alarm Light Diesel Heater Controls Computer Control and Display

UPPER ENCLOSURE POWER ROOF – SWITCH (A) This is a three position momentary switch, labeled open - close, spring return to center OFF position.

Push and hold the switch in the OPEN position to open roof or push and hold in the CLOSE position to close roof.

CAUTION Watch for personnel in area of upper enclosure power roof before opening roof.

NOTE: The upper enclosure power roof is equipped with a motion alarm that sounds when roof is moved.

2.18

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

The upper enclosure power roof is operated by an Electric Pump Hydraulic System.

F B

The electric pump is located in the breather cabinet behind the cab above the hydraulic tank.

This system is self contained, in which it has its own hydraulic oil (Dexron III) tank.

A E E

The machine is also equipped with a hydraulic hand pump in the event the roof needs to be opened manually. For more information refer to DOORS, SERVICE ACCESS in THIS SECTION.6.

D

This is a two position switch labeled ON – OFF. Use to turn the service lights ON in the roof and pump area.

A B C D E F

MASTER ALARM (C) AND MASTER ALARM LIGHT (D) The computer displays messages activate the master alarm and alarm light whenever a system fault occurs.

NOTE: The computer automatically performs a bulb test at engine start up to ensure that master alarm and alarm light are functioning. Refer to COMPUTER – MESSAGES in THIS SECTION.

ENGINE COOLANT HEATER CONTROL PANEL – OPTIONAL (E) This digital control panel is used on machines equipped with the optional diesel-operated engine coolant heater.

Consult the manufacturer’s operation manual for additional information.

IMPORTANT! During warm weather when the engine coolant heater is not in use operate the heater for a period of 20 minutes monthly. This will circulate engine coolant to all components of the heater system.

NOTICE Open the engine coolant shut-off valves before operating the coolant heater.

Damage to the engine coolant heater pump may result if the valves are closed.

I H

Refer to ENGINE HOT WATER SHUTOFF VALVES in THIS SECTION for more information.

G

F

E

D

C

1075-087B

A B C D E F G H I

845*4254 to 845*3000

ON/OFF Button LCD Screen Micro USB Service Port Selection Button Status Indicator Light(s) Rotary Knob

The heater heats and circulates engine coolant through the engine to heat up the engine oil and through the hydraulic tank to heat up the hydraulic oil.

B

A

C

LS855D-015

SERVICE LIGHTS – SWITCH (B)

845*2501 – 845*4253

Time Display Heater ON Indicator Forward Reverse Instant Heating Program Selection Time/Day Memory Location Day of Week

2.19

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

COMPUTER AND DISPLAY (F)

USB CONNECTION – COMPUTER

E D C B A

A

F

822C-204

IMPORTANT! This USB connection should only be used by a trained service technician.

This USB port is used to access the computer.

A laptop with appropriate IQAN software can be plugged into this port for software updates, diagnostics and some adjustments.

LS855D-014

A B C D E F

Instrument Panel

Upper Enclosure Power Roof – Switch Service Lights Master Alarm Master Alarm Light Diesel Heater Controls Computer Control and Display

Refer to COMPUTER in SECTION 6 of the SERVICE MANUAL for more information and safeguards related to the use of this port.

The computer’s electronic control and display is the operator’s interface with the electronic control system. The computer is the central unit in the control system which works as both a master controller and a display unit. It has a 90 mm (3.5 in) backlit color graphic transflective display for reading system information.

Refer to COMPUTER MAIN DISPLAY in THIS SECTION for complete operating instructions and system details.

2.20

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

MASTER SWITCH PANEL

Controls and Operation Whenever the engine is stopped all DEF is pumped back to tank before the engine power system is turned off. This process occurs before the after run/accessory relay turns off (0– 90 seconds). Refer to AFTERTREATMENT SYSTEM in SECTION 3 in THIS MANUAL for more information.

IMPORTANT! Only use the battery disconnect switch to shut off a running machine in an emergency. A fault code will be logged by the engine ECU for improper shut down and power down.

A B

AUXILIARY POWER OUTLET, 12 VOLTS (B) A 12 volt outlet with a 10-amp capacity for portable devices such as cell phones, service lights etc.

LS855D-016

A Battery Disconnect Switch B Auxiliary power outlet, 12 Volts

BATTERY DISCONNECT SWITCH (A)

This manually operated switch completely disconnects all electrical circuits on the machine from the battery except for the fire suppression and service light circuits.

Turn the battery disconnect switch off if the vehicle is to be parked for an extended period of time (Example - overnight).

NOTE: Tier 4 machines are equipped with an after run/accessory relay. The relay disconnects power to the engine and related fuses 90 seconds after the ignition key has been turned OFF. The ECU power relay remains powered for these 90 seconds.

2.21

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

RIGHT FORWARD CONTROL PANEL A

H

G

B

F

C

E

D

845D-062

A B C D

Forward Control Panel

Swing Brake Switch Cooling Fan Switch Blank Pilot System Reset – Push Button Switch (Green)

SWING BRAKE – SWITCH (A)

E F G H

Pilot System Off – Push Button Switch (Red) Ignition Key Switch Engine Diagnostics Connection Cigarette Lighter 24 V

COOLING FAN – SWITCH (B)

CAUTION Turning the swing brake ON while the boom is moving can damage the gearbox.

NEVER operate the tracks with the swing brake ON as boom contact with the ground will damage the swing gearbox brakes.

This is a two position switch labeled ON/OFF. Placing this switch in the ON position will apply the swing brake and prevent the upper structure from turning. The swing brake is a spring apply, hydraulic release, multi-disc brake. The brake is also engaged whenever the pilot system is shut off. As a safety precaution, the brake should always be applied with this switch when leaving the cab.

A B C

724G-011

A Full on Position B Auto Position C Clean Position

This is a three position switch. This switch along with the computer module, controls the operation of the hydraulic fan.

2.22

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

AUTO POSITION – AUTO Auto is the normal operating position for the fan control switch. When the switch is in the AUTO position, the fan will operate completely in an automatic mode. It will start, speed up or slow down all based on the temperature of the charge air, engine coolant and/or the temperature of the hydraulic oil. The computer module automatically adjusts fan speed to the minimum required level to maintain optimal operating conditions, and default to fan at full speed if an error in the controller exists.

When the switch is in the AUTO position and the fan runs at minimum speed due to low charge air, engine coolant or hydraulic oil temperatures, turning ON the A/C will cause the fan control to increase the cooling fan speed when engine is at high idle. This is to ensure that sufficient air flow is available for the cab A/C even while the machine is still warming up.

CAUTION Before placing the fan switch in the CLEAN position make sure there are no personnel near the REAR of the machine in the area where the fan will expel debris.

CLEAN – UP POSITION Momentarily pressing the switch to the CLEAN position will automatically start reversing the direction of fan rotation (there is no need to hold the switch down). Reverse rotation is used to clean the charge air cooler, radiator, oil cooler, A/C condenser and air intake door screens. By reversing the flow of the fan, air flow is propelled in the opposite direction, thereby forcing dust and debris off of the radiator.

NOTE: The pilot system must be ON to operate the clean cycle.

FULL ON (OVERRIDE) – DOWN POSITION

The computer module will also turn the A/C system OFF for as long as the fan is in the CLEAN mode.

When the switch is in the FULL ON (OVERRIDE) position, the fan control system is overridden and the fan will run at FULL speed for cooling regardless of charge air, coolant or oil temperatures. Normally the fan control switch is placed in the AUTO position for optimal cooling.

The FULL ON (OVERRIDE) position is intended for use in the event of a temporary failure of the fan control.

When the CLEAN cycle is complete the fan automatically returns to normal rotation direction.

NOTE: The CLEAN cycle also operates automatically via the timed purge function of the computer control system (frequency is adjustable) when the switch is in the AUTO position. Refer to COMPUTER – MAIN MENU – ADJUST MENU – MACHINE PARAMETERS in THIS SECTION.

NOTE: Placing the switch in the FULL ON position activates the computer alarm to advise the switch has been placed in the FULL ON position. Also while the switch is in the FULL ON position the Automatic Cleaning cycle is prevented.

2.23

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

A

H

B

F

G

C

E

D

845D-062

A B C D

Forward Control Panel

Swing Brake Switch Cooling Fan Switch Blank Pilot System Reset – Push Button Switch (Green)

E F G H

Pilot System Off – Push Button Switch (Red) Ignition Key Switch Engine Diagnostics Connection Cigarette Lighter 24 V

PILOT SYSTEM RESET – PUSH BUTTON SWITCH (D)

PILOT SYSTEM OFF – PUSH BUTTON SWITCH (E)

This is a push on spring return switch. With the engine running and the front door closed, push this switch to activate the pilot system. The pilot ON icon will be activated (green) on the computer display.

This is a push OFF spring return switch. This switch shuts off the pilot system, deactivating all operating functions as well as applying the track drive brake and swing brake. The pilot OFF icon will be activated (yellow) on the computer display.

The pilot system can be reactivated when the pilot reset button (D) is pressed with the front door closed.

A

B

IMPORTANT! If pilot off switch does not stop functions, turn the ignition key off.

822C-251

A Interlock Switch B Actuator on Door

NOTE: The front door must be closed to activate the pilot system. The side door exit will not deactivate the pilot system when opened.

2.24

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

IGNITION KEY SWITCH (F) This is a three position switch with STOP/RUN/ START positions.

STOP Position

All electrical power through the Key switch is turned OFF. Electrical power is still available for the upper enclosure power roof, service lights, and dome lights only.

RUN Position

Battery is connected to all functions.

Used for normal machine operation.

START Position

Connects the battery to the start relay to start the engine. Turning the key to this position starts the engine.

The key will return to the RUN position when released.

NOTE: The PILOT SYSTEM must be OFF to start the engine. To deactivate the pilot system push the red pilot off button (D).

ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS CONNECTION (G) Plug a remote electronic diagnostic device into this connection such as a laptop computer with appropriate engine manufacturers programming to perform engine performance analysis and tuning.

NOTE: This operation can only be performed by a trained service technician.

CIGARETTE LIGHTER 24V (H) Cigar/Cigarette lighter.

2.25

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

REAR RIGHT CONTROL PANEL A

B

C

D E

F

F

845D-063

A Saw Switch B Temperature Control Knob, Variable C Fan Speed – OFF/LOW/MED/HIGH

Rear Control Panel

SAW SWITCH (A) This is a two position switch labeled ON/OFF. On harvester machines this saw switch supplies power to the attachment’s control system. A lockout button is incorporated into the switch to prevent the switch from being turned on accidentally. To turn the switch ON, push and hold the lockout button UP and place the switch in the ON position.

Make sure the engine is in HIGH IDLE before turning the attachment ON. NOTE: If the engine has been turned off or the pilot shut off system tripped (Front Door opened) with the saw switch left in the ON position, the attachment will not start up when the engine is restarted or the front door closed. In this case press the PILOT RESET button and turn the saw switch OFF and then ON. NOTE: The function of this switch may vary depending on the attachment model used and method of installation. Verify all functions before operating this machine.

D A/C Defrost Switch E Work Lights F Blank

HEAT/COOL TEMPERATURE KNOB, VARIABLE (B) This is a variable, rotary dial used to adjust the temperature of the air for the cab.

NOTE: To maximize the efficiency of the air conditioning, the heat/cool control must be rotated to the MAX COLD position and the two hot water shut-off valves on the engine should be turned to the OFF position. Refer to ENGINE HOT WATER SHUT OFF VALVES in THIS SECTION. Refer to AIR CONDITIONING– CHECKING THE SYSTEM in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL.

FAN SPEED – OFF/LOW/MED/HIGH (C) This is a rotary, four-position switch for controlling the speed of the blower fan.

A/C/ DEFROST SWITCH (D) This is a three-position switch labelled A/C/DEFROST. The center position is OFF. Place the switch in the position to turn ON the A/C compressor for cooling. Place the switch in the position to engage the defrost mode.

WORK LIGHTS SWITCH (E) This is a two position switch labeled ON/OFF. Placing this switch in the ON position will turn on the WORK LIGHTS. 2.26

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

SLOPE INDICATORS FORWARD/BACKWARD SLOPE INDICATOR

Controls and Operation

FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM, OPTIONAL

LEFT/RIGHT SLOPE INDICATOR

H845D-004 860C-414

860C-416

Two slope indicators are provided, one indicates forward/backward slope degree and the other indicates side to side slope degree.

The machine leaves the factory with the AMEREX fire suppression system fully activated.

The system is not certified for use, certification must be performed by a local AMEREX approved dealer.

NOTE: Machines shipped to international destinations have the fire suppression system deactivated to prevent accidental discharge. The in-line fuse for the power lead wire to the battery (in the battery compartment) is removed and wire tied to the fuse holder.

NOTE: A pre-delivery inspection of the fire suppression system must be carried out to ensure the system is fully operational. This involves performing all daily and weekly inspection steps.

Refer to AMEREX FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM – INSPECTION OF FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM in THIS SECTION. Please read the owners manual applicable to the system installed on this machine for additional information on operation, service and AMEREX warranty requirements.

2.27

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher The control panel mounted in the cab provides continuous monitoring of the system. It also, automatically actuates the suppression system when signalled by the thermostats.

A

When the panel is plugged in to an operational configuration the system will illuminate the green System OK LED.

SYSTEM ALARM When either the heat detection circuit has detected fire or the Manual Actuation Switch has been depressed, the following sequence will occur: • System OK LED will turn off.

• The alarm buzzer will sound continuously.

• The FIRE LED will illuminate.

• The relay will engage after programmed delay (default is 0 seconds).

• The Relay Reset LED will illuminate.

• The Service System LED will illuminate.

• The Service System LED will flash four times to indicate actuator trouble.

H845D-015

Optional Fire Suppression System Cylinder

A Pressure Gauge Pointer in the Green Zone

The fire suppression system installed on this machine uses a dry chemical powder which is stored in a 23 kg (50 lb) pressurized cylinder. It is discharged through eight nozzles strategically placed in the engine compartment and hydraulic areas.

The discharge is activated either automatically by the fire detection thermostats or manually by the operator.

When the FIRE LED first comes on it will flash a number of times to indicate which hazard zone is in alarm. The Alarm flash codes are as follows: Alarm Source

Number of Flashes

Heat Zone 1 Alarm Heat Zone 2 Alarm Both Zones in Alarm

1 Flash 2 Flashes 3 Flashes

The system will remain in alarm until the system has been serviced and the actuator has been replaced.

SERVICE SYSTEM

A

• In the event of a system fault:

B

• The Service System LED will illuminate.

• The alarm will pulse.

G C

• The Service System LED will flash to signify the fault source.

The source of the fault can be determined as follows: D

H855-082

A B C D E F G

E

F

System Control Panel

System OK LED Fire Alarm LED Relay Reset Button and LED Service System LED “Push to Test” Button Alarm Silence Button and LED Audible Alarm

Trouble Source

Number of Flashes

Main Power Trouble Heat Zone 1 Trouble Heat Zone 2 Trouble Actuator Trouble Backup Battery Trouble Pressure Switch

1 Flash 2 Flashes 3 Flashes 4 Flashes 5 Flashes 7 Flashes

When a system fault is detected there is a five second delay before notification. For main power trouble, the delay for notification is 20 seconds.

2.28

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

AUTOMATIC OPERATION

DISCHARGE OF THE SYSTEM

There are seven thermostats mounted in the engine and hydraulic enclosures which are wired to the control panel. The thermostats are automatic heat detection devices and are set to close at 177°C (350°F). When a thermostat closes it sends an electrical signal to the control panel which activates the fire suppression system.

When an electrical signal (automatic or manual) is received by the control panel it sends a discharge signal to the electrical actuator located on top of the pressurized cylinder. When activated the electrical/pneumatic actuator extends a control shaft which mechanically opens the agent cylinder valve. This releases the dry chemical in the discharge area protected by the system. The control panel will also automatically shut down the engine and all electrical power.

MANUAL OPERATION A

B C A

860C-414

H845D-040

Manual Actuation Switches

A Pull Locking Pin B Red Fire Button C Nitrogen Actuator

The fire suppression system can also be activated manually using the manual actuation switch.

To manually operate the system: 1. Safely lower the boom to the ground.

2. Pull locking pin (A).

3. Press red FIRE button.

NOTE: The engine does not shut down automatically when the fire suppression system is activated using the nitrogen actuator. When using the nitrogen actuator to activate the fire suppression system the operator must shut the engine off manually.

The automatic engine shutdown feature will either shutdown the engine immediately the fire suppression system is discharged (non-leveling machines) or will delay the shutdown for a period of between 10 to 15 seconds for leveling machines. The time delay period is a factory setting. This delay feature allows the operator to lower the load or move the machine to a safer location before the engine shuts down. The operator can extend the engine shutdown delay feature by pressing the RELAY RESET button on the control panel to repeat the preset delay period.

This button can be pressed repeatedly until the operator has brought the machine to a safe stop.

The RELAY RESET button does not delay the discharge of the fire suppression system.

An electrical signal is sent to the control panel from the manual actuation switch which activates the system.

NOTE: In the event of a power failure the system can be activated by the Nitrogen Actuator located on the front left post of the cab.

1. Remove Locking Pin (A).

2. Strike down hard on actuator knob.

2.29

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

INSPECTION OF THE FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM AND PORTABLE EXTINGUISHERS:

H845D-016

A

DAILY: 1. Check the pressure gauge on the agent cylinder and all portable extinguishers. Proper pressurization is indicated when the pointer is in the green zone.

H845D-015

A

A Pressure Gauge

• This portable fire extinguisher is located in the front right of the engine enclosure on the inside of the pump compartment access door.

A

H855-082

A System OK LED A Pressure Gauge

The agent cylinder is located in the engine enclosure on the left side behind the cab.

2. Verify the green SYSTEM OK LED on the system control panel is illuminated.

A

845D-009

A Pressure Gauge

• This portable fire extinguisher is located inside the cab on the rear of the emergency exit side door.

2.30

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

WEEKLY:

AVOIDING DAMAGE AND FALSE DISCHARGES DURING MACHINE SERVICE:

1. Inspect all parts for damage, rust, corrosion or dirt. Replace any damaged parts immediately.

Pay attention to the location of the components of the fire suppression system. Take care not to damage heat sensors or wiring, this includes hitting, cutting, bending, denting, etc. Damage to heat sensors due to shock could cause an accidental discharge of the system. Cut, pinched, or kinked wiring could cause false signals and an accidental discharge of the system.

2. All components are in place and unobstructed.

3. All chemical delivery hoses and nozzles are connected and tight.

4. Check fire suppression electrical network for cut, frayed, stripped or damaged wires.

In addition thermostats are sensitive to heat from welding torches, steam cleaning or other outside sources which may create a false discharge of the system.

If any of the components are damaged, replace them immediately before operating the machine.

It is also important to take care around the chemical cylinder. The chemical cylinder is pressurized and can explode if struck with sufficient force. Pressurized cylinders are extremely hazardous.

H845D-014

5. Ensure thermostats are clean.

6. Operate the machine and press the “Push to TEST” button to confirm the automatic engine shutdown feature is working. Pressing the “Push to Test” (Amerex diamond) button will illuminate all LEDs, sound the alarm and engage the relay. The “Push to Test” function will not cause a system discharge.

WARNING Failure to follow the system manufacturers instructions and guidelines may result in serious bodily injury, death, and property damage.

A

B H855-082

A System OK LED B “Push to Test” Button

7. Check the manual actuation switches to ensure that all tamper indicators are in place, operating instructions are visible and access is unobstructed.

Read the owners manual applicable to the system installed on this machine for additional information on operation, service and AMEREX warranty requirements.

BI-YEARLY: 1. Check the system owners manual for correct re-certification intervals. These are required for insurance policy.

2.31

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

HOT WATER SHUT-OFF VALVES, ENGINE

A

H845D-041

A Hot Water Shut Off Valve

To maximize the efficiency of the air conditioning, the heat control on the A/C heater control panel must be rotated to the MAX COLD position. During times when cab heating is not required close both of the hot water shut-off valves on the engine side of the swing cover, this will prevent hot water from seeping through the A/C unit and thereby reducing the effectiveness of the cooling system.

CAB INTERIOR LIGHTS A

822C-168

A Interior Lights

The switch is activated by sliding the light lens.

2.32

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

RADIO A

Controls and Operation

HYDRAULIC TANK VACUUM SWITCH (OPTIONAL)

845D-022

A Radio

With dual front mounted speakers. Refer to stereo manufacturer’s manual for operation and safety warnings.

A

H845C-54

A Hydraulic Tank Vacuum Switch A

845D-009

A Side Door Emergency Exit

SIDE DOOR EMERGENCY EXIT This side door serves as one of two emergency exit routes from the cab. Shut off engine before using this exit. Opening the side door will not deactivate the pilot system, for this reason only use this door in an emergency. In the event that it cannot be used, use the emergency escape hatch in the roof of the cab.

The purpose of the vacuum pump system is to hold the hydraulic oil in the tank when servicing pumps and other hydraulic components, minimizing oil spill. When activated, a solenoid valve closes off the hydraulic tank breather air supply. The pump removes tank air to create a vacuum, which then holds the oil in the hydraulic tank. This system eliminates the need to drain the hydraulic tank beforehand.

With the ignition key OFF, activate the vacuum pump by placing the vacuum pump switch in the ON position.

NOTE: When the ignition key is in the RUN position, the vacuum pump system will not start.

Alternatively if the vacuum pump is on, the engine cannot be started. The vacuum pump also will not start if the battery disconnect switch is in the OFF position.

2.33

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

Do not use the vacuum pump when changing hydraulic filters, instead use the Air Vent Valve to release pressure from the hydraulic tank. Using the vacuum pump system while changing filters creates the risk of introducing much more air into the hydraulic system.

EMERGENCY EXIT HATCH B

It is OK to use the vacuum system when changing the case drain strainers.

C A

C

A

B

B

822-D26

A Escape Hatch B Retaining Knob C Clamp Bracket

845C-063

Filter/*Breather Vacuum Pump System

A Filter/Breather B Air Vent Valve Handle

This is a third cab exit for use if the side exit and the front door exit become blocked. Shut off engine before using this exit. There are two retaining knobs on the inside to allow removal of the hatch. These knobs should only be HAND TIGHTENED to allow them to be unscrewed in case of an emergency.

It should be noted the escape hatch on this machine can only be opened from inside the operator’s cab.

For more information refer to EMERGENCY EXITS – EMERGENCY EXIT MAINTENANCE GUIDE in SECTION 3.

WARNING Heat from sun exposure can cause the exit seals to bond to the cab’s painted surfaces. Careless use of glues or sealants to repair leaks also bond the exit panel.

Failure to follow these proper maintenance procedures can result in the exit being unusable in an emergency.

2.34

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

OPERATOR’S SEAT

valve knob to add air for a firmer seat. Release the knob when the desired seat firmness is achieved.

• To Decrease Seat Firmness (C) – Pull the air valve knob to soften the seat by removing air. Release the knob when the desired seat firmness is achieved.

• Fore/Aft Slide (B) – Move and hold fore/aft slide lever. Roll seat forward or backward to the desired position relative to the foot pedal controls.

D

• Back Angle Adjustment (D) – Rotate back angle adjustment knob to place seat at the desired angle.

A

B

C B

A

724E-194

A B D E

Height Adjustment Lever Fore/Aft Slide Lever Air Rid Valve Knob Lumbar Adjustment (Refer to Right Side of Seat)

ADJUSTMENTS

H855-084

A 2-Way Lumbar Horizontal Adjustment B Armrest Adjustment

WARNING

• Lumbar Adjustment (A) – For fore-and-aft displacement, rotate horizontal adjustment knob.

The seat and shoulder restraint belts must be used at all times when operating this machine.

• Armrest Adjustment (B) – Each armrest has 2 adjustments to place it in the required position.

Loosen the adjustment locking wing bolts to reposition armrest height and fore/aft position.

• Height Adjustment (A) – The spring-assisted height adjustment is controlled by the height adjustment lever located on the front-left side of the seat chassis.

• To Raise – Firmly lift up on the height adjustment lever to disengage it. Hold the lever up, while partially lifting the operator’s body weight from the seat. When the seat is at the desired height, release the lever to allow it to engage (a click should be heard).

• To Lower – Firmly lift up on the height adjustment lever to disengage it. Hold the lever up while applying operator body weight to the seat until the seat is at the desired height. Release the lever to allow it to engage (a click should be heard).

• To increase Seat Firmness (C) – Push the air

2.35

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

PROBLEMS AND CORRECTIVE ACTION

B A

C

E S855C-020B

A Back Angle Adjustment B Lumbar Adjustment C Height Adjustment

D

Seat Adjustment

D Fore/Aft Slide E Air Ride Adjustment Knob

• Rides is too stiff/seat tends to push or throw operator forward

• Seat is too high/seat too low

The air ride control valve has over-pressurized the seat air suspension. This typically happens because the operator is trying to use the air suspension to adjust the ride height rather than using the height adjustment lever to raise the seat.

• Rides is too soft or bottoms out.

• The air ride control valve has underpressurized the seat air suspension ride adjustment Insufficient pressure exaggerates the knee-action movement of the seat. This usually happens because the operator is trying to lower the seat by decreasing the amount of air pressure instead of using the height adjustment lever.

2.36

Adjust seat to the desired position. If the proper height cannot be achieved using the height adjustment lever, it may be necessary to install the seat on a higher base.

• Operator’s legs falling asleep The seat is adjusted too high, and the air ride control valve has under pressurized the seat air suspension ride adjustment, resulting in the operator sitting in a bucket.

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

A

B

C

I

H

G

F

E

D

H845D-101

A B C D E

UP Arrow Button OK Button DOWN Arrow Button Menu Button BACK Button

F G H I

COMPUTER AND DISPLAY The computer, electronic control and display is the operator interface with the electronic control system. The computer is the central unit in the control system which works as both a master controller and a display unit. It has a 3.5 in. backlit color graphic transflective display for reading system information.

The front of the computer consists of a control panel with a display and nine buttons. The buttons are arranged on the bottom and right side side of the display.

• F1 through F4 function buttons, , , .

Pushing this button equals enter. Saves the value or confirms the selection you have made.

• Main Menu button

• Esc or BACK button

.

Returns you to the previous display page. May be configured by program software to bring up a display page, bring up an adjustment group or act as a virtual input.

,

.

Navigation buttons that are used to scroll through selections on a menu page. The buttons are configured by program software to bring up a display page, bring up an adjustment group or act as a virtual input.

• OK button

.

Always brings up the Main Menu page. It is not programmable.

Programmed buttons that are configured by program software to bring up a display page, bring up an adjustment group or act as an input.

• Up and down arrow buttons

F4 Button F3 Button F2 Button F1 Button

.

2.37

Controls and Operation A

B

C

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher F

E

D

G

H I

V

J

U

K L M

T

S

H845D-101

A B C D E F G H I J K

R

Q

P

Pilot System – ON/OFF Engine Anti-stall – ON/OFF Engine Enclosure Roof/door – OPEN Cooling Fan Mode - (AUTO shown) Hydraulic Oil Filter Bypass Hydraulic Oil Level Engine Air Intake Pressure (Filter Restricted) Track Drive Speed - Low Time and Date Track Drive Speed, Fast Fuel Level Gauge

L M N O P Q R S T U V

2.38

O

N

Track Drive Speed Track Drive Speed, Creep Alarm Indicators – Press F4 to Select DEF Level Indicator Information Menu – Press F3 to Select Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge Adjustment Menu – Press F2 to Select Engine Menu – Press F1 To Select Engine Tachometer (RPM) Hydraulic Oil Grade Hydraulic Oil Temperature Gauge

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

FUEL GAUGE

DEF GAUGE

NOTE: DEF level indicator applicable to TIER 4 machines only.

NOTE: The DEF level indicator is applicable to Tier 4f machines only.

DEF LEVEL INDICATOR

A DEF level indicator is shown on the main menu of the computer display, below the fuel gauge.

When DEF levels are low information messages will be shown on the computer display.

Refer to DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID (DEF) TANK in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL for tank capacities.

ICON FLASHES YELLOW WHEN FUEL LEVEL IS LOW

The fuel level gauge is shown on the main menu.

The fuel level icon will flash yellow when the fuel level falls below 10% of full.

Refer to FUEL TANK in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL for tank capacities.

2.39

Controls and Operation

ENGINE MENU

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher The engine menu icon is active and the related functions are displayed.

From the Main Display press the F1 button to go to the ENGINE MENU.

Charge Air Temperature

°C or °F

Engine Coolant Temperature

°C or °F

Engine Oil Temperature

°C or °F

Fuel Temperature

°C or °F

Engine Speed

rpm

Turbocharger Boost Pressure

bar or psi

Engine Oil Pressure

psi or bar

Engine Load

%

Engine hours

h

Voltage

V

Fuel Rate

L/h or gph

Press the F1 button to toggle between metric or imperial units of measure.

Press the F2 button to select the ANTISTALL Menu from the ADJUSTMENT MENU. Press the F3 button to start Self Warm up Mode – WARM UP INITIATE, only if the pilot is OFF and hydraulic oil temperature is low.

Press the back button to return to the main display.

When selected the engine menu icon is on display and the engine functions are displayed.

2.40

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

ADJUSTMENT MENU

ANTI-STALL

Press F2 button to select the ANTI-STALL Menu from the ADJUSTMENT MENU.

From the Main Display press the F2 button to go to the ADJUSTMENT MENU.

The anti-stall menu will appear.

ON or OFF Press the arrow up or arrow down to scroll to the desired selection and press the OK button when desired mode is selected.

This mode selection turns on an electronic load control system which automatically prevents overloading of the engine when several high load functions are in use at the same time.

It should be ON during normal machine operation at HIGH IDLE and OFF when operating at less than HIGH IDLE. If engine stalling occurs, check: • The ANTI-STALL mode is ON. • Malfunction of the anti-stall system.

Press the back button to return to the main menu.

The adjustment menu screen will be displayed.

The adjustment menu icon is on display and all the adjustment selections are displayed. The adjustment selections are as follows: • Cooling Fan Service Mode – select F1 • Hydraulic Oil Grade Adjustments – select F2 • Auto-Accumulate Mode – select F3

2.41

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

COOLING FAN SERVICE MODE

Press the F1 button to select FAN SERVICE MODE Menu from the ADJUSTMENT MENU. The fan service mode menu appears. Two choices are given, ON or OFF. Press the up arrow or down arrow buttons to scroll to the desired selection and press the OK button to set the selection.

This mode is for when a technician has to be in the engine compartment. This mode will run the fan in the clean direction and will adjust the speed according to the requirements of the cooling system so the technician doesn’t get blasted with hot air. The A/C will be switched off as well.

HYDRAULIC OIL GRADE

Press the F2 button to select HYDRAULIC OIL GRADE Menu from the ADJUSTMENT MENU. The oil grade menu will appear. Five choices are given ISO22, ISO32, MULTI (UNIVIS ULTRA), ISO46 and ISO68. Press the up arrow or down arrow buttons to scroll to the desired oil grade and press OK when complete.

Press the Back button to return to the adjustment menu. Press the Back button again to return to the main menu.

Press the Back button to return to the adjustment menu. Press the Back button again to return to the main menu.

2.42

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

INFORMATION MODE

The information menu icon is active and the related functions are displayed.

Press the F3 button to access the information menu.

Tree Counter Hydraulic System Pressure

bar or psi

Disc Saw Pressure

bar or psi

Hydraulic Oil Temp

°C or °F

Machine Serial Number

#

Machine Hours

h

Hydraulic System Pilot Pressure

bar or psi

Air Intake Filter Restriction

kPa or psi

Total fuel information

L/h or gph

Trip fuel information

L/h or gph

Press the F1 button to toggle between metric or imperial units of measure.

Press F2 button to reset the trip average fuel rate and trip fuel used functions.

Press the back button to return to the main display.

2.43

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

MAIN MENU

ADJUST MENU

Press the menu button menu.

to go to the main

The Main Menu page displays the following selections: • Adjust - Select F1 • Measure - Select F2 • Preferences - Select F3 • Info - Select F4 Press the back button Display screen.

From the Main menu page press the F1 button to access the Adjust menu.

This menu is an alternate method of accessing the adjustment menu to make machine adjustments.

See ADJUSTMENT MENU earlier in THIS SECTION for details.

The Main menu appears and the following menu items can be selected.

• Machine Parameters

to return to the Main

• Hydraulics • Leveling • Auto-accumulate Use the arrow up or arrow down button to scroll to the desired selection and the OK button to set the selection.

2.44

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

MACHINE PARAMETERS

In the machine parameters menu the following items can be selected: • Anti-Stall • Oil Grade

Controls and Operation

HYDRAULICS

In the Hydraulics Menu the following Current Output (mA) adjustment items can be selected: NOTE: These functions in the Hydraulics menu will vary depending on the attachment and machine designation.

• Fan Service Mode

• Accumulator Open/Close

• Timed Purge Interval

• Clamp Open/Close

• Tree Counter State

• Wrist/ROT/Pump2

• Track Low logic

• Telescope/Grapple

• Auto Accumulate Status Use the up arrow or down arrow button to scroll to the desired selection and the OK button to set the selection.

Press the back button menu.

to return to the adjust

Use the up arrow or down arrow button to scroll to the desired selection and the OK button to set the selection.

Press the back button menu.

2.45

to return to the Adjust

Controls and Operation

LEVELING

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher CURRENT OUT (COUT) The COUT channel maintains a constant output current to control proportional solenoids. The voltage is regulated to maintain the constant current based on the resistance of the circuit.

These settings (defined below) fine tune the operating speeds and start/stop ramps for the adjustable current out operated functions.

MIN = MINIMUM CURRENT (MA) Minimum current settings control function start speed. Coils on hydraulic valves require a certain amount of current before they begin to operate the valve. The Min current value is the current that will be sent to the hydraulic valve coil when the function switch is activated.

In the Leveling menu the following functions can be adjusted depending on working conditions: • Leveler Stop Ramp • Leveler Start Ramp • Forward Leveling Speed • Rear Leveling Speed

The minimum current is adjusted to a value that causes the function to just begin to move.

MAX = MAXIMUM CURRENT (MA) Maximum current settings control the maximum speed the function will operate.

• Right Level Cyl

START/STOP RAMP

• Left Level Cyl

Start and stop ramp is the time it will take for the current to rise/fall from minimum to maximum and maximum to minimum respectively.

Use the up arrow or down arrow buttons to scroll to the desired selection and the OK button to confirm the selection.

•

Plus = Cylinder Extend or Rotate CW

•

Minus = Cylinder Retract or Rotate CCW

EXAMPLE: Leveling Adjust as follows: Scroll UP/DOWN to select Leveling in the Adjust menu. Press OK once then scroll UP/DOWN to select Right Level Cylinder (CYL). Press OK to confirm the selection.

2.46

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

NOTE: See the description of MIN/MAX CURRENT, START/STOP RAMP and Plus and Minus on previous page.

Min Current is the first choice that can be adjusted.

The range is 0 to 469 mA. Scroll UP/DOWN to change the value, then press OK. The selection will move to the next adjustment, Max Current.

NOTE: To reset the value back to default setting, scroll up or down to the setting you want to reset then press F2 and the Reset Confirmation dialogue box will turn on with the choice Yes F2 or No F3 to reset the value.

Press OK, the selection will return to the Leveling page, Scroll UP/DOWN to next function and repeat the previous procedure.

When completed, press the back button twice to return to the Adjust menu..

Max current adjustment range is 0 to 750 mA. Scroll UP/DOWN to change the value, then press OK. The selection will move to the next adjustment.

In this example Start/Stop Ramp adjustments are locked as they do not apply to cylinders.

2.47

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

AUTO-ACCUMULATE

In the AUTO-ACCUMULATE menu the following functions can be adjusted as required: • Accumulator Close Timeout • Clamp Open Start - Locked • Clamp Open Duration - Locked • Accumulator Close Delay Use the up arrow or down arrow button to scroll to the desired selection and the OK button to set the selection.

Press the back button to return to the adjust menu. Select the AUTO-ACCUMULATE option and press OK to confirm the selection.

2.48

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

MEASURE MENU

The following menu items can be selected.

• Inputs

From the Main Menu press the F2 button to access the measure menu.

• Outputs • Hydraulics • IQAN Status • Sensors • Anti-stall • J1939 Parameter Inputs • Aftertreatment NOTE: The aftertreatment system and its related components are applicable to Tier 4f machines only.

• Fuel/Hours Use the up arrow or down arrow button to select the menu item. Press OK to confirm the selection.

This menu is used by Tigercat service technicians.

Refer to SECTION 6 of the SERVICE MANUAL for more information. Press the back button (or F1) to return to the Main Menu page.

2.49

Controls and Operation

PREFERENCES MENU

From the main menu page press the F3 button (Preferences) and the Preferences menu page is displayed.

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

DISPLAY ADJUSTMENT

After selecting F1 the Display adjustment screen opens and the following adjustments can be selected: RETURN TO MAIN MENU – Select F1 BACKLIGHT ADJUSTMENT – Select F2 SCREEN SAVER – Select F3

The following menu items can be selected.

• Display • Date/Time • Language

BACKLIGHT ADJUSTMENT After selecting F2 the backlight adjustment screen opens. Use the up arrow or down arrow buttons to adjust the display backlight. The range is 10 to 100. The default setting is 100.

When the desired setting is selected press the OK button. A good rule to follow is the lower the number the longer the life of the display unit. Press the back button to return to the main menu screen.

2.50

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

SCREEN SAVER ADJUSTMENT

Select F3 to access the screen saver adjustment options. Use the up arrow or down arrow buttons to scroll through the choices. Three choices are available:

Controls and Operation

DATE/TIME ADJUSTMENT

Press F2 to select the DATE/TIME adjustments in the PREFERENCES menu.

SCREEN SAVER – Off SCREEN SAVER • Dimmed Timeout – 5 seconds • Dimmed light – 80 SCREEN SAVER • Black Timeout – 5 seconds

The DATE/TIME menu screen opens. Two choices are available for adjustment: DATE – select F1 TIME – select F2

After making a selection press the OK button to set the selection and press the back button to return to the Main Menu screen.

2.51

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

DATE ADJUSTMENT

Press F1 to select DATE. Use the up arrow or down arrow buttons to scroll through the YEAR list to select the year. Press OK to set the year selected.

When the month has been set, the display will highlight the DAY. Use the up arrow or down arrow buttons to change the day. Press OK to set the day selected.

The display will return to the DATE TIME menu.

When the year has been confirmed the display will highlight the MONTH. Use the up arrow or down arrow buttons to change the month. Press OK to set the month selected.

2.52

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

TIME ADJUSTMENT

LANGUAGE ADJUSTMENT

Select F2 Time adjustment from the DATE/TIME display screen.

From the preferences menu press the F2 button to access language selection screen.

The Time display screen will open. Use the up arrow or down arrow buttons to change the HOUR. Press the OK button to set the selection. The display will show the MINUTES highlighted.

The languages available for selection will be shown.

Use the up arrow or down arrow buttons to move to the preferred language.

Press OK to confirm the selection.

The display will return to the LANGUAGE menu screen.

Press the back button to return to the preferences menu.

Use the up arrow or down arrow buttons to change the minute. Press OK to set the selection. The display will return to the DATE/TIME menu screen.

Press the back button to return to the main menu screen.

Select F3 to choose your Language preference.

Press OK button to set the selection. Press the back button to return to the main menu screen.

2.53

Controls and Operation

INFO MENU

From the main menu page press the F4 button (Info) and the Info menu page appears.

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

MODULES

Press F1 to select the modules menu. This menu provides information on the following machine modules: • MD3 (Computer Module) • Cab XS2 • Frame Module 0 XA2 • Frame Module 1 XA2 • Tigercat FPT NEF 6.7 L Engine ECU

The following menu items can be selected.

• Modules – Select F1 • Logs – Select F3 The Machine ID information will be displayed on the screen along with the part number of the computer program installed.

Shown above, the MD3 module has been selected. Specific information for the MD3 is displayed on the screen.

This menu is used by Tigercat service technicians.

Refer to SECTION 6 of the SERVICE MANUAL for more information.

Press the back button main menu page.

2.54

(or F1) to return to the

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

LOGS

Press F3 from the info menu page to select logs.

This menu will list all system fault occurrences of messages the system has encountered and the number of records within each log.

Use the up arrow or down arrow buttons to select the menu item. Press OK to view the selection and sort the information in a variety of ways.

The records are a list of all the fault occurrences in each log. Records cannot be cleared by operators.

This menu is used by Tigercat service technicians.

Refer to SECTION 6 of the SERVICE MANUAL for more information.

Press the back button (or F1) to return to the Main Menu page.

2.55

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

MESSAGES, COMPUTER The computer displays messages, and activates the master alarm and alarm light whenever a system fault occurs. Note the computer control system will automatically perform a bulb test at engine start-up to ensure the master alarm and alarm light are functioning. Refer to STARTING ENGINE in THIS SECTION. There are different types of Messages and Alarms.

They appear on the screen as a block message.

The types of messages are: • CRITICAL MESSAGE – Colour RED • ERROR MESSAGE – Color RED • ALERT MESSAGE – Colour YELLOW • INFORMATION MESSAGE – Colour BLUE Messages can be hidden or acknowledged by pressing the F2 button (Hide or OK).

All messages that have been hidden or acknowledged are stored in the computer.

In some instances it will be necessary to immediately stop the machine, shut the engine OFF and repair the problem causing the message.

Active fault messages that have been hidden can be reviewed by pressing the F4 button. Recalled messages will be displayed in order starting with the highest priority first.

NOTE: When contacting Tigercat Customer service about any message or warning it is very important to write down and communicate the whole message (all text shown on the screen).

This will greatly reduce troubleshooting time.

2.56

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

CRITICAL MESSAGES (RED) Critical messages advise the operator that a critical machine fault is about to occur or a system fault has occurred.

Critical messages have the highest level of priority and are used to alert operator that immediate action must be taken to prevent damage to the machine or to ensure operator safety.

When a critical message is displayed, the master alarm and alarm light will sound and flash continuously. The message remains on the screen until the operator hides it.

A list of CRITICAL MESSAGES is as follows: • Hydraulic Oil Level Critically Low

The message will give brief details of the fault and advise what action is necessary.

• Hydraulic Oil Temperature High

In some instances the machine requires immediate action to correct the problem which requires the operator to STOP machine operation, SHUT THE ENGINE OFF and service the machine to correct the problem.

• Hardware Fault – Engine

• Hardware Fault – MD3 • Hardware Fault – XS2 • Hardware Fault – XA2 • Engine Coolant Temperature High • Engine Coolant Level Low

However, if the machine cannot be stopped immediately for safety reasons, the operator can hide the message. In this instance the machine should only be operated long enough to make the machine safe, then STOP machine operation and SHUT THE ENGINE OFF before serious machine damage can occur!

• Aftertreatment System Technical Failure severe • Aftertreatment System Engine Idle Too Long* • Engine Locked Out* • Engine Restarts Remaining* • Engine Oil Pressure Low

Messages can be hidden by pressing the F2 button (Hide).

• Engine Oil Pressure Low engine Derate • Engine Oil Temperature High

Critical messages flash the critical symbol above the F4 button when active messages are hidden. The symbol will continue to flash until the problem is resolved and the fault becomes inactive.

• Engine Fault Code Messages – Critical *NOTE: The aftertreatment system and its related components are applicable to Tier 4f machines only.

Active messages that have been hidden can be reviewed by pressing the F4 button.

2.57

Controls and Operation HYDRAULIC OIL LEVEL CRITICALLY LOW

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher HYDRAULIC OIL TEMPERATURE HIGH

Hydraulic Oil

Hydraulic Oil

Level Critically Low.

Temperature High.

This message will be displayed, alarm light will flash and alarm will sound when the main hydraulic tank oil level is low.

Shut off the engine immediately when this alarm is activated. Operating machine with a low hydraulic oil level can cause hydraulic pumps to fail.

When this alarm is activated shut off the engine and look for signs of broken hoses or other leaks.

Repair leaks and refill the main hydraulic tank to FULL mark on the monitor display gauge. Restart engine and inspect for leaks.

This message will be displayed, alarm light will flash and alarm will sound when the oil temperature exceeds the recommended operating range for the type of hydraulic oil in use.

If the temperature rises above the recommended operating range for the type of hydraulic oil in use check the following: • Plugged oil cooler • Malfunction in a hydraulic system • High loads on the hydraulic system • Malfunction of the cooling fan • Low hydraulic oil level • Correct Hydraulic Oil Grade Selection If hydraulic oil temperature rises above the recommended operating range Do not continue to operate the machine.

This alarm must not be used to monitor the hydraulic oil. The operator must use the hydraulic oil temperature gauge on the main menu, together with the operating range chart in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL to prevent damage to the hydraulic system.

Hydraulic oil grade information is shown on the main menu below the hydraulic oil temperature gauge.

Operating outside the recommended operating range will shorten hydraulic component life.

Refer to COMPUTER – ADJUSTMENT MENU – OIL GRADE SELECTION in THIS SECTION for hydraulic oil grade selection settings information.

Refer to APPROVED HYDRAULIC OILS in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL for hydraulic oil operating range information.

Refer to COMPUTER – INFORMATION MODE SELECTION in THIS SECTION for hydraulic oil temperature information display.

2.58

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher HARDWARE FAULT – MD3

Controls and Operation HARDWARE FAULT - XS2

Hardware Fault - MD3

Hardware Fault - XS2

Active fault has been hidden. Turn key off and on to recall active hidden hardware faults.

Active fault has been hidden. Turn key off and on to recall active hidden hardware faults.

This message will be displayed, alarm light will flash and alarm will sound when a critical active hardware fault related to the computer display module has been hidden.

This message will be displayed, alarm light will flash and alarm will sound when a critical active hardware fault related to the XS2 Module has been hidden.

To recall the original active fault(s) the operator must turn the key off and on.

To recall the original active fault(s) the operator must turn the key off and on.

A VREF (modules reference voltage) error is an example of the type of hardware fault which will be the original active fault which triggers this message.

A VREF and no contact errors are examples of the type of hardware fault which may be the original active fault which triggers this message.

HARDWARE FAULT – ENGINE

HARDWARE FAULT – XA2

Hardware Fault - Engine

Hardware Fault - XA2

Active fault has been hidden. Turn key off and on to recall active hidden hardware faults.

Active fault has been hidden. Turn key off and on to recall active hidden hardware faults.

This message will be displayed, alarm light will flash and alarm will sound when a critical active hardware fault related to the engine has been hidden.

This message will be displayed, alarm light will flash and alarm will sound when a critical active hardware fault related to the XA2 module has been hidden.

To recall the original active fault(s) the operator must turn the key off and on.

To recall the original active fault(s) the operator must turn the key off and on.

No contact error is an example of the type of hardware fault which may be the original active fault which triggers this message.

A VREF (modules reference voltage) and no contact errors are examples of the type of hardware fault which may be the original active fault which triggers this message.

2.59

Controls and Operation ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE HIGH

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL LOW

SPN: 63011 1 of 1

Engine Coolant

Engine coolant temperature high.

Level Low.

This message will be displayed, alarm light will flash and alarm will sound when engine temperature exceeds recommended engine temperature.

This message will be displayed, alarm light will flash and alarm will sound when the coolant level drops below a safe operating level. The sensor is located in the surge tank.

When this alarm is activated check for:

If this light comes on when the engine is running, shut off the engine immediately and correct the fault. With engine running, top up radiator using correct solution of coolant antifreeze.

• Plugged air intake access panel screens • Plugged radiator.

Do not continue to operate machine.

Refer to CLEANING – A/C CONDENSER, OIL COOLER, RADIATOR AND CHARGE AIR COOLER in THIS SECTION.

Refer to FILTER AND LUBRICATION SCHEDULE in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL.

WARNING

Do not remove the coolant fill cap when the engine is hot, release of pressurized coolant can cause serious burns.

Shut off the engine. Only remove coolant fill cap when cool enough to touch with bare hands.

Slowly loosen cap to first stop to relieve pressure before removing completely.

2.60

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

AFTERTREATMENT SYSTEM TECHNICAL FAILURE

AFTERTREATMENT SYSTEM ENGINE IDLE TOO LONG

Aftertreatment System

Aftertreatment System

Technical failure severe. Engine lockout may occur after full torque derate and 3 engine restarts.

Engine idle too long. Shutdown engine to prevent damage to emission control system.

This message will be displayed, alarm light will flash and alarm will sound when an aftertreatment technical fault is detected. Action to correct the problem should be taken immediately to avoid affecting engine performance and damage to the diesel oxidation catalyst/selective catalytic reduction (DOC/SCR) aftertreatment system components.

This message will be displayed, alarm light will flash and alarm will sound when this engine has idled for more than nine consecutive hours.

Shutdown engine to prevent damage to the emission control system.

IMPORTANT! Engine should not idle longer than nine consecutive hours. Damage to the emission control system will result. When this machine idles for an extended period excess hydrocarbon buildup is created in the DOC/SCR aftertreatment system. Burn off of excess hydrocarbon at full load immediately after a long idle period will generate excess heat which will cause damage to emission control system components.

This message results in the following derate sequence if no action is taken to correct the problem: • Beginning immediately after an aftertreatment system technical message there will be a ramp down of torque by 25% over 25 minutes.

• After 1 hour at reduced torque , the engine speed will ramp down to 1320 rpm and the torque will be reduced by 65% of rated torque over 40 minutes.

• After 50 minutes at derated engine speed and torque the engine is derated to idle within 30 minutes.

• Some less severe technical faults can be fixed at any time, even after then engine has been fully derated to idle speed.

• More severe technical faults will result in an engine lockout when the engine has derated to idle and there have been three restarts (re detects). Once locked out the engine will only operate at idle. Action to correct the original cause(s) of the lockout must be taken before the engine can be reset.

Contact dealer to reset engine lockout for normal operation. Refer to COMPUTER – MESSAGES - CRITICAL – ENGINE TORQUE DERATE ACTIVE and ENGINE RESTARTS REMAINING UNTIL ENGINE LOCKOUT in THIS SECTION. Refer to AFTERTREATMENT SYSTEM in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL for more information

2.61

Controls and Operation ENGINE LOCKED OUT

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher ENGINE RESTARTS REMAINING

Engine

Engine

Engine locked out. Engine derate to 0% Torque and 850 rpm. Contact Dealer

3 restarts remaining until engine lockout.

NOTE: The aftertreatment system and its related components are applicable to Tier 4f machines only.

NOTE: The aftertreatment system and its related components are applicable to Tier 4f machines only.

This message will be displayed, alarm light will flash and alarm will sound when an engine is locked out by the computer system to prevent further damage to the engine and aftertreatment system.

This message will be displayed, alarm light will flash and alarm will sound to inform the operator of the number of restarts available before the engine is locked out.

Note that an engine is locked out after several other critical aftertreatment system messages regarding the cause of the problem and additional messages regarding the number of restarts until engine lockout.

Once locked out the engine will only operate at idle. Action to correct the original cause(s) of the lockout must be taken before the engine can be reset. Contact dealer to reset engine lockout for normal operation.

Note that an engine is locked out after several other critical aftertreatment system messages regarding the cause of the problem and this message regarding the number of restarts until engine lockout.

Refer to COMPUTER – MESSAGES - CRITICAL – ENGINE RESTARTS REMAINING UNTIL ENGINE LOCKOUT in THIS SECTION.

Refer to Engine OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL for code information.

Refer to COMPUTER – MESSAGES - CRITICAL – ENGINE RESTARTS REMAINING UNTIL ENGINE LOCKOUT in THIS SECTION.

2.62

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher ENGINE OIL PRESSURE LOW

Controls and Operation ENGINE OIL PRESSURE LOW ENGINE DERATE

SPN: 9939 1 of 1

Engine Oil Pressure

Engine Oil Pressure Low.

This message will be displayed, alarm light will flash and alarm will sound when engine oil pressure falls below 0.7 bar (10 psi).

Oil Pressure Low - Engine Derate

Shut off the engine when this alarm is activated.

Check engine oil levels.

This message will be displayed, alarm light will flash and alarm will sound when an engine derate is activated due to low engine oil pressure. This message may be accompanied by Engine Fault Code Messages related to engine oil pressure.

Refer to STARTING ENGINE in THIS SECTION for more information.

This message results in the following derate sequence:

ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE HIGH

• When engine oil pressure falls below 1.2 bar (17 psi) for more than 5 seconds this message will be shown and the engine will immediately begin to derate at 50 rpm/s to a set creep speed allowing the operator to safely stop the machine (creep speed setting is programmed to suit each machine type/model). DO NOT continue to operate machine.

SPN: 7123 1 of 1 Engine oil temperature high.

• Safely stop the machine and turn the engine OFF. Refer to MESSAGES - CRITICAL – ENGINE OIL PRESSURE LOW in THIS SECTION for recommended corrective action.

If the problem continues contact dealer for service.

This message will be displayed, alarm light will flash and alarm will sound when engine oil temperature exceeds recommended engine temperature.

Check the cooling package and fan for proper operation and run a clean cycle if the machine is equipped with a variable pitch fan. It is also important to manually clean debris from the machine on a regular basis to maintain low machine operating temperatures. Refer to CLEANING – A/C CONDENSER, OIL COOLER, RADIATOR AND CHARGE AIR COOLER in THIS SECTION.

• When engine oil pressure rises above 1.4 bar (20 psi) for more than 5 seconds this message will be turned off and the engine will automatically ramp up engine speed at 50 rpm/s to full operating speed.

NOTE: An Engine Torque Derate Active message will also be activated as the engine begins to derate. Refer to COMPUTER – MESSAGES ALERT – ENGINE TORQUE DERATE ACTIVE.

Refer to engine OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL for more information.

2.63

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

ENGINE FAULT CODE MESSAGES – CRITICAL

SPN: 4645 1 of 1 Contact dealer.

Critical engine fault mssage(s) will be displayed, alarm light will flash and alarm will sound when a critical engine fault message is received from the engine electronic control.

They provide the SPN code (suspect parameter number) as well as a message describing the fault (when available).

Critical engine fault codes are higher priority messages than alert level engine fault code messages. Critical messages can be hidden but immediate action must be taken, stop machine operation and service engine immediately to resolve the cause of the fault.

An example of a critical engine fault message is shown above.

Note that some less common engine fault codes will appear without a message describing the fault.

Make a note of the SPN code and contact service for more information.

Refer to engine OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL for specific information regarding the engine and aftertreatment system.

NOTE: Contact your Tigercat dealer to obtain an Engine Fault Codes chart. An up to date copy should be kept in the Manual’s Box (in the cab).

The chart is updated regularly by the engine manufacturer, so it is important to check

2.64

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

ERROR MESSAGES (RED) Error messages advise the operator that a critical machine fault is about to occur or a system fault has occurred.

Error messages are computer system generated and are generally activated by computer system error and fault related conditions.

Error messages have the second highest level of priority and are used to alert operator that immediate action must be taken to prevent damage to the machine or to ensure operator safety.

Active messages that have been hidden can be reviewed by pressing the F4 button.

A list of some types of ERROR MESSAGES is as follows:

Error messages are activated whenever a fault such as an electrical connection is broken/ disconnected. Most error messages are due to computer system hardware or connection faults.

• Module No Contact Error • Module VREF Error

When an error message is displayed, the master alarm and alarm light will sound and flash continuously. The message remains on the screen until the operator hides it.

• Voltage Input Error (VIN) • Digital Input Error (DIN) • Digital Output Error (DOUT) • Current Output Error (COUT)

The message will give brief details of the fault and advise what action is necessary.

NOTE: Not all error messages are shown.

In some instances the machine requires immediate action to correct the problem which requires the operator to STOP machine operation, SHUT THE ENGINE OFF and service the machine to correct the problem.

However, if the machine cannot be stopped immediately for safety reasons, the operator can hide the message. In this instance the machine should only be operated long enough to move the machine to a safe location then STOP machine operation and SHUT THE ENGINE OFF before serious machine damage can occur!

Messages are acknowledged by pressing the F2 button (OK). To recall active messages turn key off and on. On screen messages will indicate to the operator that an active hardware fault has been hidden.

Error messages flash the critical symbol

or the

above the F4 button when active messages are hidden depending on the type of error message. The symbol will continue to flash until the problem is resolved and the fault becomes inactive.

2.65

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

MODULE NO CONTACT ERROR The module no contact error message will be displayed to indicate a loss of communication with or power to a module. The module is identified on the display screen.

CAB XS2 No contact

When a module loses contact all machine functions controlled by that module cease and all messages associated with that module are activated. If the problem is with the CAN wires all modules beyond the problem module will also be affected.

Note that if the computer display module has a loss of power or other malfunction the screen may go blank and all machine functions controlled by the computer system will be affected..

FRAME MODULE 0 XA2 No contact

Once acknowledged this message will be replaced with a hardware fault message for the corresponding module when active faults are recalled to the screen. Refer to COMPUTER – MESSAGES – CRITICAL – HARDWARE FAULT in THIS SECTION.

FRAME MODULE 1 XA2 No contact

Tigercat FPT NEF 6.7 L No contact

2.66

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

MODULE VREF ERROR The module VREF message will be displayed to indicate a problem related to the 5 V reference signal coming from the module.

MD3 VREF error

The module is identified on the display screen.

This message indicates a problem with a sensor, connecting wires or the 5 V reference signal itself.

Once acknowledged this message will be replaced with a hardware fault message for the corresponding module when active faults are recalled to the screen. Refer to COMPUTER – MESSAGES – CRITICAL – HARDWARE FAULT in THIS SECTION.

CAB XS2 VREF error

FRAME MODULE 0 XA2 VREF error

FRAME MODULE 1 XA2 VREF error

2.67

Controls and Operation VOLTAGE INPUT ERROR (VIN) FRAME MODULE 1 XA2 Pin C1:12

AIR INTAKE SENSOR VIN Low error

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher CURRENT OUTPUT ERROR (COUT) Current output error messages will be displayed to indicate a problem with a current output signal from a computer system module.

The module and pin number are identified on the display screen.

The heading identifies the signal destination and the text indicates the type of error.

The display is similar to the voltage input error message shown above.

Voltage input error messages will be displayed to indicate a problem with a voltage input signal to a computer system module.

The module and pin number are identified on the display screen.

The heading identifies the signal source and the text indicates the type of error.

Once acknowledged these message will be replaced with a hardware failure message for the corresponding module when active faults recalled to the screen. Refer to COMPUTER – MESSAGES – ALERT – HARDWARE FAILURE in THIS SECTION.

An example of a voltage input error message is shown above.

DIGITAL INPUT ERROR (DIN) Digital input error messages will be displayed to indicate a problem with a digital input signal to a computer system module.

The module and pin number are identified on the display screen.

The heading identifies the signal source and the text indicates the type of error.

The display is similar to the voltage input error message shown above.

DIGITAL OUTPUT ERROR (DOUT) Digital output error messages will be displayed to indicate a problem with a digital output signal from a computer system module.

The module and pin number are identified on the display screen.

The heading identifies the signal destination and the text indicates the type of error.

The display is similar to the voltage input error message shown above.

2.68

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher ALERT MESSAGES (YELLOW)

Controls and Operation Alert computer system generated messages are generally activated by computer system error and fault related conditions.

When a system generated alert message is displayed the external alarm and light will sound and flash three times to alert the operator of the message.

The message remains on the screen until the operator hides it.

Alert messages advise the operator that machine operation will be compromised.

Alert messages have the third highest level of priority and are used to indicate to the operator that action is required to prevent future damage to the machine.

NOTE: Active hardware fault alert messages are acknowledged by pressing the F2 button (OK).

To recall these messages turn key off and on. On screen messages will indicate to the operator that an active hardware fault has been hidden.

All alert messages will give brief details of the fault and advise what action is necessary.

Action should be taken to service the machine to correct the problem at the earliest opportunity to prevent future damage to the machine.

Alert messages flash the alert symbol above the F4 button when active messages are hidden.

Active messages that have been hidden can be reviewed by pressing the F4 button. The symbol will continue to flash until the problem is resolved and the fault becomes inactive.

NOTE: If both a critical level fault and an alert level fault are present the critical symbol will take priority until the critical fault becomes inactive.

There are two types of alert messages: Alert programmed messages generally activated by machine function related conditions.

When an alert message is displayed, the external alarm and light will sound and flash three times to alert the operator of the message. The message remains on the screen until the operator hides it.

Messages can be hidden by pressing the F2 button (Hide).

2.69

Controls and Operation A list of ALERT MESSAGES is as follows:

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher FUEL LEVEL LOW

• Fuel Level low.

• Engine Air Intake Filter Restricted • Drive Charge System Pressure Low.

Fuel

• Machine Voltage Low.

Level low.

• Machine Voltage High • Hydraulic Oil Level Low • Pilot Filter Restricted • Right Joystick Interlock • Left Joystick Interlock • Hardware Fault - MD3 • Hardware Fault - XS2 • Hardware Fault - XA2 • Hardware Failure - VIN • Hardware Failure - DIN • Hardware Failure -DOUT

This message will be displayed when the fuel level falls below 5% of full.

NOTE: The fuel gauge symbol changes from its normal white to yellow when fuel level is low.

Refer to FUEL – FUEL TANK in THIS SECTION for tank capacities.

• Hardware Failure -COUT • Engine Voltage Low • Engine Voltage High • Engine Torque Derate Active • Engine Coolant Temperature High • Fuel Water In Fuel • Diesel Exhaust Fluid Level <10%* • Diesel Exhaust Fluid Level <5%* • Diesel Exhaust Fluid Level Empty* • Diesel Exhaust Fluid Quality* • Engine Fault Code Messages - Alert *NOTE: DEF exhaust fluid level applicable to Tier 4f machines only.

Some types of computer system generated alert messages are listed below: • Module High Temperature - Alert • Module High Supply Voltage - Alert • Module Low Supply Voltage - Alert NOTE: Not all system generated alert messages are shown.

2.70

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher ENGINE AIR INTAKE FILTER RESTRICTED

Controls and Operation MACHINE VOLTAGE LOW

Engine Air Intake Filter

Machine Voltage

Restricted. Service Machine to correct.

Low. Service machine to correct.

When this message is displayed, the engine air cleaner requires immediate service.

Refer to AIR INTAKE SYSTEM – ENGINE in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL.

This message will be displayed when machine voltage readings of less than 20 volts are detected.

Machine voltage readings indicate voltage levels in the electrical system.

When this alarm is activated investigate the cause immediately.

MACHINE VOLTAGE HIGH

Machine Voltage High. Service machine to correct.

This message will be displayed when machine voltage readings of greater than 30 volts are detected.

Machine voltage readings indicate voltage levels in the electrical system.

When this alarm is activated investigate the cause immediately.

2.71

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

HYDRAULIC OIL LEVEL LOW

Hydraulic Oil Level Low.

This message will be displayed when the main hydraulic tank oil level is low.

When this alarm is activated shut off the engine and look for signs of broken hoses or other leaks.

Repair leaks and refill tank to the FULL mark on the sight gauge. Restart the engine and inspect for leaks. Operating machine with a low hydraulic oil level can cause hydraulic pumps to fail.

NOTE: The hydraulic oil level icon illuminates yellow when a hydraulic oil level low alert warning has been activated.

PILOT FILTER RESTRICTED

Pilot Filter Restricted. Service Machine to correct.

This message will be displayed when the pilot filter is restricted.

When this alarm is activated service the pilot filter.

2.72

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

JOYSTICK BUTTON INTERLOCK – RIGHT

JOYSTICK BUTTON INTERLOCK – LEFT

JOYSTICK BUTTON INTERLOCK

JOYSTICK BUTTON INTERLOCK

RELEASE DEPRESSED BUTTON ON RIGHT JOYSTICK

RELEASE DEPRESSED BUTTON ON LEFT JOYSTICK

This message will be shown when a right joystick pilot function control is activated before the pilot system is reset. Release switch to reset pilot.

This message will be shown when a left joystick pilot function control is activated before the pilot system is reset. Release switch to reset pilot.

This interlock prevents operation of pilot operated machine functions.

This interlock prevents operation of pilot operated machine functions.

For more information on the pilot system reset refer to PILOT SYSTEM RESET, PUSH BUTTON SWITCH in THIS SECTION.

For more information on the pilot system reset refer to PILOT SYSTEM RESET, PUSH BUTTON SWITCH in THIS SECTION.

2.73

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

HARDWARE FAULT – MD3

HARDWARE FAULT – XA2

Hardware Fault - MD3

Hardware Fault - XA2

Active fault has been hidden. Turn key off and on to recall active hidden hardware faults.

Active fault has been hidden. Turn key off and on to recall active hidden hardware faults.

This message will be displayed when an alert level active hardware fault related to the computer display module has been hidden.

This message will be displayed when an alert level active hardware fault related to the XA2 module has been hidden.

To recall the original active fault(s) the operator must turn the key off and on.

To recall the original active fault(s) the operator must turn the key off and on.

High temperature, low supply voltage and high supply voltage module alert messages are examples of the type of hardware fault which will be the original active faults which trigger this message.

High temperature, low supply voltage and high supply voltage module alert messages are examples of the type of hardware fault which will be the original active faults which trigger this message.

HARDWARE FAULT – XS2

Hardware Fault - XS2 Active fault has been hidden. Turn key off and on to recall active hidden hardware faults.

This message will be displayed when an alert level active hardware fault related to the XS2 has been hidden.

To recall the original active fault(s) the operator must turn the key off and on.

High temperature, low supply voltage and high supply voltage module alert messages are examples of the type of hardware fault which will be the original active faults which trigger this message.

2.74

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

HARDWARE FAILURE – VIN

HARDWARE FAILURE – DOUT

Hardware Failure - VIN

Hardware Failure - DOUT

Active fault has been hidden. Turn key off and on to recall active hidden hardware faults.

Active fault has been hidden. Turn key off and on to recall active hidden hardware faults.

This message will be displayed when a voltage input error message has been hidden.

This message will be displayed when a digital output error message has been hidden.

To recall the original active fault(s) the operator must turn the key off and on.

To recall the original active fault(s) the operator must turn the key off and on.

HARDWARE FAILURE – DIN

HARDWARE FAILURE – COUT

Hardware Failure - DIN

Hardware Failure - COUT

Active fault has been hidden. Turn key off and on to recall active hidden hardware faults.

Active fault has been hidden. Turn key off and on to recall active hidden hardware faults.

This message will be displayed when a digital input error message has been hidden.

This message will be displayed when a current output error message has been hidden.

To recall the original active fault(s) the operator must turn the key off and on.

To recall the original active fault(s) the operator must turn the key off and on.

2.75

Controls and Operation ENGINE VOLTAGE LOW

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher ENGINE TORQUE DERATE ACTIVE

SPN: 8801 1 of 1

SPN: 64911 1 of 1

Engine voltage low.

Engine torque derate active.

This message will be displayed when engine voltage readings of less than 20 volts are detected.

When this alarm is activated investigate the cause immediately.

ENGINE VOLTAGE HIGH

This message will be displayed, alarm light will flash and alarm will sound when the Engine ECU has derated the engine. The code for a torque derate due to high NOx emissions is shown above as an example.

Refer to engine OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL for code information to identify the cause(s) of engine derating and more information regarding failure cause and repair.

FUEL – WATER IN FUEL

SPN: 4449 1 of 1

SPN: 17429 1 of 1

Engine voltage high.

Water in Fuel.

This message will be displayed when engine voltage readings of greater than 30 volts are detected.

This message will be displayed when water is detected in the fuel by the engine computer system.

When this alarm is activated investigate the cause immediately.

Refer to engine OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL for specific information regarding the engine.

2.76

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID LEVEL MESSAGES

Controls and Operation DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID LEVEL <5%

NOTE: DEF level applicable to Tier 4f machines only.

SPN: 62095 1 of 1

There are three levels of diesel exhaust fluid level

DEF Level below 5%.

SPN: 61839 1 of 1 DEF Level below 10%.

message generated by the Engine ECU. NOTE: DEF level applicable to TIER 4 machines only.

DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID LEVEL <10% This message will be displayed, alarm light will flash and alarm will sound when a diesel exhaust fluid level below 10% is detected. Action to correct DEF levels should be taken immediately to avoid affecting engine performance and damage to the diesel oxidation catalyst/selective catalytic reduction (DOC/SCR) aftertreatment system components.

This message will be displayed, alarm light will flash and alarm will sound when a diesel exhaust fluid level below 5% is detected. Action to correct DEF levels should be taken immediately to avoid affecting engine performance and damage to the diesel oxidation catalyst/selective catalytic reduction (DOC/SCR) aftertreatment system components.

Beginning immediately after a DEF level <5% message, the engine speed will ramp down to 1320 rpm and the torque will be reduced by 65% of rated torque over 40 minutes.

Fill DEF tank and restart engine to clear the message.

Fill DEF tank and restart engine to clear the message.

Refer to DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID DEF TANK in THIS SECTION.

2.77

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID LEVEL EMPTY

SPN: 64191 1 of 1 DEF tank empty.

This message will be displayed, alarm light will flash and alarm will sound when diesel exhaust fluid level empty is detected. Action to correct DEF levels should be taken immediately to avoid affecting engine performance and damage to the diesel oxidation catalyst/selective catalytic reduction (DOC/SCR) aftertreatment system components.

• Beginning immediately after a DEF level empty message, the engine is de-rated to idle within 30 minutes.

Fill DEF tank and restart engine to clear the message.

Note that an Engine Torque Derate Active message will also be activated as the engine begins to derate. Refer to COMPUTER – MESSAGES - CRITICAL – ENGINE TORQUE DERATE ACTIVE.

2.78

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID QUALITY

Refer to DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID TANK in THIS SECTION and DRAINING THE DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID TANK in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL.

SPN: 19402 1 of 2

Refer to AFTERTREATMENT SYSTEM in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL for more information regarding the use of DEF and its function in the DOC/SCR aftertreatment system.

DEF quality low.

WARNING Use only diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) which meets ISO 22241 specifications. NEVER fill the DEF tank with any other fluid.

DEF is injected into the exhaust gas stream during normal operation of the Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) aftertreatment system.

SPN: 19658 2 of 2 DEF quality low.

Use of other fluids may cause component damage, or a fire risk which could result in death or serious injury.

This message will be displayed, alarm light will flash and alarm will sound when a diesel fluid quality problem is detected. Action to correct the problem should be taken immediately to avoid affecting engine performance and damage to aftertreatment system components.

This message results in the following derate and engine lockout sequence if no action is taken to correct the problem: • Beginning 1 hour after a DEF quality message, the engine speed will ramp down to 1320 rpm and the torque will be reduced by 65% of rated torque over 40 minutes.

• After 2 hours at derated engine speed and torque the engine is derated to idle within 30 minutes.

To correct the DEF quality problem clean the area around the DEF tank then drain and refill the tank with clean DEF which meets ISO 22241 specifications.

Note that an Engine Torque Derate Active message will also be activated as the engine begins to derate. Refer to COMPUTER – MESSAGES - CRITICAL – ENGINE TORQUE DERATE ACTIVE.

2.79

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

ENGINE FAULT CODE MESSAGES –

SPN: ###### 1 of 1 Contact dealer.

ALERT Alert engine fault message(s) will be displayed, alarm light will flash and alarm will sound when an alert engine fault message is received from the engine electronic control unit.

They provide the SPN code (suspect parameter number) as well as a message describing the fault (when available).

Alert engine fault codes are lower priority messages than critical level engine fault code messages. Alert messages can be hidden but action (service engine) is required to resolve the cause of the fault.

An example of an alert engine fault message is shown above.

Note that some less common engine fault codes will appear without a message describing the fault.

Make a note of the SPN code and contact service for more information.

Refer to engine OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL for specific information regarding the engine and aftertreatment system.

NOTE: Contact your Tigercat dealer to obtain an Engine Fault Codes chart. An up to date copy should be kept in the Manual’s Box (in the cab). The chart is updated regularly by the engine manufacturer, so it is important to check periodically with the Tigercat dealer to ensure that you have a current copy of the Engine Fault Codes chart.

2.80

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

MODULE HIGH TEMPERATURE – ALERT Module high temperature alert message will be displayed to indicate the computer control system has detected high temperature readings in a system module.

MD3 High temperature Value 80° C

The module is identified on the display screen.

The temperature reading value is also displayed.

Value: 75° C

Once acknowledged this message will be replaced with a hardware fault message for the corresponding module when active faults are recalled to the screen. Refer to COMPUTER – MESSAGES - ALERT – HARDWARE FAULT in THIS SECTION.

CAB XS2 High temperature Value 80° C

FRAME MODULE 0 XA2 High temperature Value 80° C

FRAME MODULE 1 XA2 High temperature

2.81

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

MODULE HIGH SUPPLY VOLTAGE – ALERT Module high supply voltage alert message will be displayed to indicate the computer control system has detected high supply voltage readings in a system module.

MD3 High supply voltage value 33.81 V

The module is identified on the display screen.

The voltage reading value is also displayed.

Once acknowledged this message will be replaced with a hardware fault message for the corresponding module when active faults are recalled to the screen. Refer to COMPUTER – MESSAGES - ALERT – HARDWARE FAULT in THIS SECTION.

CAB XS2 High supply voltage value 33.81 V

FRAME MODULE 0 XA2 High supply voltage value 33.81 V

FRAME MODULE 1 XA2 High supply voltage value 33.81 V

2.82

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

MODULE LOW SUPPLY VOLTAGE – ALERT Module low supply voltage alert message will be displayed to indicate the computer control system has detected low supply voltage readings in a system module.

MD3 Low supply voltage

The module is identified on the display screen.

Once acknowledged this message will be replaced with a hardware fault message for the corresponding module when active faults are recalled to the screen. Refer to COMPUTER – MESSAGES - ALERT – HARDWARE FAULT in THIS SECTION.

CAB XS2 Low supply voltage

FRAME MODULE 0 XA2 Low supply voltage

FRAME MODULE 1 XA2 Low supply voltage

2.83

Controls and Operation INFORMATION MESSAGES (BLUE)

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher A list of the INFORMATION MESSAGES is as follows: • Hydraulic Oil Self Warm up - Begin Warm up ?

• Self Warm up - Engaged • Warm up Mode Active • Fan Full ON • Fan Cleaning • Fan Purge Inhibited

Information messages give the operator information regarding an event or problem condition while the event or problem exists.

Information messages have lowest priority and are used to give the operator information that is useful to the operator, but requires no action to prevent immediate or future damage to the machine When an information message is displayed on the screen the message will either automatically disappear when the condition no longer exists or stay on the screen until the operator acknowledges the message.

Information messages can be acknowledged by pressing the F2 button (OK). Acknowledged information messages are removed from the screen.

Information messages do not have an indicator after they have been acknowledged.

Most information messages that have been acknowledged cannot be reviewed.

Recurrence of an event or problem condition related to an information message may cause the message to be shown again.

Restarting the machine may also cause the message to be shown again.

2.84

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

Hydraulic Oil Self Warm up

Self Warm up

Begin Warm up?

Engaged - Pilot ON will disengage

YES

STOP

NO

HYDRAULIC OIL SELF WARM UP BEGIN WARM UP? (HARVESTER ONLY) This message will be displayed when the self warm up function is manually initiated from the information mode menu.

This function is only available for harvesters.

The self warm up initiate button (F3) is available on the information mode menu only when the pilot is OFF and the hydraulic oil temperature is low.

The self warm up function increases engine speed to 1100 rpm and shifts the Pump2 section of the main valve to the warm up position where oil flows over a relief to warm hydraulic oil to operating temperature. Note also that when the hydraulic oil temperature is low the oil cooler bypass will be open reducing oil cooling.

SELF WARM UP ENGAGED (HARVESTER ONLY) This message will be displayed when self warm up mode is engaged.

Refer to COMPUTER – MESSAGES INFORMATION – HYDRAULIC OIL SELF WARM UP BEGIN WARM UP in THIS SECTION. Press F2 (Stop) to manually stop self warm up.

Note also that if the pilot system is turned on, self warm up will disengage.

When hydraulic oil reaches operating temperature self warm up mode will automatically disengage.

Refer to COMPUTER – SELF WARM UP MODE.

Press the F2 (Yes) button to begin self warm up.

Press the F3 (No) button to skip self warm up.

When hydraulic oil reaches operating temperature the self warm up function will automatically turn off. Alternately the function can be stopped manually. Refer to COMPUTER – MESSAGESINFORMATION – SELF WARM UP ENGAGED in THIS SECTION. Note that to ensure the self warm up function works correctly it is important that hydraulic oil grade be selected correctly to match the type of hydraulic oil in use. This information is used by the machine program to adapt hydraulic oil temperature warm up information for the operating range of each Hydraulic Oil Grade.

Hydraulic oil grade information is shown on the main menu below the hydraulic oil temperature gauge. Refer to HYDRAULIC OIL GRADE in THIS SECTION for hydraulic oil grade selection settings information.

Refer to COMPUTER – MESSAGES AND INFORMATION – WARM UP MODE ACTIVE in THIS SECTION. 2.85

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

WARM UP MODE ACTIVE RPM REDUCED

WARM UP % 70

WARM UP MODE ACTIVE This message is displayed when the machine is in warm up mode.

As the hydraulic oil temperature increases the system will automatically allow the engine speed to increase and the computer displays an Information dialogue box that shows the progress of the Warm up Mode in percentage outstanding.

This dialogue box closes when hydraulic oil has reached operating temperature.

The warm up mode operates automatically on cold starts within a hydraulic oil temperature range. The temperature range will vary based on computer control system hydraulic oil settings. This feature functions mainly with straight weight hydraulic oil.

For proper operation the computer control system hydraulic oil settings should match the type of hydraulic oil in use.

IMPORTANT! Allow a cold engine to warm up at LOW IDLE for at least five minutes before applying any load.

Check all measured values on the computer display terminal often during the warm up period.

Refer to COLD IDLE ENGINE SPEED setting in THIS SECTION. Refer to COMPUTER – WARM UP MODE in THIS SECTION.

2.86

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

POWER ROOF

A

H845C-51

NOTE: A hydraulic hand pump is supplied as a back-up system to open the upper enclosure power roof in the event of a system failure. The hydraulic hand pump is mounted on the inside of the left access door.

Refer to HAND PUMP MANUAL OPERATION, POWER ROOF later in THIS SECTION To open the side access doors, remove the latch pins and swing the doors open. Install door props provided.

845D-067

A Upper Enclosure Power Roof – Switch

The upper enclosure power roof is opened hydraulically by two hydraulic cylinders powered by an electric pump. A switch located in the cab is used to open and close the upper enclosure power roof.

The machine is equipped with a roof sensor which activates a door/roof open alarm when the upper enclosure power roof or the right engine service door is open.

NOTE: When the main service compartment roof is open, lock-valves in the cylinders hold them in position.

The upper enclosure power roof circuit does not normally require scheduled maintenance other than lubrication of cylinder pivot points.

Tigercat recommends the use of DEXRON III TYPE transmission fluid in this circuit. Reservoir capacity is 1.5 L (0.39 US gal). Total circuit capacity approximately 3.0 L (0.79 US gal). The fill port is located on the pump.

2.87

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

HAND PUMP MANUAL OPERATION

A

A 845D-085

A Metal Pin

The default operating position of the upper enclosure power roof pump solenoid is when the metal pin is turned fully CW. H845C-205

A Upper Enclosure Power Roof Pump

In the event of power loss to the machine, the upper enclosure power roof pump can be manually operated to open and close the roof.

B

A

845D-082

A Power Roof Pump Solenoid B Metal Pin

The power roof pump solenoid located on the upper enclosure power roof pump uses a metal pin to manually actuate the valve.

2.88

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

TO OPEN THE UPPER ENCLOSURE POWER ROOF

TO CLOSE THE UPPER ENCLOSURE POWER ROOF

H845C-51

A

B

B A

845D-083

A Breather Cabinet B Door

1. Open the door on the breather cabinet.

2. Lift the door off the hinges.

NOTE: The breather cabinet door is removed to allow access to the upper enclosure power roof pump solenoid metal pin when the upper enclosure power roof is in the closed position.

A Pump Lever B Receiver

1. Place the pump lever into the receiver.

NOTE: The handle is stored inside the left side access door.

CAUTION Make sure all personnel are clear of the main service compartment door before opening the upper enclosure power roof.

2. Operate the hand pump until the upper enclosure power roof is open.

A

3. Return the pump handle to its storage location.

A Metal Pin

3. From the default operating position, push the metal pin in and turn ¼ turn CCW. Allow the pin to pop out all the way.

2.89

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher 7. Return the pump handle to its storage location.

A 845D-085

A Metal Pin

8. Return the upper enclosure power roof solenoid to the default position.

9. Reinstall the breather cabinet door.

10. Close the door on the breather cabinet.

845D-086

A Main Control Valve Cover

4. Make sure the main control valve cover is closed.

H845C-51

A

B

A Pump Lever B Receiver

5. Place the pump lever into the receiver.

CAUTION Make sure all personnel are clear of the main service compartment door before closing the upper enclosure power roof.

6. Operate the hand pump until the upper enclosure power roof is closed.

2.90

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher STORAGE AREA UNDERCARRIAGE TOOLBOX– INTEGRATED

Controls and Operation UNDERCARRIAGE TOOLBOX– BOLT ON (IF EQUIPPED) A B

A

A B

B

800388

A Bi-fold Door B Hitch pin

The undercarriage toolbox is accessed by opening the bi-fold door located near the front of the undercarriage.

When opening the toolbox, a gas spring will assist to open the bi-fold door.

800391

A Door B Hitch pin

To open the undercarriage toolbox, do the following.

The undercarriage toolbox is located near the front of the undercarriage. Pivot open any of the three hinged doors to gain access the toolbox.

1. Remove the hitch pins.

To open the undercarriage toolbox, do the following.

1. Remove the hitch pins.

800390

800392

2. Pivot the undercarriage toolbox door open.

800389

2. Pivot the undercarriage toolbox bi-fold door open to gain access to the toolbox.

2.91

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

UNDERCARRIAGE TOOLBOX– LEVELER (IF EQUIPPED) A

B 800394

A Door B Fasteners (QTY 2)

The undercarriage toolbox is located near the front of the undercarriage. Pivot open the hinged door to gain access the toolbox.

To open the undercarriage toolbox, do the following.

800393

1. Remove the undercarriage toolbox fasteners.

2. Pivot the undercarriage toolbox door open.

2.92

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

BATTERY BOOSTING A

NOTICE

B

This machine has a 24 volt starting system.

Only use the same voltage when boosting with an auxiliary battery. Using a higher or lower voltage will cause serious damage to the electrical system. Only a compatible (same) voltage is permissible.

The batteries are located at the centre of the upper enclosure.

BATTERY BOOSTER CABLE WITH SOCKET AND PLUG 1. Bring the machines as close as possible, make sure the machines do not touch.

IMPORTANT

24 VOLT ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 2. Make sure the machine with the good battery uses a 24 volt system.

3. Turn OFF the ignition of both machines.

A Battery Booster Cable Socket B Battery Booster Cable Plug

6. Connect the battery booster cable plug into the machine socket.

7. Start the engine with the good battery.

8. Start the engine with the dead battery.

9. Remove the battery booster cable plug from the machine socket.

10. Disconnect the clamp of the black jumper cable from the negative (-) terminal of the good battery.

11. Disconnect the clamp of the red jumper cable from the positive (+) terminal of the good battery.

A B

C A Clamps B Booster Cable C Booster Cable Plug

4. Connect the clamp of the red jumper cable with the positive (+) terminal of the good battery.

5. Connect the clamp of the black jumper cable with the negative ( – ) terminal of the good battery.

2.93

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

BATTERY BOOSTER CABLE WITH CLAMPS 1. Bring the machines as close as possible, make sure the machines do not touch.

IMPORTANT

A

24 VOLT ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

B

2. Make sure the machine with the good battery uses a 24 volt system.

3. Turn OFF the ignition of both machines.

A

B

A Positive Battery Terminal (Red) B Negative Battery Terminal (Black)

6. Connect the clamp of the red jumper cable to the positive (+) terminal of the dead battery.

7. Connect the other clamp of the red jumper cable to the positive (+) terminal of the good battery.

845D-087

A Battery Box Cover Mounting Hardware B Battery Box Cover

4. Remove the battery box cover and mounting hardware.

5. Find the red positive (+) and black negative (– ) battery terminals.

8. Connect the clamp of the black jumper cable to the negative ( – ) terminal of the good battery.

9. Connect the other clamp of the black jumper cable to the negative ( – ) terminal of the dead battery.

10. Start the engine with the good battery.

11. Start the engine with the dead battery.

12. Disconnect the clamp of the black jumper cable from the negative ( – ) terminal of the dead battery.

13. Disconnect the clamp of the black jumper cable from the negative (-) terminal of the good battery.

14. Disconnect the clamp of the red jumper cable from the positive (+) terminal of the good battery.

15. Disconnect the clamp of the red jumper cable from the positive (+) terminal of the dead battery.

16. Install the battery box cover and mounting hardware.

2.94

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

REFUELLING

Controls and Operation

OPERATING THE MACHINE WARNING

Make sure the appropriate lubrication and maintenance schedule has been performed prior to operating the machine. Refer to SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL. Also refer to the Engine Manufacturer Operator’s Manual supplied with the machine.

Any personnel who are to operate this machine must be fully trained in safety and operating procedures by a competent person.

DO NOT refuel while smoking or while near an open flame or sparks.

PRE-START CHECKS

Refuelling of the machine is a critical component of proper operation. It is important to follow the proper procedures based on the refuelling options available for your machine. It is also important to ensure the proper type and grade of fuel is used in your machine. Refer to REFUELLING PROCEDURE in SECTION 3 for complete details.

A

B

845D-069

A Ignition Switch B Saw Switch

S≤15 mg/kg

Control Panel

1. Make sure the ignition switch and saw switch are in the OFF position.

ULTRA LOW SULFUR FUEL ONLY 36686AUNI R0

2.95

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

2. Check the portable fire extinguishers and the fire suppression cylinder are sufficiently charged. Refer to INSPECTION OF THE AMEREX FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM AND PORTABLE EXTINGUISHERS in THIS SECTION for procedures.

H845D-015

A

A

B

A Fuel Level B DEF Level

3. Turn the ignition switch to the run position to check fuel and DEF levels on the computer display. Turn the switch to the off position. Fill fuel and DEF to required levels, if required.

Refer to REFUELLING PROCEDURE and FILLING THE DEF TANK in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL.

A Pressure Gauge

NOTE: The DEF level indicator is applicable to Tier 4f machines only.

H845D-016

A

A Pressure Gauge

A

845D-009

A Pressure Gauge

2.96

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

A

H845D-019

Air Intake Pre-cleaner Inlet

6. Check air intake precleaner. Remove any blockages or obstructions. Refer to AIR INTAKE SYSTEM in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL. 845C-062

A Level Gauge

Hydraulic Oil Tank

4. Check the hydraulic oil level.

The level should be between the HIGH and LOW marks on the level gauge. Refer to HYDRAULIC OIL LEVEL SIGHT GAUGES in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL for procedure.

B 845D-084

A

A Fuel Filter Water Separator B Fuel Filter H845D-001

5. Check the engine oil level.

The level of the oil must be between the ADD and the FULL marks on the dipstick. Refer to the engine OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL.

7. Check fuel line water separator and drain any accumulated water into a bowl and clean up any spills. Refer to FILTER/WATER SEPARATOR DRAINING PROCEDURE in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL.

2.97

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher WARNING Turn OFF the engine. Only remove the engine coolant fill cap when cool enough to touch with bare hands. Slowly loosen the fill cap to the first stop to relieve the pressure before removing completely.

A

H845D-022

A Serpentine Belt

8. Check the condition of the engine serpentine belt every 250 hours. Refer to INSPECTION/ REPLACEMENT OF SERPENTINE BELT in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL.

A

A B

B

845C-238

A Debris Screen B Cooler Package H845C-47

A Engine Coolant Fill Cap B Engine Coolant Surge Tank

10. Clean radiator, A/C condenser and oil cooler.

Refer to CLEANING COOLER PACKAGE in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL.

9. Check the engine coolant level. Fill as required.

2.98

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher A

Controls and Operation

B

E C C

D

830-02

A B C D E

A B

Cracking Bent Edge Wear Broken Edge Worn Holes

SAW-P03

A Saw Tooth B Saw Tooth Retaining Bolt

11. Check condition of track shoes.

13. Check and tighten all of the fasteners retaining the disc saw teeth to the proper torque level.

B A A

C

SAW-23

853ILL8

A Underside of Track Guard B Sag Dimension C Upper Surface of Track Shoe

A Saw Tooth

14. Replace all worn disc saw teeth or rotate worn teeth to align fresh cutting tips.

NOTE: Replace the tooth retaining bolt whenever replacing a saw tooth.

12. Check track chain tension by measuring track sag. Refer to TRACK CHAIN SAG in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL.

A

B

SAW-24

A Missing Saw Tooth B Damaged Saw Tooth

15. Never start or use a machine if the disc saw has missing teeth, missing teeth fasteners or a bent or damaged disc.

2.99

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

A

SAW-26

B

SAW-27

A Stress Cracks around Saw Hub B Stress Cracks

16. Inspect the disc for stress cracks and the disc does not wobble due to worn saw shaft bearings.

A

SAW-25

A Saw Housing Damage

17. Check the saw housing is clear and undamaged. Turn OFF the machine immediately if you feel a vibration when the cutting disc is running.

2.100

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

STARTING ENGINE

CAUTION

1. Make sure that prestart checks have been performed and the area is clear of personnel prior to starting the engine. Refer to OPERATING MACHINE – PRESTART CHECKS in THIS SECTION.

Do not attempt to start engine by shorting across starter terminals as personal injury could occur. Start engine only from operator’s seat.

2. Sound horn to warn personnel of machine start-up.

3. Turn ignition key switch to the RUN position.

WARNING

The WAIT TO START icon below will appear on the display during the key ON engine pre-heat time. Heating elements (grid heater elements) located in the engine air intake manifold are turned ON to heat the intake air when starting the engine. The engine must not be started until this icon turns OFF automatically.

Do not use ether! Engine is equipped with a ELECTRICAL starting aid. Use of ether may cause an explosion and severe injury.

IMPORTANT! Allow a cold engine to warm up at LOW IDLE for at least five minutes before applying any load.

Check all engine parameters on the computer display often during the warm up period.

NOTICE

• DO NOT IDLE THIS ENGINE FOR MORE THAN 9 HOURS. • DAMAGE TO EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM WILL RESULT.

63281BENG R0

4. Turn ignition key switch to the start position to crank the engine.

5. When the engine starts, release the ignition key switch to the ON position.

NOTE: If the engine does not start after three attempts, check the fuel supply system.

6. Set engine speed switch to LOW IDLE and wait three to five minutes before operating with a load.

7. Increase engine speed slowly to provide adequate lubrication to the bearings and allow oil pressure to stabilize.

If engine stalls while operating the machine, turn the ignition key switch to the OFF position and repeat steps 1 through 5.

IMPORTANT! Engine should not idle longer than nine consecutive hours. Damage to the emission control system will result. When this machine idles for an extended period excess hydrocarbon buildup is created in the DOC/SCR aftertreatment system. Burn off of excess hydrocarbon at full load immediately after a long idle period will generate excess heat which will cause damage to emission control system components.* *NOTE: The aftertreatment system and its related components are applicable to Tier 4f machines only.

2.101

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

COLD WEATHER STARTING

FUEL HEATER

WARNING Do not use ether! Engine is equipped with a ELECTRICAL starting aid. Use of ether may cause an explosion and severe injury.

IMPORTANT! Cold start-ups can result in pump failure. Refer to APPROVED HYDRAULIC OILS in SECTION 3 for recommended oil viscosity and temperature ranges.

B 845D-084

A

A Fuel Filter Water Separator B Fuel Filter

The fuel heater is incorporated into the fuel filter/water separator and is controlled electronically by the engine ECU.

NOTE: Cold temperatures require the use of an engine block heater and a hydraulic oil heater.

Preheating of hydraulic oil is recommended as standard procedure in cold weather.

Preheating of hydraulic oil is recommended as standard procedure in cold weather.

The engine is equipped with an electric air intake grid heater element.

NOTICE

• DO NOT IDLE THIS ENGINE FOR MORE THAN 9 HOURS. • DAMAGE TO EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM WILL RESULT.

63281BENG R0

IMPORTANT! Engine should not idle longer than nine consecutive hours. Damage to the emission control system will result. When this machine idles for an extended period excess hydrocarbon buildup is created in the DOC/SCR aftertreatment system. Burn off of excess hydrocarbon at full load immediately after a long idle period will generate excess heat which will cause damage to emission control system components.* NOTE: The aftertreatment system and its related components are applicable to Tier 4f machines only.

2.102

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation 5. Continue with MACHINE PREPARATION, SYSTEM TEST AND WARM-UP in THIS SECTION. 6. Start the engine and keep speed at LOW IDLE. • DO NOT ACTIVATE THE PILOT SYSTEM. • The hydraulic filter bypass icon must be OFF before proceeding to Step 7.

H845C-45

• The engine coolant temperature must reach 60°C (140°F) before proceeding to Step 8.

A

• The hydraulic oil temperature must reach -7°C (20°F) before proceeding to Step 8.

A Air Intake By-pass

1. Remove the two bolts and cover to open the by-pass.

• Check the cooling fan is turning before proceeding to Step 8.

2. Remove the air intake by-pass cover to introduce warm engine compartment air into the engine air intake.

NOTE: At a starting temperature of -18°C (0°F), it will take approximately thirty minutes to complete Step 4.

7. Activate the pilot system and turn ON the saw.

• The hydraulic filter bypass icon must be OFF. • Observe the saw blade rpm has stabilized.

• Operate the saw for approximately five minutes to warm-up the spindle bearings.

8. Turn OFF the saw.

9. Increase the engine speed to 1300 rpm and begin slow boom movements.

• The hydraulic filter bypass icon must be OFF.

NOTE: During warm weather operation reinstall the cover and bolts to block the by-pass.

• Operate the main boom to raise the attachment off the ground.

3. Follow the STARTING ENGINE instructions for this COLD WEATHER STARTING procedure, paying attention to the WAIT TO START icon on computer/controller display.

This message will be ON during the key RUN engine preheat time. The engine must not be started until this message turns OFF automatically.

NOTE: If at any time during the warming procedure the hydraulic filter bypass warning message comes on, return the engine speed to LOW IDLE .

4. During the engine warm-up period constantly monitor the engine coolant temperature and the engine oil pressure. Turn OFF the engine if any pressure or temperature does not meet the specification.

• Operate the stick boom slowly IN and OUT. • Operate the tilt function very slowly to prevent flow surges in the cooling system.

10. Swing the upper structure 360° to the left, then 360° to the right.

11. Operate the wrist tilting head to the left, then to the right.

NOTE: Avoid going to the end of stroke during wrist operation.

12. Place the travel speed switch in the LOW position and drive the machine forward pressing the foot pedals very gradually. DO NOT exceed ½ pedal position.

13. Watch the hydraulic oil temperature; it must reach 10°C (50°F) before any work may begin.

NOTE: Refer to MACHINE PREPARATION, SYSTEM TEST AND WARM-UP on the following pages.

2.103

Controls and Operation 14. Increase the engine speed to 1500 rpm, and begin driving to the work area in LOW travel speed. Do not fully depress the foot pedals until the hydraulic oil reaches 32°C (90°F).

Harvesting may begin but work very slowly.

The machine functions will seem to operate much slower until the systems are warmed up. Avoid operating the boom or tilt functions quickly until the hydraulic oil is above 32°C (90°F). Work the machine for thirty minutes at 1500 rpm.

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

RESTARTING AN ENGINE THAT HAS RUN OUT OF FUEL If the engine runs out of fuel perform the following: 1. Fill the fuel tank completely.

2. Bleed the system according to the procedures in the engine OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL.

WARNING

15. When the hydraulic oil reaches 32°C (90°F) and the machine has been operated for 30 minutes, it is safe to increase the engine speed to HIGH IDLE.

Do not use ether! Engine is equipped with a ELECTRICAL starting aid. Use of ether may cause an explosion and severe injury.

3. Crank the engine until it starts. If it fails to start after 20 seconds, stop and wait for 2 minutes before trying again.

IMPORTANT! To prevent damage to the starter, do not engage the starter motor for more than 15 to 20 seconds. Wait 2 minutes between each attempt to start the engine. If the engine fails to start, refer to the engine OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL.

2.104

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

STOPPING ENGINE

8. Install the saw blade guard.

IMPORTANT! Stopping the engine immediately after it has been working under load can result in overheating and premature wear of the engine components. Follow the stopping procedure outlined below to allow the engine to cool.

9. Perform daily maintenance at the end of the shift (greasing, clean engine compartment, etc.). This allows the machine time to cool down while under the watchful eye of the operator.

10. Close the upper enclosure power roof.

Always follow this engine shut down procedure.

The important benefits are: • Extended life of engine, cooling and exhaust systems.

• Reduced risk of post shutdown fires.

• Interior of machine cools significantly reducing risk of touching hot surfaces.

1. Turn the saw switch to the OFF position and STOP the attachment. This should be done before leaving the cutting area.

2. Find a clear and level area at least 15 m (50 ft) from any other equipment to park the machine.

3. Park the machine and lower the attachment onto firm ground.

4. Reduce engine speed to LOW IDLE , deactivate the pilot system and let engine run at low idle speed for approximately three minutes minimum to allow dissipation of heat and also to reduce turbo speed. This will also prevent loss of coolant by after boil and possible hot spot damage to the engine.

5. Open the upper enclosure power roof place fan switch in Full ON position.

and

Do not increase engine speed before shut-off.

6. Place fan switch in AUTO position.

7. Turn OFF the engine by turning the ignition key switch to the OFF position.

NOTE: Whenever the engine is stopped all DEF solution is pumped back to tank before the engine power system is turned off. This process takes approximately 90 seconds.

Refer to AFTERTREATEMENT SYSTEM in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL for more information.

The saw blade must be stopped before exiting cab.

2.105

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

MACHINE PREPARATION

11. Turn the saw ON. Refer to attachment manufacturer’s manual and check attachment for proper operation according to manufacturer’s instructions.

SYSTEM TEST AND WARM-UP Before commencing harvesting operations, follow steps 1 through 15 to accomplish the following; • Warm-up the hydraulic system.

12. After completion of the warm-up and system testing, turn OFF the attachment and rest it on the ground.

• Test all systems for proper operation.

13. Set the swing brake to the ON position.

14. Set the engine speed switch to LOW IDLE .

• Inspect for hydraulic oil leaks.

IMPORTANT! If any system fails to respond to the controls, stop the warm-up procedure and call a mechanic, otherwise serious damage to pumps and other components could result.

WARNING Do not use ether! Engine is equipped with an ELECTRICAL starting aid. Using ether may cause an explosion and severe injury.

1. Close cab doors and sound horn to warn personnel of machine start-up.

2. Start engine, See STARTING ENGINE. 3. Press Pilot Reset switch

15. Leave the cab and visually check hose connections and cylinders for leaks. Check under the machine for oil leaks.

.

4. Make sure computer/controller display is indicating normal operating conditions.

WARNING

5. Check that all personnel are clear of the machine.

6. Increase engine speed 1300 rpm.

Never use your bare hand to check for fluid leaks.

to approximately

Fluid leaks under pressure may not be visible. When searching for leaks, wear work gloves and use a wrench or piece of wood to move hydraulic hoses. Do not grab hold of hydraulic hoses. Wear safety goggles for eye protection.

NOTE: The computer control system on this machine has a warm up mode function which limits engine speed and applies the anti-stall during cold starts. Refer to WARM UP MODE in THIS SECTION for more information.

7. Slowly raise and lower the stick boom and the main boom, check for proper operation.

8. With the felling head raised slightly off the ground: • Operate the accumulation and clamp arms and check for proper operation.

• Tilt the felling head forward and back and check that it is operating correctly.

• Swing the upper structure to the left and right.

9. When cold weather conditions exist, continue the process of warming up the hydraulic system by repeating steps 7 – 8 several times.

As the hydraulic system warms up, engine speed can be increased gradually to the HIGH IDLE position. If the FILTER BYPASS warning message comes on decrease engine speed immediately and continue warming the system.

10. Observe all boom operations. If any operations are not operating as they should, take the necessary steps to correct the problem.

2.106

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

TRAVELLING (BOOM RAISED)

OPERATING TIPS WITH LOAD SENSING

1. Select the appropriate drive range.

Place the track switch in the LOW or DRIVE position.

When in LOW the machine moves slower but with increased drive force. All harvesting should be done in LOW. When in DRIVE the machine moves faster but with less drive force. Travelling over longer distances (and not harvesting) should be done in DRIVE to allow for faster travel speeds when the terrain permits. Also, DO NOT travel continuously for longer than 10 minutes, take 5 minute breaks, this will help prevent the track drive gearboxes from over heating.

For a more detailed description of drive range refer to TRACK, LOW/DRIVE SWITCH in THIS SECTION.

When using the controls on a load sensing system be aware of what the load sensing system is trying to do for you. If you move the lever or pedal 20% of its total angle, the system will provide whatever pressure it takes (up to its maximum capacity if needed) to meet this speed requirement. If you move the lever past the point needed in an attempt to speed up the boom movement, you will only overshoot the speed you wanted. Relax and try to use the least amount of lever action you can.

Load sensing systems respond to rough operation by amplifying these movements. If you find the boom is jerky or always giving “feedback”, you’re probably too active on the controls. If slowing down doesn’t eliminate the roughness, the margin pressure setting may be too high and can be reduced to calm down the machine’s response.

Refer to SET MARGIN PRESSURE in SECTION 4 of the SERVICE MANUAL

2. Place swing brake switch in OFF position.

3. Move engine speed switch to the HIGH idle position.

4. Operate the drive foot pedals to maneuver the machine.

Refer to SET FLOW (FUNCTION SPEED) RATE in appropriate BOOM, SWING or track drive sections of the SERVICE MANUAL.

2.107

Controls and Operation

ATTACHMENT OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS AND SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

SPECIAL OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS FOR ER BOOM SYSTEM

1. Tree harvesting on sloped terrain should be carried out in LOW driving range. Refer to TRACK, LOW/DRIVE, SWITCH WITH LIGHT in THIS SECTION.

A

B

2. Refer to HARVESTING ATTACHMENT – GENERAL SAFETY in SECTION 1.

3. Read and understand the operating and safety instructions found in the attachment manufacturer’s manual for the attachment installed on this machine.

845C-008

A Normal horizontal reach motion performance can be expected in this area.

B Operating the hoist boom in this zone with a full load will not allow the horizontal reach motion to perform as it should without assistance from the right joystick.

This ER boom system is designed to minimize heat generation and fuel consumption during horizontal boom motion. To obtain maximum benefit from the system, the machine should be operated using mainly horizontal reaching motions as much as possible, lifting and lowering the boom only as much as necessary for positioning until the head is full.

Due to the nature of this ER boom system, there will be certain conditions in which the weight of the head plus its carried load will be too great for the system to provide its intended horizontal reaching motion. This most notably occurs when the machine is operating on a hill with the head raised higher than the tracks and tucked in close to the cab. If such a situation occurs, the right joystick control should be pushed forward slightly while operating the left joystick to get the system moving. To help prevent this situation, the head should be kept as close to the ground as possible and slightly extended when climbing hills.

2.108

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher SECTION 3 – LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE Read and understand the entire contents of this manual, and all manuals for any attachments or accessories associated with this machine, prior to operating or servicing this equipment.

CONTENTS – SECTION 3

ISSUE 1.6, JULY 2014

A

AFTERTREATMENT SYSTEM ............................................................................................................... 3.63 APPROVED ANTI-SEIZE PASTES ..................................................................................................... 3.70 DENOX 2.2 DOSING SYSTEM ........................................................................................................... 3.78 HEATED DEF SUPPLY LINES ............................................................................................................ 3.78 HUMIDITY AND TEMPERATURE SENSOR ....................................................................................... 3.69 NH3 SENSOR ..................................................................................................................................... 3.69 NOX SENSOR ..................................................................................................................................... 3.70 TEMPERATURE SENSORS ............................................................................................................... 3.69 AIR CLEANER ........................................................................................................................................3.60 AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM, CHECKING THE SYSTEM .................................................................. 3.48 AIR FILTER - CHANGING ....................................................................................................................... 3.60 AIR FILTERS ...........................................................................................................................................3.51 FRESH AIR FILTER ............................................................................................................................. 3.51 RE-CIRCULATING AIR FILTER ........................................................................................................... 3.51 AIR INTAKE SYSTEM - ENGINE AIR CLEANER ..................................................................................................................................... 3.60 AIR INTAKE BY-PASS ......................................................................................................................... 3.61 FILTER RESTRICTION INDICATOR ......................................................................................... 3.61, 3.62 INTAKE TUBING AND JOINTS ........................................................................................................... 3.62 MAINTENANCE ................................................................................................................................... 3.62 PRECLEANER, ENGINE AIR .............................................................................................................. 3.56 B

BATTERY BOOSTER CABLE SOCKET ................................................................................................. 3.54 BATTERY CARE ..................................................................................................................................... 3.56 BATTERY COMPARTMENT, MAIN FUSES AND BATTERY DISCONNECT RELAY ............................. 3.52 BELT, A/C COMPRESSOR DRIVE ......................................................................................................... 3.50 BELT, SERPENTINE, INSPECTION/REPLACEMENT ........................................................................... 3.51 C

CARE OF THE MACHINE ....................................................................................................................... 3.84 CASE DRAIN STRAINERS ..................................................................................................................... 3.44 CHECKING THE AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM ................................................................................... 3.48 CLEANING REMOVAL OF ANTI-CORROSION SPRAY (IF APPLICABLE) ........................................................... 3.92 CLEANING COOLER PACKAGE AND CHARGE AIR COOLER .............................................................................................................. 3.88 COMMERCIAL WOOD – WEIGHTS ..................................................................................................... 3.112 D

DEF (DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID) DRAINING THE DEF TANK ................................................................................................................. 3.80 FILLING THE DEF TANK ..................................................................................................................... 3.76 HANDLING AND STORAGE ............................................................................................................... 3.82 TANK ....................................................................................................................................................3.76 DENOX 2.2 SYSTEM .............................................................................................................................. 3.63 DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID (DEF) CLEANING THE DEF FILL STRAINER ............................................................................................... 3.79 FILLING THE TANK ............................................................................................................................. 3.79 DRAINING AND CLEANING THE DEF TANK ......................................................................................... 3.80 DRAINING HYDRAULIC OIL TANK ........................................................................................................ 3.42

3.1

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

E

EMERGENCY EXITS CHECKING PROCEDURE FOR ESCAPE HATCH ............................................................................. 3.85 CHECKING PROCEDURE FOR SIDE DOOR .................................................................................... 3.85 ESCAPE HATCH REMOVAL FOR MAINTENANCE OR REPAIR ....................................................... 3.86 MAINTENANCE GUIDE ...................................................................................................................... 3.85 EMERGENCY EXITS, CHECK MONTHLY ............................................................................................... 3.8 ENGINE AIR INTAKE SYSTEM .............................................................................................................. 3.60 AIR CLEANER, ENGINE ..................................................................................................................... 3.60 AIR INTAKE BY-PASS ......................................................................................................................... 3.61 FILTER RESTRICTION INDICATOR ......................................................................................... 3.61, 3.62 INTAKE TUBING AND JOINTS ........................................................................................................... 3.62 PRECLEANER, ENGINE AIR .............................................................................................................. 3.56 UNLOADER VALVE ............................................................................................................................. 3.61 ER BOOM SYSTEM ................................................................................................................................ 3.20 F

FILTER AND LUBRICATION SCHEDULE .............................................................................................. 3.16 FILTER, FRESH AIR – A/C UNIT ............................................................................................................ 3.51 FILTER, RE-CIRCULATING AIR - A/C UNIT ........................................................................................... 3.51 FILTERS DEF DOSING MODULE ...................................................................................................................... 3.71 ENGINE FILTERS ................................................................................................................................ 3.29 FUEL ....................................................................................................................................................3.29 FUEL TANK STRAINERS .................................................................................................................... 3.32 FUEL/WATER SEPARATOR ................................................................................................................ 3.29 HYDRAULIC OIL RETURN FILTERS .................................................................................................. 3.43 HYDRAULIC OIL RETURN STRAINERS ............................................................................................ 3.46 HYDRAULIC OIL TANK BREATHER ................................................................................................... 3.40 REMOVE AND REPLACE, ENGINE ................................................................................................... 3.29 REMOVE AND REPLACE, HYDRAULIC ............................................................................................ 3.45 FIRE PREVENTION .................................................................................................................................. 3.9 FLUID ANALYSIS PROGRAM FLUID ANALYSIS KITS ......................................................................................................................... 3.6 FUEL COOLER .......................................................................................................................................3.38 FUEL, REFUELLING PROCEDURE (TIER 2 MACHINES) .................................................................... 3.33 FUEL, REFUELLING PROCEDURE (TIER 4F MACHINES) .................................................................. 3.34 FUEL TANK CAPACITY ...........................................................................................................................................3.32 COMPONENTS ................................................................................................................................... 3.32 STRAINER - CHANGING/CLEANING ................................................................................................. 3.35 FUSES AND RELAYS CAB .....................................................................................................................................................3.55 ENGINE COMPARTMENT .................................................................................................................. 3.52 REAR PANEL ...................................................................................................................................... 3.52 G

GNSS ANTENNA (IRIDIUM SYSTEM) .................................................................................................... 3.58 H

HYDRAULIC OIL FILL PUMP - HAND .................................................................................................... 3.41 HYDRAULIC OIL FILTERS ..................................................................................................................... 3.43 HYDRAULIC OIL RETURN FILTERS ...................................................................................................... 3.43 HYDRAULIC OIL TANK ........................................................................................................................... 3.38 FILTER/STRAINER SERVICE ............................................................................................................. 3.44 HYDRAULIC OIL FILL PUMP - HAND ................................................................................................. 3.41 HYDRAULIC SYSTEM ............................................................................................................................ 3.37 HYDRAULIC SYSTEM - REFILLING ...................................................................................................... 3.42 HYDRAULIC TANK BREATHER ............................................................................................................. 3.40 HYDRAULIC TANK BREATHER ............................................................................................................. 3.42 HYDRAULIC TANK PRESSURIZATION INSTRUCTIONS ..................................................................... 3.38 3.2

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

L

LEVELER CYLINDER LOCKS ................................................................................................................ 3.18 LEVELER CYLINDER TAPERED LOCK PINS RE-TORQUING ........................................................... 3.103 LUBRICATION SCHEDULE .................................................................................................................... 3.16 M

MEASURING TRACK SAG ................................................................................................................... 3.100 MODULE (TELEMATICS) ....................................................................................................................... 3.57 N

NEW MACHINE MAINTENANCE FIRST 125 HOUR INSPECTION REPORT ........................................................................................... 3.5 INITIAL PRE-DELIVERY INSPECTION ................................................................................................. 3.5 TIGHTENING POINTS .......................................................................................................................... 3.5 O

OIL FILL - HYDRAULIC ........................................................................................................................... 3.41 OIL LOST FROM LEAKAGE ..................................................................................................................... 3.8 P

POWER CONTROL MODULE ................................................................................................................ 3.58 POWER ROOF, POWER UNIT ............................................................................................................... 3.22 PRESSURE AND SPEED SETTINGS ........................................................................................3.113–3.116 PRESSURE WASHING ........................................................................................................................... 3.93 PRESSURE WASHING PROCEDURE –UNDERCARRIAGE ............................................................ 3.96 PRESSURE WASHING PROCEDURE –UPPER FRAME .................................................................. 3.93 PRESSURIZED HYDRAULIC TANK ....................................................................................................... 3.38 PUMP - HYDRAULIC OIL FILL - HAND .................................................................................................. 3.41 R

REFILLING THE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM ................................................................................................ 3.42 REFUELLING PROCEDURE (TIER 2 MACHINES) ............................................................................... 3.33 REFUELLING PROCEDURE (TIER 4F MACHINES) ............................................................................. 3.34 RELAYS AND FUSES CAB .....................................................................................................................................................3.55 ENGINE COMPARTMENT .................................................................................................................. 3.52 REAR PANEL ...................................................................................................................................... 3.52 REMOVAL OF ANTI-CORROSION SPRAY (IF APPLICABLE) ............................................................... 3.92 S

SATELLITE MODEM (IRIDIUM SYSTEM) .............................................................................................. 3.57 SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE FREQUENTLY ..................................................................................................................................... 3.10 8 HOURS .............................................................................................................................................3.10 24 HOURS ........................................................................................................................................... 3.11 125 HOURS ......................................................................................................................................... 3.11 250 HOURS ......................................................................................................................................... 3.12 500 HOURS ......................................................................................................................................... 3.13 1000 HOURS ....................................................................................................................................... 3.14 2000 HOURS ....................................................................................................................................... 3.14 2 YEARS ..............................................................................................................................................3.15 SEASONAL ..........................................................................................................................................3.15 SELECTIVE CATALYTIC REDUCTION (SCR) AFTERTREATMENT SYSTEM ..................................... 3.63 SERPENTINE BELT, INSPECTION/REPLACEMENT ............................................................................ 3.51 SERVICE AND LUBRICATION SCHEDULE ........................................................................................... 3.16 SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE ACCESS DOORS AND COVERS ....................................................... 3.21 POWER ROOF .................................................................................................................................... 3.22 POWER UNIT ...................................................................................................................................... 3.22 STRAINER - FUEL TANK .............................................................................................................. 3.32, 3.35 STRAINERS - HYDRAULIC TANK .......................................................................................................... 3.46 SWING DRIVE LUBRICATION GEARBOX LOWER BEARINGS ......................................................................................................... 3.23

3.3

Lubrication and Maintenance

T

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

GEARBOX UPPER GEARING CHANGE OIL ................................................................................................................................... 3.24 ROTARY MANIFOLD ........................................................................................................................... 3.26 SWING PINION AND SWING BEARING ............................................................................................. 3.26

TAPERED LOCK PIN GAP ................................................................................................................... 3.104 TELEMATICS SYSTEM .......................................................................................................................... 3.57 COMPONENTS ................................................................................................................................... 3.57 GNSS ANTENNA (IRIDIUM SYSTEM) ............................................................................................ 3.58 MODULE (TELEMATICS) ................................................................................................................ 3.57 POWER CONTROL MODULE ......................................................................................................... 3.58 SATELLITE MODEM (IRIDIUM SYSTEM) ....................................................................................... 3.57 TELEMATICS SYSTEM COMPONENTS–IRIDIUM ................................................................................ 3.59 TORQUE CHART .................................................................................................................................. 3.106 TORQUE CHART, GENERAL ............................................................................................................... 3.107 TORQUE, FLUID CONNECTIONS ....................................................................................................... 3.108 TRACK COMPONENTS TRACK SAG ADJUSTMENT .......................................................................................................... 3.102 TRACK CHAIN SAG .............................................................................................................................. 3.100 TRACK COMPONENTS MEASURING TRACK SAG ............................................................................................................... 3.100 TRACK SAG ADJUSTMENT .......................................................................................................... 3.102 TRACK DRIVE GEARBOX ..................................................................................................................... 3.27 FILLING THE GEARBOX .................................................................................................................... 3.27 OIL DRAINING AND REPLACEMENT ................................................................................................ 3.28 TRACK OPERATION AND WEAR PREVENTION TORQUE PROCEDURE .................................................................................................................... 3.101 TRACK CHAIN SAG .......................................................................................................................... 3.100 TRACKS, PROTECTING STEEL TRACKS ............................................................................................. 3.98 W

WEIGHTS OF COMMERCIAL WOOD .................................................................................................. 3.112 WINDOWS CARE OF POLYCARBONATE WINDOWS CAUTIONS .......................................................................................................................................3.91 CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS ........................................................................................................... 3.91 CONCEALING HAIRLINE SCRATCHES ......................................................................................... 3.91 FIRE PRECAUTIONS ...................................................................................................................... 3.92 GRAFFITI REMOVAL ....................................................................................................................... 3.92 INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE ................................................................................................ 3.90 RESISTANCE TO CHEMICALS ....................................................................................................... 3.90 RESISTANCE TO WATER ............................................................................................................... 3.90 WIRE COLOUR CODE CHART .............................................................................................................3.111 WOOD, WEIGHTS OF COMMERCIAL WOOD .................................................................................... 3.112

3.4

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE

FIRST 125 HOUR INSPECTION AND SERVICE REPORT With the owner's mechanic present, perform an inspection and service according to the Tigercat form numbers 5341 and 5347: PDI and 125 hour inspection report

NEW MACHINE MAINTENANCE INITIAL PRE-DELIVERY INSPECTION Perform the initial pre-delivery inspection using tigercat form numbers 5341 and 5347: PDI and 125 hour inspection report.

This must be completed within the first 125 hour time frame.

LEVELER CYLINDER TAPERED LOCK PINS RE-TORQUING SCHEDULE All leveler cylinder tapered lock pin end bolts were checked at the factory when assembled but need to be checked again during the break in period.

To ensure the leveler cylinder tapered sleeves have been properly seated, check the leveler cylinder tapered lock pin end bolt torque at regular service intervals. Refer to LEVELER CYLINDER TAPERED LOCK PINS RE-TORQUING in THIS SECTION. Follow the re-torque service interval schedule in the table below.

IMPORTANT! To qualify for continued warranty, this report must be completed and returned to Tigercat industries inc. warranty department.

TIGHTENING POINTS: All hydraulic connections Hose clamps All cylinder and boom pin retainers Check swing bearing bolt torque Engine mounting bolts

Re-Torque service interval schedule

Pump mounting bolts

Hours of operation

Track shoe bolts

1 hour 4 hours

Track roller retaining bolts

12 hours or 1 day (whichever occurs first)

Track sprocket retaining bolts

48 hours or 4 days (whichever occurs first)

Track drive gearbox mounting bolts Track drive motor mounting bolts

For leveler cylinder tapered lock pin end bolt torque values, refer to TORQUE CHART in THIS SECTION.

Swing gearbox mounting bolts Swing motor mounting bolts Cab securing bolts Any other loose nut, bolt or fitting All hydraulic connections NOTE: Use of filters other than genuine Tigercat replacement filters is not recommended.

Refer to the engine OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL and attachment manual for additional required maintenance at this scheduled time period.

IMPORTANT! Before driving the machine, make sure the track tension (sag) is set correctly. Track sag may be set less than specified for shipping purposes. Refer to TRACK SAG ADJUSTMENT in THIS SECTION for the procedure.

3.5

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

TIGERCAT FLUID ANALYSIS PROGRAM

TIGERCAT FLUID ANALYSIS KITS Each kit includes a Prepaid Sample Bottle and Sample Information Form. Preprinted mailing labels are also included to ensure all samples are quickly returned directly to the lab for immediate analysis and results within 24 hours of receipt.

Using the Tigercat Advanced Fluid Analysis Program on a regular basis is an excellent preventative maintenance tool.

Studies have shown that it is possible to receive a 10 to 1 payback when looking at the amount saved on repair costs in relation to the amount invested in a scheduled fluid analysis program. Some of the benefits of a sampling program include:

The same type of sample bottle can be used for all types of fluid testing including Hydraulic Circuits, Final Drives, Axles, Gearboxes, Engines, etc.

To ensure accurate and meaningful results are obtained, each kit also includes detailed instructions on how to properly collect, prepare and ship the fluid samples.

• Detecting problems early and before they become major catastrophic failures.

• Better ability to schedule downtime and forecast cost of repairs.

Contact your Tigercat Dealer Parts Department to order Kits.

• Monitoring maintenance schedules and practices and confirming the required maintenance is being done on time.

• Increase used equipment value by providing proof of proper maintenance.

This Program uses the most modern technology available to analyze all fluid samples. Most test results are available within 24 hours after receipt of the sample and are supplied in an easy to understand report, which calls for specific action and makes detailed recommendations. The report is available as a mailed or faxed hardcopy, sent via e-mail or it can be viewed on the internet.

This program will provide Tigercat machine owners access to an Advanced Fluid Analysis Program for all major machine components including Engines, Hydraulic Circuits, Axles, Final Drives, Gearboxes, etc.

Tigercat Fluid Analysis Kits are available from your Tigercat dealer parts department. If required, arrangements can also be made with your Tigercat dealer to supply and perform all of the required follow-up fluid samples.

Refer also to FLUID SAMPLE COLLECTION PROCEDURES in THIS SECTION for sample valve and drain plug locations.

800 Series Models Recommended Testing Schedule Location

First Sample

Follow-up Samples

Hydraulic Oil

125 Hours

Every 1000 Hours or 6 Months

Swing Drive Gearbox (if applicable*)

125 Hours

Every Oil Change (250 Hours or 1.5 Months)

Track Drive Gearboxes

125 Hours

Every 1000 Hours or 6 Months

Pump Drive Gearbox (if applicable)

125 Hours

Every 1000 Hours or 6 Months

* Note that swing drive gearbox oil sampling applies only to machines that use gear oil in the swing drive gearbox.

3.6

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

TIGERCAT FLUID SAMPLING PROGRAM

HYDRAULIC OIL SAMPLES:

FLUID SAMPLE COLLECTION PROCEDURES Fill out the Sample Information Form (SIF) completely and accurately. When taking multiple fluid samples, fill out all of the required SIF's in their entirety, prior to taking any fluid samples.

Then, immediately package each completed SIF together with the matching fluid sample in the black outer shipping container as each individual sample is taken. This will reduce the possibility of mixing up or incorrectly identifying the SIF's and fluid samples. Incorrectly identified samples could result in a warning alarm.

A

845D-108

The accuracy of the lab analysis results is very dependent on the quality of the fluid sample taken. Collection of clean fluid samples that are representative of the main body of fluid are essential if meaningful lab results are to be obtained. Erroneous readings may result if proper collection, handling, packaging and shipping practices are not followed prior to the sample being tested by the lab. To be able to accurately compare and trend the lab results over time, all follow-up samples should be consistently taken from the same location using the same techniques as all previous samples.

A Hydraulic Oil Sample Valve

• Hydraulic oil samples should be taken from the circulating oil flow at operating temperature, with no functions actuated, using sample valves that are permanently located on the machine whenever possible.

• Purge the bleed hose before taking a representative oil sample. Drain a minimum of 90-120 ml (3-4 oz) of oil into a separate container and discard this oil using approved recycling methods.

• Remove the bleed hose from the sample valve and replace the dust cover on the sample valve immediately after taking the oil sample and sealing the sample bottle.

• Ensure that all sample valves and drain plugs are clean and free of debris.

• Remove the sample bottle cap only when ready to take the sample. Keep the cap clean – DO NOT put it in your pocket or let it get contaminated in any way.

GEARBOX SAMPLES: • These samples can be taken during the oil change process.

• DO NOT allow any airborne dirt, etc. to enter the sample bottle.

• To obtain a representative oil sample, ensure the oil is warm and has not settled very long (within 30 minutes of shutdown).

• Avoid contamination of the sample – replace the sample bottle cap immediately after filling the bottle to approximately ¾ full.

• Place the required drain container under the machine to capture the used oil to be discarded using approved recycling methods.

All samples taken should be immediately forwarded to the lab for processing.

• Remove the drain plug and allow approximately 50% of the oil to drain, then place the sample bottle in the stream of draining oil to obtain a representative sample.

Contact your Tigercat dealer to purchase additional or replacement hydraulic sample valves or drain plugs.

In cases where fluid samples must be pumped or otherwise drawn out of a hydraulic oil tank or housing, a hand operated oil suction pump is also available from your Tigercat dealer.

3.7

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher • Inspect the EXHAUST BLANKET and EXHAUST SYSTEM DAILY for any signs of leakage. Check for worn, cracked, broken, or damaged pipes or muffler. Also check for missing or damaged bolts or clamps. Should any exhaust leaks or defective parts be found, repairs must be made immediately. Engine exhaust leaks can cause fires, DO NOT OPERATE the machine until the exhaust leak is repaired.

CAUTION All handles, steps and platforms must be kept free of grease, oil, fuel, mud, snow, ice and forest debris.

• Clean around filler caps before checking or adding fluids.

• Clean around hydraulic fittings before breaking connection. Plug or cap immediately.

• Drain dirty oil while still warm.

• During daily operation of the machine, the occurrence of exhaust leaks are usually accompanied by a change or increase in engine exhaust noise levels. These audible warnings cannot be ignored. Should any exhaust leaks occur during operation, the machine must be shut down immediately and not put back to work until the necessary repairs have been completed.

• Do not exceed recommended fluid levels.

• Always have a fire extinguisher at hand.

• Service all hydraulic strainers and filters after the failure of a pump, motor, cylinder or valve.

Failures of this nature could contaminate the entire hydraulic system.

• For safety, always lower boom to the ground when leaving cab, leaving machine unattended or during service.

• Clean up all spills immediately.

• Always release pressure in the hydraulic oil tank before breaking a connection. For machines with pressurized tanks.

• Always use clean oil and containers.

• Always install door safety struts when working on machine.

• Top up diesel fuel at each shift to reduce contamination by condensation.

• Clean fire suppression system sensors.

• Before welding on machine, be sure to disconnect all electrical connections and follow all servicing safety precautions as outlined in WELDING, PRIOR TO in SECTION 1 of THIS MANUAL.

CHECK EMERGENCY EXITS, MONTHLY: • Two alternate exit routes are provided: side door emergency exit and roof escape hatch/ emergency exit. These are only to be used if the front door cannot be opened.

• When welding, secure ground connection as close to working position as possible to prevent arcing across machined surfaces or through bearings.

• It is therefore essential that these emergency exits be checked at least once per month to ensure they are fully operational.

• Clean away all branches, bark and chips.

Clean up all traces of oil to avoid fires.

• Refer to EMERGENCY EXIT MAINTENANCE GUIDE in SECTION 2 of THIS MANUAL for checking procedure.

*OIL LOST FROM LEAKAGE Lost oil (LITRES)

LEAKAGE RATE

PER DAY

One drop In TEN Seconds

0.424

One drop In FIVE Seconds

0.852

One drop per second

4.26

Three Drops per Second

14.2

Drops Break Into Stream

90.83

Lost oil (US GALLONS)

PER MONTH PER YEAR

PER DAY

PER MONTH

PER YEAR

152.0

0.112

3.36

40.0

25.6

306.6

0.225

6.75

81.0

127.76

1533.1

1.125

33.75

405.0

425.86

5110.31

3.75

112.5

1350.0

2725.5

32706.0

24.0

720.0

8640.0

12.72

3.8

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

FIRE PREVENTION

IMPORTANT!

Maintaining your machine properly will greatly extend its life and reduce your operating costs.

PRESSURIZED HYDRAULIC OIL TANK

Fire can result in a machine loss which can be financially devastating.

A

CAUTION After transporting (trucking) a machine from one job sight to the next, open all doors and access panels and blow off any debris that could have re-positioned itself onto the engine and exhaust parts due to wind turbulence caused by the journey.

845C-097 845C-001

B

Before servicing the hydraulic system, open the air vent valve (A) to release air pressure from the hydraulic oil tank.

1. Pine needles and bark when allowed to accumulate, form a fuel source that when ignited is extremely difficult to extinguish. A thorough program of regular cleaning and washing will reduce the possibility of a fire starting. In the event a fire does start, the regular cleaning program will improve the chances of successfully extinguishing a fire.

Air vent valve is open when handle is parallel to valve.

Air vent valve is closed when handle is perpendicular to valve (shown).

After service is complete, close the air vent valve and add air pressure to the hydraulic oil tank using the Schrader valve (B). Make sure the air is clean and dry. Do not exceed 34.5 kPa (5 psi).

Refer to Hydraulic oil tank PRESSURIZATION INSTRUCTIONS in THIS SECTION for details.

2. Pay close attention to wiring and plumbing routing during maintenance, ensure that ALL wiring harnesses or hydraulic hoses are properly restrained and clamped to prevent damage from chaffing.

3. Read the fire suppression system manual and have the system serviced regularly by qualified personnel.

4. In case of fire lower the boom system to the ground and shut off the engine before discharging the fire suppression system.

Refer to FIRE PREVENTION in SECTION 1 of THIS MANUAL for additional information.

3.9

Lubrication and Maintenance SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE For service and replacement intervals see SERVICE AND LUBRICATION SCHEDULE in THIS SECTION.

FREQUENTLY • Check for water in the fuel filter bowl or prefilter.

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher EVERY 8 HOURS Perform: • FREQUENTLY maintenance • Drain water from fuel/water separator.

Check: • Engine coolant level

• Visual engine check.

• Engine oil level

• Check engine cooling air intake enclosure screens for possible restriction.

• Hydraulic oil level

• In broad leaf applications it may be necessary to reverse the cooling fan as frequently as every 10 minutes.

• Air intake filter restriction indicator.

• Air intake precleaner operation Replace primary filter if indicator is in red zone.

• Check for debris, snow and ice buildup on emergency exits and remove accumulation immediately.

Replace secondary (safety) filter every third primary filter change to guarantee maximum performance and reliability.

• ER Boom system:

• Air cleaner unloader valve

Periodically, the hoist boom must be lifted up as far as it will go and then lowered to operating height in an area free from overhead obstructions in order to circulate hydraulic oil from the cylinders back through the cooler and filters. This oil does not circulate through the cooler or filters during normal horizontal motion and the oil does not get completely changed during normal vertical motion, so it is important that this procedure be followed at least once every hour.

• All air intake system components (including charge air cooler) rubber elbows, connector hoses, tubes and clamps for damage, hardening, wear, cracks, leaks, loose clamps or loose hanger bracket hardware and repair or replace immediately.

• Swing drive gear box upper bearing gear oil level • Charge air cooler for damage, wear, cracks, or leaks and repair immediately.

• For leakage around hydraulic components and flexible hoses.

• For loose nuts, bolts and fittings.

• Condition and tension of belts.

• Visually check condition of tracks.

• Exhaust system for leaks.

• Conduct an overall visual inspection.

Clean: • Oil cooler, engine radiator and enclosure screens.

• Remove potentially damaging limbs or sticks.

3.10

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher Lubricate: • Swing pinion: 2 fittings – 20 shots while swinging.

Lubrication and Maintenance EVERY 125 HOURS Perform: • FREQUENTLY maintenance

• Cylinders, Leveling: 4 fittings total – purge (If equipped with leveler)

• 8 HOURS maintenance • 24 HOURS maintenance

• Thrust bearing, Leveling: 2 fittings – purge (If equipped with leveler)

• Open both (left side door and cab roof escape hatch) emergency exits to ensure they are fully operational.

• **Boom Joints: • 13 fittings – purge

• Carry out A/C system inspection. Refer to CHECKING THE AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM in THIS SECTION.

• **Cylinders; hoist, stick & tilt: • 8 fittings – purge **Lubricating cylinder pins and boom joints:

Check: • Return filter bypass warning is not displayed on the computer with engine running at high idle with oil flow and oil at operating temperature.

1. Ensure machine is on level ground 2. Completely tilt felling head back

• Track gearboxes oil level with level plug at 9 O'clock and other plug at 6 O'clock.

3. Fully extend stick boom cylinder 4. Force heel of felling head onto ground

• Battery fluid level unless maintenance free.

5. While in this position lubricate all cylinder retaining pins and boom joints NOTE: This procedure will allow grease to flow to the normally "loaded side" of the pin/ bearing surfaces.

Refer to engine OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL and ATTACHMENT MANUAL for additional required maintenance at this scheduled time period.

• Hydraulic pump and motor securing bolts.

• Torque tightening points as per new machine maintenance.

Clean/replace: • Inspect for debris buildup on cooler package debris screens. Clean as required.

• Air conditioner re-circulation filter • Cab fresh air filter

EVERY 24 HOURS

Visually check for damage to:

Perform:

• The hoist and stick booms

• FREQUENTLY maintenance

• Track components and undercarriage frames

• 8 HOURS maintenance

• Swing bearing area

Lubricate: • Swing bearing; 1 fitting – 10 shots while swinging

• Attachment Complete repairs immediately.

3.11

Lubrication and Maintenance Visually inspect for: • Frayed electrical wiring and hydraulic hoses.

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher EVERY 250 HOURS Perform: • FREQUENTLY maintenance

NOTE: Neglecting the proper maintenance of these items can result in fire.

• 8 HOURS maintenance

• Wear in any other components.

• 24 HOURS maintenance

• Signs of cracks beginning in booms and attachments.

• 125 HOURS maintenance

Failure to properly repair cracks in structures in a timely manner can result in component failure and costly repairs which are not covered under warranty.

Refer to engine OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL and ATTACHMENT MANUAL for additional required maintenance at this scheduled time period.

Check: • Condition and tension of serpentine belt.

• Check all hydraulic pressures.

Clean: • Clean and thoroughly inspect all surfaces of the hoist and stick booms for cracks.

All cracks must be properly repaired in their early stages. In most cases, cracks will continue to grow in size and often lead to major structural damage. Failure to regularly inspect for cracks and immediately repair the boom system will void the structural warranty.

Contact your Tigercat dealer for specific procedures required to correctly repair any cracks found.

Lubricate: • Rotary manifold seal: 1 fitting – 2 shots. DO NOT USE A POWER GREASE GUN. • Swing drive gearbox lower bearing: 2 fittings – 5 shots each**. DO NOT USE A POWER GREASE GUN. **With the swing gearbox at operating temperature slowly add 5 shots of lithium based EP2 to each side of the gearbox.

NOTE: During cold weather, the swing function must be operated for several hours to achieve operating temperature.

* Use of filters other than genuine Tigercat replacement filters is not recommended.

3.12

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher Replace: • Engine oil and filter *

Lubrication and Maintenance EVERY 500 HOURS Perform:

• Engine fuel filter *

• FREQUENTLY maintenance

• Filter in fuel filter/water separator *

• 8 HOURS maintenance

• DEF dosing module filter * (Tier 4f machines only).

• 24 HOURS maintenance

• Swing drive gearbox upper gearing oil. Fill gear oil bottle half full.

• 250 HOURS maintenance

• Oil in the track drive gearboxes with the drain plug at the 6 O’clock position and the fill plug at the 9 O’clock position.

• 125 HOURS maintenance Check: • Torque on the swing bearing, swing gearbox retaining bolts, track drive gearboxes and the motor mounting bolts.

Refer to FILTERS – REMOVE AND REPLACE in THIS SECTION.

• Track rollers for leakage.

Rollers are considered to be maintenance free. If a lubricant leakage is detected the rollers must be replaced.

Refer to engine OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL and ATTACHMENT MANUAL for additional required maintenance at this scheduled time period.

• Track idler assembly for leakage.

The bearing is filled with oil and is considered to be maintenance free. If a lubricant leakage is detected, the idler must be replaced.

Lubricate: • All door hinges and cover: 24 fittings – 1 shot • Engine roof cylinder pins: apply oil liberally Replace: • Crankcase ventilation filter ** **NOTE: The aftertreatment system and its related components are applicable to Tier 4f machines only.

• Hydraulic oil return filters * • Pilot filter.* Refer to FILTERS – REMOVE AND REPLACE in THIS SECTION. Refer to engine OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL for replacement instructions.

* Use of filters other than genuine Tigercat replacement filters is not recommended.

3.13

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

EVERY 1000 HOURS

EVERY 2000 HOURS

Perform:

Perform:

• FREQUENTLY maintenance

• FREQUENTLY maintenance

• 8 HOURS maintenance

• 8 HOURS maintenance

• 24 HOURS maintenance

• 24 HOURS maintenance

• 125 HOURS maintenance

• 125 HOURS maintenance

• 250 HOURS maintenance

• 250 HOURS maintenance

• 500 HOURS maintenance

• 500 HOURS maintenance

Replace:

• 1000 HOURS maintenance

• Engine serpentine belt

• Drain and refill hydraulic oil tank with recommended hydraulic oil. Refer to APPROVED HYDRAULIC OILS in THIS SECTION.

Check: • In-tank fuel strainer.

Refer to engine OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL and ATTACHMENT MANUAL for additional required maintenance at this scheduled time period.

It is strongly recommended that a program of regular oil testing be used. Oil change intervals can be established from oil test results.

Check: • All air intake tubing, rubber couplings and band clamps for signs of wear and leakage.

• Make sure the hydraulic oil type selected in the computer program matches the oil type being used. Adjust oil type if needed.

Refer to computer - adjustment menu - OIL GRADE SELECTION in SECTION 2 of THIS MANUAL or SECTION 6 of the SERVICE MANUAL, for selecting hydraulic oil type setting procedure.

Replace: • All air intake rubber components such as elbows and connectors. High temperatures in this area can cause the rubber to harden.

NOTE: high-temperature silicone connectors do not need to be replaced unless they are damaged.

Refer to AIR INTAKE MAINTENANCE in THIS SECTION. • Hydraulic oil tank breather.

Refer to engine OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL for replacement instructions.

* Use of filters other than genuine Tigercat replacement filters is not recommended.

3.14

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

EVERY 2 YEARS Replace: • Engine coolant. Antifreeze must comply with international specifications ASTM D-6210.

Refer to engine OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL for additional required maintenance at this scheduled time period.

SEASONAL • Drain and refill hydraulic oil tank with recommended hydraulic oil if required to meet operating temperature range. Refer to APPROVED HYDRAULIC OILS in THIS SECTION.

3.15

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

63450BENG R5

3.16

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

3.17

Lubrication and Maintenance

LEVELER CYLINDER LOCKS Always install the cylinder locks in the leveling mechanism while performing service and maintenance tasks. This area is a crush zone.

Keep clear to avoid personal injury or death.

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

2. Remove the snap pin securing the locking pin to the lock.

C

3. Install the cylinder lock around the leveler cylinder rod.

4. Install the locking pin into the lock and secure with the snap pin removed in step 2.

A

B

5. Once work/service is complete, remove the cylinder lock and properly place and secure it in the storage area as shown.

800342

A Leveler Cylinder Locks B Snap pin C Locking Pin

The leveler cylinder locks are stored on the left enclosure compartment door.

1. Remove the snap pin securing the lock to the storage mounting plate and remove the lock.

3.18

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

APPROVED HYDRAULIC OILS Use one of the following oils to fill or replenish the hydraulic system:

3.19

Lubrication and Maintenance ER BOOM SYSTEM

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher Before attempting to disconnect hydraulic hoses or perform work on the boom system, ensure that:

WARNING

860C-001

This machine is equipped with an ER boom system. Because of this, it may behave in an unexpected manner compared to a conventional boom system.

A

B

C

Fig.1 – Parking Boom

When performing maintenance procedures or setting up a machine equipped with an ER boom system, the following points must be noted:

A Attachment Flat on Ground B Stick Cylinders Fully Extended C Hoist Cylinder Fully Retracted

The hoist and stick cylinders circuits are connected hydraulically. Thus, disconnecting a hydraulic line to a boom cylinder may cause either boom to move unexpectedly. The booms may also move unexpectedly if a port relief adjusting screw is unscrewed (counterclockwise) too far and the pressure drops below that which is required to hold the weight of the booms and attachment.

Ensure the attachment is resting squarely on a solid footing and the stick cylinders are fully extended, tank pressure is relieved and engine is shut off before disconnecting any hydraulic lines.

A B 845C-003

Fig.2 – ER Boom

A Tip of Stick Boom Fully Supported B Hoist Cylinder Fully Retracted

• The machine is parked on level ground with the attachment on the ground (Fig. 1).

• The stick cylinders are fully extended (Fig. 1) or the hoist cylinder fully retracted (Fig. 2).

For additional safety precautions refer to ER BOOM SYSTEM PRECAUTIONS in SECTION 1 OF THIS MANUAL. NOTE: Because of the hydraulic connection between the hoist and stick cylinders, the hoist cylinders can overpower the stick cylinders under certain conditions, causing the stick boom to move unexpectedly. This most often occurs when setting the HOIST BOOM UP relief valve, causing the stick cylinders to extend, but it may also happen at other times if the relief settings are not correct.

Ensure that all personnel and equipment are clear of the boom path and that there is sufficient overhead clearance for the head to rise before making any adjustments.

3.20

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE ACCESS DOORS AND COVERS

C

H

J G

L

O

D

A

F

I

E

K M B

Q

N

P

801543

A B C D E F G H I

Power Roof Left Side Door Right Side Door Pump Compartment Door Power Pump Compartment Cover Rear Door Power Roof Cylinders Engine Compartment Battery Compartment Area (not visible)

Service Access Doors J K L M N O P Q

3.21

Heat Exchanger Access Fuel Tank Access Main Control Valve Area DEF Tank Access Hydraulic Tank Hydraulic Pump Compartment Ladder (optional) Pump Compartment Access Cover

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

POWER ROOF

POWER UNIT

The power roof lifts to permit access to the service compartment, breather cabinet, and engine. A switch in the cab opens/closes the roof hydraulically. The power unit is situated inside the breather cabinet.

A

REFER to POWER ROOF in SECTION 2.

B

An alarm sounds when the power roof is in motion.

An icon on the computer display shows the current position of the roof.

C D

When the power roof is raised, lock-valves in the roof cylinders hold it in the open position.

In the event of power loss to the machine, the upper enclosure power roof pump can be manually operated to open and close the roof.

800325

Refer to HAND PUMP OPERATION, POWER ROOF in SECTION 2.

WARNING Serious injury or death can occur if the roof closes on a person or if a moving roof knocks a person to the ground. Clear all personnel from the service and engine compartments, and upper structure, before operating the power roof.

A B C D

Motor Solenoid Valve Fill Plug Oil Tank

Power Unit

The roof power unit is situated inside the breather cabinet. It supplies hydraulic power to open and close the roof. The power unit is operated with a switch (inside the cab), or with a hand pump (in the service compartment).

The hydraulic circuit capacity for the power unit is 5 L (0.08 US gal). Tank capacity is 3 L (1.32 US gal). The fill port is situated on the power unit.

Tigercat recommends DEXRON III transmission fluid for this application.

To replenish the power unit tank: 1. Place a drain pan below the power unit.

2. Remove the fill plug.

3. Top up the tank.

4. Open and close the roof, without replacing the plug, to ensure that the unit is not overfilled.

5. Clean up any spilled oil.

6. Replace the fill plug.

3.22

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

SWING DRIVE LUBRICATION LUBRICATION OF SWING DRIVE GEARBOX LOWER BEARINGS The cavity in the lower portion of the gearbox where the two lower bearings are housed is completely filled with grease.

To grease the lower bearings: NOTE: Only grease the lower bearings when the gearbox is at operating temperature. During cold weather applications the swing function must operate for several hours to achieve operating temperature. Greasing the lower bearings when the machine is not at operating temperature can damage to the lower seal.

845D-097

3. Locate the grease fittings.

845D-037

A

B

A Rotary Manifold Seal Grease Fitting B Swing Drive Gearbox Lower Bearings Grease Fittings

4. Grease each side of the swing drive lower bearings. Do not over grease.

A

NOTICE

Lubricate the swing drive gearbox lower bearings with a hand grease gun only.

Forcing the grease or using a power grease gun will damage the internal seals.

B 845D-036

Refer to LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE in THIS SECTION for quantities and frequency requirements.

A Remove Fasteners (QTY 4) B Open Pump Compartment Access Cover

1. Remove the pump compartment access cover fasteners.

2. Open the pump compartment access cover.

For additional information refer to SECTION 15 in the SERVICE MANUAL.

3.23

Lubrication and Maintenance LUBRICATION OF SWING DRIVE GEARBOX UPPER GEARING A

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher CHANGE SWING DRIVE GEARBOX UPPER GEARING OIL NOTE: Change swing drive gearbox oil after 250 hours maximum operation and every 250 hours from then on.

860C-001

A

B

C

A Attachment Flat on Ground B Stick Cylinders Fully Extended C Hoist Cylinder Fully Retracted

845C-084

A Gear Oil Bottle

The swing gearbox upper gearing is filled with gear oil. Check oil level in the bottle every 8 hours.

Oil level in the bottle must be kept at the half full mark at all times. Drain and replace swing drive gear box upper bearing gear oil every 250 hours.

Use 75W-90 or 80W-140 gear oil.

1. Park the machine on level ground with the attachment resting firmly on the ground.

2. Apply the swing brake.

3. Turn OFF the engine.

4. Remove the ignition key.

5. Open engine enclosure roof and doors.

6. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch.

For additional information refer to SECTION 15 in the SERVICE MANUAL. A

B

845C-256

A

Main Control Valve Cover

B

Main Control Valve Cover Release Handle

7. Turn the main control valve cover release handle (A) clockwise.

3.24

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

CAUTION Due to high temperatures in this area the main control valve release handle may be hot. Use caution when handling.

A

8. Lift and rotate the main control valve cover.

B

845C-149

A

Drain Manifold

B

Drain Hose

11. Remove the dust cap from the drain manifold environmental drain plug.

12. Install the drain hose on the drain manifold environmental drain plug.

13. Drain the swing gearbox upper gearing through the drain hose.

NOTE: Dispose of the waste oil according to local regulations.

A 845C-257

A

Main Control Valve Holding Bracket

9. Prop the bottom of the main control valve cover into the holding bracket (A).

14. Remove and store the drain hose.

15. Install the environmental drain plug dust cap.

16. Install the main control valve upper frame cover.

17. Add gear oil to both gear oil bottles. Refer to APPROVED HYDRAULIC OILS in THIS SECTION. NOTE: When the oil is hot, only fill the gear oil bottles half full.

18. Close engine enclosure roof and doors.

A B 845C-258

A

Upper Frame Cover

B

Upper Frame Cover Fasteners (QTY 6)

10. Remove the main control valve upper frame cover.

3.25

Lubrication and Maintenance LUBRICATION OF SWING PINION AND SWING BEARING

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher ROTARY MANIFOLD SEAL To lubricate the rotary manifold seal, apply 2 shots grease every 250 hours to the lower grease fitting.

24 A

B

845D-037

A

B

A Rotary Manifold Seal Grease Fitting B Swing Drive Gearbox Lower Bearings Grease Fittings

860-096

A Swing Pinion Grease Fitting B Swing Bearing Grease Fitting

NOTE: During cold weather applications the swing and machine functions must operate for several hours to achieve operating temperature. Warm the lubricating grease to 22°C (72°F) before lubricating the rotary manifold seal. Do not over grease!

To lubricate the swing bearing, apply 10 shots of grease while swinging, every 24 hours to the lower grease fitting located on the seat pedestal in the operator’s cab. To lubricate the swing pinion (or teeth) apply 20 shots of grease every 8 hours while swinging, to the upper grease fitting located on the seat pedestal. The grease fittings are clearly labeled.

For lubrication schedule, refer to LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE schedule and SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE - 250 HOURS in THIS SECTION. For additional information refer to SECTION 15 of THE SERVICE MANUAL.

3.26

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

TRACK DRIVE GEARBOX FILLING THE GEARBOX For maintenance and service schedules, refer to SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE or SERVICE AND LUBRICATION SCHEDULE in SECTION 3.

To fill the gearbox, do the following:

B

A 800372

A Track Drive Gearbox Plug A B Track Drive Gearbox Plug B

7. Fill from the upper hole 'B' until gear oil flows out of hole 'B'.

B

8. Install plug 'B'.

A

9. Operate the gearbox for a few minutes, stop and check the oil level.

800371

A Track Drive Gearbox Plug A B Track Drive Gearbox Plug B

1. Park the machine on level ground with the track drive gearbox drain plug 'A' at the six o'clock position and the fill plug 'B' at the 9 o'clock position.

2. Rest the attachment firmly on the ground. Refer to PARKING THE MACHINE in SECTION 1.

3. Apply the swing brake.

4. Turn OFF the engine.

5. Remove the ignition key.

6. Remove plug 'B'.

3.27

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

OIL DRAINING AND REPLACEMENT For maintenance and service schedules, refer to SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE or SERVICE AND LUBRICATION SCHEDULE in SECTION 3.

To drain the gearbox, do the following:

B

A 800362

A Track Drive Gearbox Plug A B Track Drive Gearbox Plug B B A 800371

A Track Drive Gearbox Plug A B Track Drive Gearbox Plug B

8. Fill from the upper hole 'B' until gear oil flows out of hole 'B'.

9. Install plug 'B'.

10. Operate the gearbox for a few minutes, stop and check the oil level.

1. Park the machine on level ground with the track drive gearbox drain plug 'A' at the six o'clock position and the fill plug 'B' at the 9 o'clock position.

2. Rest the attachment firmly on the ground. Refer to PARKING THE MACHINE in SECTION 1.

3. Apply the swing brake.

4. Turn OFF the engine.

5. Remove the ignition key.

6. Remove plugs 'A' and 'B' and let the oil drain into a suitable container.

NOTE: Dispose of the waste gear oil according to local regulations.

7. Install plug 'A'.

3.28

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher FILTERS – REMOVE AND REPLACE IMPORTANT! Failure to service and replace filters at the proper intervals specified in the manufacturer's manuals, could cause damage to the machine and result in the product warranty becoming NULL and VOID. Check Tigercat parts catalog for replacement filters.

Lubrication and Maintenance FUEL FILTER AND FUEL FILTER/ WATER SEPARATOR 855D-036

A B A

A Fuel Filter/Water Separator B Drain Tap

855D-043

A Engine Oil Filter

Refer to the appropriate engine OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL for correct procedures and time intervals when servicing the engine oil and fuel filters. Read and understand the SAFETY section in each of these manuals.

A 855D-042

A Fuel Filter

The fuel filter is supplied with the engine. Refer to the engine manufacturer's operation and maintenance manual for service information and replacement interval.

The fuel filter/water separator is a combination unit, with a replaceable fuel filter and a removable water sediment bowl on the bottom of the unit.

The water sediment bowl is only replaced if it becomes damaged or non-functional. For service and replacement intervals see SERVICE AND LUBRICATION POINTS in THIS SECTION. If the fuel supply is dirty, the fuel filter must be replaced more frequently than recommended in the owner’s manual. Operating the machine with a clogged fuel filter will result in low engine power.

It is also recommended the fuel/water separator bowl be drained daily.

3.29

Lubrication and Maintenance When installing a new fuel filter, DO NOT pre-fill with diesel fuel, or engine fuel pump damage will result. This type of failure is not warrantable by the engine manufacturer.

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher CHANGING THE FUEL FILTER/WATER SEPARATOR: WARNING

Unfiltered fuel used to pre-fill filters enters directly into the fuel system. Contaminants in unfiltered fuel can cause significant and costly damage to the engine. The cleanliness of fuel cannot be guaranteed unless it is always pre-filtered before use.

IMPORTANT! Filters that are an integral part of the engine (fuel and lubricating oil) should be serviced and replaced according to the engine manufacturer's operation and maintenance manual.

To prolong the operating life of the fuel filter, ensure the fuel supply storage tank is clean and free of water and the fuel is pre-filtered prior to adding it to the machine.

Drain fuel filter into a container and dispose of all fluids properly.

1. Park the machine on level ground with the attachment resting firmly on the ground.

2. Turn OFF the engine.

3. Remove the ignition key.

4. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch.

5. Do not smoke or allow open flames near installation.

6. Wipe clean the area around the fuel filter and filter head.

7. Place a drain pan under the bowl.

855D-037

A B

A Hand Primer Pump B Vent Plug

8. Loosen vent plug on filter head, open drain on separator bowl and drain fuel into pan.

3.30

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance 15. Lubricate the gasket on top of the new filter with clean engine oil.

16. Screw the new filter onto the filter head until the gasket makes contact with the seat and then hand tighten an additional 3⁄4 turn only.

17. Reconnect the fuel heater and water in fuel sensor to the wiring harness.

18. Use primer pump to refill filter until fuel free of air flows from vent on top of filter head, then tighten vent plug.

19. Start the engine and check for leaks.

20. Clean up any spilled fuel before returning machine to operation.

B

IMPORTANT !

Filters that are an integral part of the engine (fuel and lubricating oil) should be serviced and replaced according to the engine manufacturer's manual.

A

855D-044

A Fuel Heater Harness B Water in Fuel Harness

9. Disconnect the fuel heater and water in fuel sensor from the wiring harness.

10. Remove the water separator filter and bowl from the filter head.

11. Remove and discard the gasket from the filter head.

12. Remove the water sediment bowl from the bottom of the old filter. Discard this gasket also. Dispose of old filter and any fuel properly.

13. Clean the water sediment bowl, seating area for the gaskets on the filter head and the sediment bowl and close bowl drain.

14. Lubricate gasket for bottom of filter and water sediment bowl with clean engine oil and carefully hand tighten the water sediment bowl onto the new filter. Close the water drain valve.

3.31

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

FUEL TANK COMPONENTS D

B

E C A

H

I

F G

845CH-075

A B C D E

Fuel Fill Cap Fuel Level Sender Fuel Supply Shut-off Solenoid Valve Fuel Return Check Valve Clean Out Cover

F G H I

Centre Fuel Tank Drain Plug Left Side Fuel Tank Environmental Drain Plug Right Side Fuel Tank Environmental Drain Plug Fuel Tank Strainer

Located at the rear of the upper structure the fuel tank consists of three compartments, a left tank, a centre section and a right tank.

FUEL TANK CAPACITY

The fuel filler cap (A) is located on top of the left tank and incorporates a strainer built into the neck of the fill pipe to prevent foreign particles from entering the tank during filling.

FUEL TANK STRAINER

The fuel level sender (B) is located on top of the right tank.

The fuel tanks have a total capacity of 1003 L (265 US gal) A stainless steel 150 micron fuel strainer (7) is screwed onto the end of the fuel supply pipe located inside the fuel tank. The fuel tank strainer is accessible by removing the centre fuel tank clean out cover (5).

An electric fuel shut-off valve (C) is located on top of the right tank fuel supply fitting. The fuel shut-off valve is activated by the ignition switch. When the ignition switch is ON or in the RUN position the shut-off valve is open allowing fuel to flow to the engine. When the ignition switch is OFF the fuel shut-off valve is turned OFF. The return line (D) on the top of the right tank is fitted with a check valve to prevent reverse flow from the tank.

3.32

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

REFUELLING PROCEDURE (TIER 2 MACHINES)

10. Inspect the fuel fill cap gasket.

11. Inspect fuel tank strainer located under the fuel fill cap for debris or damage.

860C-001

A

B

12. Attach a grounding strap to an unpainted metal surface on the machine if the refuelling tank or nozzle is so equipped.

C

13. Fill the fuel tank until the fuel level reaches the fuel tank strainer or the full mark on the fuel level gauge if equipped.

A Attachment Flat on Ground B Stick Cylinders Fully Extended C Hoist Cylinder Fully Retracted

Do not leave the nozzle unattended or spillage may occur.

1. Park the machine on level ground with the attachment resting firmly on the ground.

14. Remove the nozzle and the ground strap (if applicable).

2. Apply the swing brake.

15. Install the fuel fill cap hand tight

3. Turn OFF the engine.

16. Turn ON the battery disconnect switch.

CAUTION

17. Close the power roof.

S≤15 mg/kg

Do not fill the fuel tank while smoking or ULTRA LOW SULFUR near an open flame or FUEL sparks.

ONLY 36686AUNI R0

If the engine is hot or running, do not fill the fuel tank.

4. Remove the ignition key.

5. Open engine enclosure roof and doors.

6. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch.

7. Clear obstructions from steps and handles needed to access fuel tank.

8. Clear any debris from around the fuel fill cap.

A

855D-029

A

Fuel Fill Cap

9. Remove fuel fill cap slowly to allow pressure to escape from the tank.

3.33

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

REFUELLING PROCEDURE (TIER 4F MACHINES)

5. Open engine enclosure roof and doors.

6. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch.

7. Clear obstructions from steps and handles needed to access fuel tank.

IMPORTANT!

8. Clear any debris from around the fuel fill cap.

A

S≤15 mg/kg ULTRA LOW SULFUR FUEL ONLY 36686AUNI R0

Use only Ultra Low Sulfur Diesel (ULSD) fuel in Tigercat FPT engines equipped with Tier 4f aftertreatment systems. Using fuel with sulfur levels greater than 15 ppm (S≤15 mg/ kg) maximum will permanently damage the engine and aftertreatment system within a short period of time.

860C-001

A

B

855D-029

A

Fuel Fill Cap

9. Remove fuel fill cap slowly to allow pressure to escape from the tank.

10. Inspect the fuel fill cap gasket.

11. Inspect fuel tank strainer located under the fuel fill cap for debris or damage.

12. Attach a grounding strap to an unpainted metal surface on the machine if the refuelling tank or nozzle is so equipped.

C

A Attachment Flat on Ground B Stick Cylinders Fully Extended C Hoist Cylinder Fully Retracted

1. Park the machine on level ground with the attachment resting firmly on the ground.

13. Fill the fuel tank until the fuel level reaches the fuel tank strainer or the full mark on the fuel level gauge if equipped.

Do not leave the nozzle unattended or spillage may occur.

2. Apply the swing brake.

14. Remove the nozzle and the ground strap (if applicable).

3. Turn OFF the engine.

15. Install the fuel fill cap hand tight

CAUTION

16. Turn ON the battery disconnect switch.

17. Close the power roof.

S≤15 mg/kg

Do not fill the fuel tank while smoking or ULTRA LOW SULFUR near an open flame or FUEL sparks.

ONLY 36686AUNI R0

If the engine is hot or running, do not fill the fuel tank.

4. Remove the ignition key.

3.34

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

FUEL TANK STRAINER

A

A stainless steel 150 micron fuel tank strainer is screwed onto the end of the fuel supply pipe located inside the fuel tank. The fuel tank strainer is accessible by removing the centre fuel tank clean out cover.

B

CHANGING/CLEANING THE FUEL TANK STRAINER:

WARNING To lower the risk of causing accidental fires, DO NOT leave fuel or oil soaked rags laying around.

NOTE: Changing the fuel tank strainer is only required if excessive quantities of foreign material has built up inside the fuel tank.

860C-001

A

B

845C-150

A Environmental Drain Plug B Drain Hose

8. Install the drain hose on the left and right side fuel tank environmental drain plug.

9. Drain the fuel from the left, right and centre fuel tanks into a suitable container.

NOTE: the fuel will be reused after the fuel tank strainer has been changed/cleaned.

C

A Attachment Flat on Ground B Stick Cylinders Fully Extended C Hoist Cylinder Fully Retracted

A

1. Park the machine on level ground with the attachment resting firmly on the ground.

B

2. Apply the swing brake.

C

3. Turn OFF the engine.

4. Remove the ignition key.

5. Open engine enclosure roof and doors.

845C-259

A Cover Hardware B Clean Out Cover C O-ring

6. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch.

7. Remove the dust caps from the left and right side fuel tank environmental drain plugs.

10. Remove the clean out cover and O-ring.

11. Visually inspect the bottom of the centre fuel tank for debris. Remove and wipe clean any debris found.

3.35

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

A 845C-260

A Fuel Strainer

12. Remove the fuel tank strainer.

13. Carefully clean the fuel tank strainer.

NOTE: Use caution when cleaning the fuel tank strainer or damage may occur.

14. Check for a buildup of foreign material where the strainer screws onto the pipe.

15. Reinstall the fuel tank strainer.

16. Reinstall fuel tank cover plate with O-ring.

17. Refuel and check for leaks.

CAUTION

S≤15 mg/kg

Do not fill the fuel tank while smoking or ULTRA LOW SULFUR near an open flame or FUEL sparks.

ONLY 36686AUNI R0

If the engine is hot or running, do not fill the fuel tank.

3.36

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

WARNING

HYDRAULIC FILTER SERVICING GUIDELINES IMPORTANT! NEVER PRE-FILL

Hot hydraulic oil and hot machine surfaces can cause serious burns!

HYDRAULIC FILTERS Tigercat does not recommend the pre-filling of spin-on filters due to the risk of damage to the hydraulic system caused by unfiltered oil. Unfiltered oil used to pre-fill filters enters directly into the hydraulic circuit. Contaminants in unfiltered oil can cause significant and costly damage to hydraulic valves, pumps and motors.

The cleanliness of hydraulic oil cannot be guaranteed unless it is always pre-filtered before use.

Before servicing the machine, allow the hydraulic system and machine surfaces to cool down.

Use a thermometer to check surface and system temperatures to ensure it is safe to begin service work.

Do not begin service work until the surface or system temperature has cooled down to below 38°C (100°F).

Contaminated hydraulic fluid can lead to premature failure of hydraulic components and costly repairs. Filters must be replaced at the recommended time intervals. Refer to SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE in THIS SECTION. Use of hydraulic oil filters other than the Tigercat brand could lead to severe wear and rapid failure of hydraulic system components.

3.37

Lubrication and Maintenance HYDRAULIC OIL TANK A

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher HYDRAULIC OIL TANK PRESSURIZATION INSTRUCTIONS IMPORTANT! Pressurized hydraulic tank. Do not exceed 34.5 kPa (5 psi).

Before servicing the hydraulic system, release air pressure from the hydraulic oil tank using the air vent valve.

Releasing the hydraulic oil tank pressure in the event of a hose breakage may reduce oil loss. To release pressure from the hydraulic oil tank: A

B

C

855D-025

A Hydraulic Oil Tank

Located at the rear-left of the machine directly behind the operator cab, the hydraulic oil tank has a capacity of 190 L (50 US gal).

Six full-flow hydraulic oil return filters are connected to the hydraulic oil tank and mounted on three filter heads with built-in bypasses. The filters are located beside the hydraulic oil tank.

A temperature sender activates the temperature gauge on the computer/controller display. The hydraulic oil temperature icon displays BLUE during the warm-up mode and changes to WHITE in normal operating temperature. Should the temperature rise above normal the icon changes to YELLOW. A Critical message is displayed when the oil temperature gauge needle enters the red zone and the icon changes to RED. Stop the machine and resolve the cause of the fault.

D

H845C-59

A B C D

Filter Breather Air Vent Valve Handle Pressure Gauge Schrader Valve

Wearing eye protection, release air from the hydraulic oil tank by opening the AIR VENT VALVE. Pull the valve handle down 90° to open.

Push the air vent valve handle up to close.

NOTE: Expelled air from vent valve will blow accumulated loose debris in the enclosure.

IMPORTANT! Air vent valve must be opened before changing hydraulic filters and strainers or performing any other service on hydraulic circuits. Do not operate machine with the air vent valve in the open position.

3.38

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

During a filter change or return hose replacement, air is able to enter the return hydraulic circuit.

It is important to bleed as much of this air as possible out prior to restarting the machine. See HYDRAULIC OIL RETURN FILTERS "filter change procedure" for instructions on bleeding air from return circuit. AIR BUBBLES IN THE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM WILL DAMAGE THE PUMPS.

IMPORTANT!

PRESSURIZED HYDRAULIC OIL TANK A

After service is completed, close air vent valve and add air pressure from a clean air source to the hydraulic tank via the schrader valve. Do not exceed 34.5 kPa (5 psi).

845C-097 845C-001

B

Before servicing the hydraulic system, open the air vent valve (A) to release air pressure from the hydraulic oil tank.

Air vent valve is open when handle is parallel to valve.

Air vent valve is closed when handle is perpendicular to valve (shown).

After service is complete, close the air vent valve and add air pressure to the hydraulic oil tank using the Schrader valve (B). Make sure the air is clean and dry. Do not exceed 34.5 kPa (5 psi). Refer to Hydraulic oil tank PRESSURIZATION INSTRUCTIONS in THIS SECTION for details.

3.39

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

HYDRAULIC OIL TANK BREATHER

HYDRAULIC OIL LEVEL

A

A

845D-087

A Hydraulic Oil Level Sight Gauges

There are two sight gauges on the hydraulic oil tank that can be used to check the hydraulic oil level.

H845C-59

A Hydraulic oil tank Filter Breather

The air space in the top of the hydraulic oil tank is vented to atmosphere via a check valve and spin-on filter/breather. The check valve will open or crack when the pressure in the hydraulic oil tank reaches 34.5 kPa (5 psi). The pressure build-up in the tank can be due to thermal expansion as the hydraulic oil heats up.

There is a pressure gauge to indicate the pressure inside the tank and an air vent valve to relieve the pressure when servicing the hydraulic system.

A

NOTE: Before disconnecting any hoses, release the pressure in the hydraulic oil tank by opening the air vent valve. Refer to HYDRAULIC OIL TANK PRESSURIZATION INSTRUCTIONS in THIS SECTION.

B

845D-041

A Hydraulic Oil Level High Limit B Hydraulic Oil Level Low Limit

A label beside the sight gauges indicates the high and low levels of the hydraulic oil. Always keep the hydraulic oil level to within 5 cm (2 in) of the HIGH mark on the sight gauge. A low hydraulic oil level can result in severe damage to the pumps.

3.40

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance HYDRAULIC OIL FILL PUMP

If they hydraulic oil drops below the low level on the sight gauge: • An alert message will appear on the computer display notifying the operator the hydraulic oil level is low.

A

• The hydraulic oil level icon on the computer display will illuminate yellow.

• The master alarm light and master alarm will be activated.

If the hydraulic levels drop below both sight gauges: • A critical message will appear on the computer display notifying the operator the hydraulic oil level is extremely low.

C

A Ball Valve (Shown in the OFF Position) B Suction Hose C To Tank via Filters

• The hydraulic oil level icon on the computer display will illuminate red.

• The master alarm light and master alarm will be activated.

B

H845D-042

The hydraulic oil fill pump, located above the DEF tank, is used for adding oil to the hydraulic oil tank.

Hydraulic oil is pumped directly into the hydraulic oil tank via the return filter manifold. This ensures that any hydraulic oil added is filtered prior to entering the hydraulic oil tank. Refer to APPROVED HYDRAULIC OILS in THIS SECTION.

3.41

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

DRAINING HYDRAULIC OIL TANK 860C-001

A

B

C

A Attachment Flat on Ground B Stick Cylinders Fully Extended C Hoist Cylinder Fully Retracted

1. Park the machine on level ground with the attachment resting firmly on the ground.

NOTE: Changing strainers, filters and replacing the hydraulic oil tends to aerate the oil. For maximum pump life, the machine should sit for one hour after servicing to allow entrained air to escape from the oil prior to applying working pressures to the pumps.

3. Turn OFF the engine.

4. Remove the ignition key.

5. Open engine enclosure roof and doors.

6. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch.

7. Access to the hydraulic oil tank by opening the left side hydraulic compartment access door.

845D-085

Check to ensure that the hydraulic oil type selected in the computer program matches the oil type being used. Adjust oil type if needed. This will allow the program to optimize the cooling and warnings functions to best suite the oil being used.

Refer to OIL GRADE SELECTION in SECTION 2 of THIS MANUAL or SECTION 6 of the SERVICE MANUAL, for selecting hydraulic oil type setting procedure.

It is strongly recommended that a program of regular oil testing be used. Oil change intervals can be established from oil test results.

2. Apply the swing brake.

B

A

REFILLING THE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

845D-086

A Remove the Environment Drain Plug Dust Cap B Connect the Drain Hose

8. Remove the dust cap from the environmental drain plug.

NOTE: When refilling the hydraulic system, vent pumps, motors and valves of air by opening a plug or hose fitting located near or on top of the pumps, motors and valves until oil free of air is seen flowing out of the plug or hose fitting. Failure to vent air from the hydraulic system could cause serious damage to hydraulic components. Tighten plugs or fittings and clean up any spilled oil when completed.

NOTE: Check all hydraulic system components especially cooling fan for proper operation after hydraulic oil has been replaced.

9. Thread on the drain hose.

NOTE: Once the drain hose seats itself, the valve will open and hydraulic oil will begin to drain through the hose.

CAUTION Ensure the hydraulic oil tank drain when the hydraulic oil temperature is below 100°F (38°C), but warm enough to be viscous.

10. Drain the hydraulic oil tank into a suitable container.

NOTE: Dispose of the waste oil according to local regulations.

11. Remove and store the drain hose.

12. Install the environmental drain plug dust cap.

3.42

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher To add oil to the hydraulic oil tank:

Lubrication and Maintenance HYDRAULIC OIL RETURN FILTERS

1. Depressurize the hydraulic oil tank. Refer to HYDRAULIC OIL TANK PRESSURIZATION INSTRUCTIONS in THIS SECTION. 2. Thoroughly clean the outside surface of the fill tube.

B

C

3. Remove the plug.

4. Insert the end of fill tube into supply drum.

5. Open the ball valve.

6. Operate the pump.

D

7. Observe the level gauges on the hydraulic oil tank to determine when to stop filling.

A

NOTE: The hydraulic oil level should be within 5 cm (2 in) of the HIGH mark on the sight gauge with the boom fully extended.

When the tank is at the desired level:

855D-025

1. Close the ball valve

A B C D

2. Replace the plug on the fill tube.

3. Wipe the fill tube and store.

IMPORTANT! Failure to keep the fill tube clean will significantly reduce the life of the filter elements.

CAUTION Direct contact with oil implies a risk of skin complaints. Oil on skin should be washed off immediately with soap and water. Refer also to WORKING WITH OIL in SECTION 1 of this manual.

Spin on Hydraulic Oil Filter (QTY 6) Filter Head (QTY 3) Return Manifold Pressure Switch

The majority of return oil entering the hydraulic oil tank passes through six spin-on hydraulic oil filters. One of the filters is a water absorbing filter (colour blue) which removes water from the hydraulic oil. The filters are connected in parallel to three separate return filter heads.

The filters should be checked/changed at the intervals specified in the SERVICE AND LUBRICATION SCHEDULE in THIS SECTION. A bypass valve, preset to 1.7 bar (25 psi) is built into each filter head and will open when the hydraulic oil filters become restricted. Before the bypass valve opens, a 1.4 bar (20 psi) filter restriction pressure switch, located on the return manifold, will cause the hydraulic oil filter bypass icon on the computer display to illuminate YELLOW. NOTE: The hydraulic oil filter bypass icon will illuminate RED when the hydraulic oil temperature is low and the filter restriction pressure switch is activated.

IMPORTANT! DO NOT use these warnings as a substitute for changing the oil filters at regular intervals as per the SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE program in THIS SECTION. This information is assuming that operating conditions and running temperatures are normal.

3.43

Lubrication and Maintenance FILTER/DIFFUSER SERVICE NOTE: The filters should be checked/changed when the oil filter bypass icon displays YELLOW on the computer/controller display. If the icon continues to display YELLOW after the filters have been changed, the diffusers attached to the base of the return tubes in the hydraulic oil tank should be examined for possible obstruction.

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher CASE DRAIN STRAINERS Two case drain strainer elements are located on the machine.

IMPORTANT! Only in the event of a pump or motor major failure should these elements be serviced. Always use the correct replacement element.

IMPORTANT

NEVER PRE-FILL HYDRAULIC FILTERS Tigercat does not recommend the pre-filling of spin-on filters due to the risk of damage to the hydraulic system caused by unfiltered oil. Unfiltered oil used to pre-fill filters enters directly into the hydraulic circuit.

Contaminants in unfiltered oil can cause significant and costly damage to hydraulic valves, pumps and motors. The cleanliness of hydraulic oil cannot be guaranteed unless it is always pre-filtered before use.

NOTICE

A

845D-071

A Strainer Element

One element is located in the pump compartment and services most pump case drains.

Contaminated hydraulic fluid can lead to premature failure of hydraulic components and costly repairs. Filters must be replaced at the recommended time intervals. See THIS SECTION. Use of filters other than genuine Tigercat replacement filters is not recommended.

A

H845D-014

A Strainer Element

The other strainer element is located the hydraulic oil tank area under the return filters. This element is dedicated to case returns from the attachment head.

These elements should only be serviced in the event of a catastrophic pump or motor failure.

3.44

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

FILTER CHANGE PROCEDURE

 SQUARE SECTION GASKET

860C-001

A

A

B

C

B

A Attachment Flat on Ground B Stick Cylinders Fully Extended C Hoist Cylinder Fully Retracted

C FILTR_SEALS 2

A Filter Head B Gasket C Filter Element

1. Park the machine on level ground with the attachment resting on the ground.

2. Open enclosure roof and left side enclosure door.

a. Remove used gasket and clean groove in head.

3. Stop engine.

b. Apply clean oil to new gasket surfaces.

4. Turn the BATTERY DISCONNECT SWITCH to the ‘OFF’ position.

c.

NOTE: Leveling machines are equipped with a service ladder, which should be utilized for service access to the left side of the enclosure.

5. Wearing eye protection, release air from the hydraulic reservoir by opening the AIR VENT VALVE. Pull handle DOWN 90° to open valve. Refer to HYDRAULIC OIL TANK PRESSURIZATION INSTRUCTIONS in THIS SECTION.

Install new gasket into groove in filter head.

d. Screw on new filter until gasket makes contact. e. Tighten filter an additional 3/4 turn.

 O-RING GASKET

A

B

6. Wipe clean the area around the filter and head.

C

7. Wearing eye and face protection (in case of an oil spray), unscrew the old filter.

FILTR_SEALS 2

A Filter Head B Gasket C Filter Element

8. Dispose of old filter and any oil properly.

9. Drain away any accumulation of oil in the tray (if equipped) by using the drain hose routed through the floor to a waste oil container.

a. Remove used gasket and clean gasket seat in head.

10. The new Tigercat filter is supplied with two gaskets enclosed, examine the filter head closely to determine which gasket should be used and follow the instructions to ensure proper installation.

b. Apply clean oil to new gasket surfaces. c.

Install new gasket on inside lip of filter.

d. Screw on new filter until gasket makes contact. e. Tighten filter until top edge makes metal to metal contact with filter head.

(Approximately 11⁄2 additional turns after gasket contact.)

11. Close air vent valve.

3.45

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher HYDRAULIC OIL RETURN STRAINERS/ DIFFUSERS There are three reusable strainers on the return tubes. The strainers should be inspected whenever the hydraulic oil tank is drained. See SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE in THIS SECTION.

A

IMPORTANT! Inspecting, changing or cleaning the strainers should only be performed in the event of a pump or motor catastrophic failure or hydraulic oil contamination.

B C D

1. Park machine on level ground with attachment resting on the ground. Position upper frame to allow access to the drain plug in the bottom of hydraulic reservoir.

S855C-004

A B C D

Return Manifold Coupler Connection Bleed Hose Waste Oil Container

2. Stop engine.

3. Open service enclosure doors and install safety strut.

12. Attach the drain hose (located in the compartment behind cab above hydraulic oil tank) to the coupler on the return manifold.

4. Turn BATTERY DISCONNECT SWITCH to the 'OFF' position.

13. Route hose to a waste oil container.

5. Wearing eye protection, release air from the hydraulic oil tank by opening the AIR VENT VALVE. Pull handle DOWN 90° to open valve.

14. Use fill pump to raise hydraulic oil level up to the FULL line, replacing oil lost during filter change.

6. Drain the hydraulic oil hydraulic oil tank via a drain plug in the bottom of the hydraulic oil tank.

15. As oil is being pumped into the hydraulic oil tank, purge air out the bleed hose from the return manifold until a steady stream of oil is coming from the bleed hose.

7. Remove the round access cover and O-ring.

8. Before removing the strainers, clean any debris from the bottom of the hydraulic oil tank and wipe it clean.

16. Disconnect bleed hose from the coupling at the return manifold.

17. Clean up any spilled oil.

9. Remove the three hydraulic oil return strainers using the hex on the end of strainer. Carefully clean the strainers (they may be damaged by rough handling).

18. If oil level reaches full mark before air is completely bled, pressure can be added to the hydraulic oil tank via the Schrader valve from a clean air source (ie: compressed air from service truck or shop). Monitor the hydraulic reservoir pressure gauge when adding air pressure. Do not exceed 34.5 kPa (5 psi).

10. Check for a buildup of foreign materials where the strainers screw onto the pipes and cover plate.

19. Start the engine and check for leaks.

11. Re-install the strainers using the hex on end.

20. Run engine at IDLE speed for at least five minutes to purge any remaining air from the filter system. Then STOP the engine for 15 minutes to allow air bubbles in the hydraulic oil tank to rise.

12. Re-install the access cover plate with a NEW O-rings.

21. Re-check hydraulic oil level – top-up as needed.

13. Add hydraulic oil to hydraulic oil tank using fill pump.

14. Close air vent valve (push handle up). Add air pressure to the hydraulic oil tank via the Schrader valve from a clean air source. Do not exceed 34.5 kPa (5 psi).

15. Bleed air from the main, attachment and fan pumps by loosening the case drain hose fittings at each pump connection.

3.46

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

16. Continue filling hydraulic oil tank using fill pump. Tighten case drain hose fittings to pumps when oil is seen coming from the pump case drain ports. It is important that all air is evacuated from the pumps.

17. Fill hydraulic oil tank up to FULL mark on sight gauge using fill pump.

18. Recheck oil level and add hydraulic oil up to FULL mark using fill pump.

NOTE: Changing strainers and filters and replacing the hydraulic oil tends to aerate the oil.

For maximum pump life, the machine should sit for one hour after servicing to allow any air bubbles to escape from the oil prior to applying working pressures to the pumps.

3.47

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM

A

B

C

D

J I

H G

E

F

800816

A B C D E

Oil Cooler Radiator A/C Condenser Charge Air Cooler Compressor

F G H I J

Any service work must be performed by a certified A/C technician. The system should be charged with R134a refrigerant only. PAG (polyalkylene glycol) oil should be present in the system and must be used on O-rings and fittings during assembly.

A/C System Total Capacities R134a refrigerant

1.36 kg (3 lb)

PAG oil (polyalkylene glycol)

207 ml (7 oz)

High Pressure Switch Receiver/Dryer Low Pressure Switch Expansion Valve Block A/C Heater Unit Housing (contains Evaporator Coil)

IMPORTANT! It is recommended that during cold weather when the A/C system is not in use, that it be run for a period of five minutes every two weeks. This will circulate oil to all components of the A/C system.

The compressor and charge valves are accessed on the right side of the engine. The receiver drier is mounted to the fan shroud seal support bracket.

3.48

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

Perform following inspection along with 125 HOURS inspection outlined in SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE in THIS SECTION.

A

1. Check re-circulating and fresh air filters in operator's cab. Refer to SECTION 2 of THIS MANUAL. 2. Check for dirt and debris on the evaporator coil located inside the A/C-heater unit and also the inside of the A/C-heater unit. Clean as required.

3. Remove the debris screen from the cooler package.

B 845C-246

A A/C Condenser Mounting Hardware B A/C Condenser A

B

6. Rotate the condenser away from the cooler package.

7. Check the condenser core for dirt and debris.

Clean as required. Refer to CLEANING A/C CONDENSER, OIL COOLER, RADIATOR and CHARGE AIR COOLER in SECTION 2 of THIS MANUAL.

CAUTION

845C-238

If using pressurized water or compressed air for cleaning, use at 2 bar (30 psi) or less.

Always use personal protective equipment (safety glasses) to guard against flying debris.

A Debris Screen B Cooler Package

4. Remove potentially damaging limbs or sticks.

5. Remove the A/C condenser mounting fasteners

3.49

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher B

C

D

A

A

800854

845*2501–845*2561

A A/C Compressor Drive Belt

875-371

A B C D

A

A/C Receiver/Drier (Top View)

Binary Switch Moisture Indicator High Pressure Relief Valve Sight Glass

15. Check the colour of the moisture indicator: Blue = normal Pink = moisture in the system NOTE: If the moisture indicator is pink,replace receiver/drier, evacuate and recharge system with both refrigerant and PAG oil.*

800852

845*2562– 845*3000

A A/C Compressor Drive Belt

*Indicates these repairs must only be carried out by a certified A/C technician.

8. With engine turned OFF, check and adjust compressor drive belt tension.

For additional SERVICE information refer to the Tigercat A/C SERVICE MANUAL, part number 18795A, available from Tigercat parts department.

NOTE: Belt tension specifications are 55 ± 2 kgf (121 ± 5 lb).

9. Check all A/C hoses for kinks.* 10. Run air conditioning system for 3 to 5 minutes.

11. Check to see that compressor clutch will engage.* 12. Listen to the compressor and blower motor for abnormal noises.

13. Check air temperatures exiting the vents in the cab.

14. Inspect the sight glass on the receiver drier when the A/C system is ON. A constant stream of bubbles indicates the system requires charging.*

3.50

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher FILTER, RE-CIRCULATING AIR – A/C UNIT

Lubrication and Maintenance INSPECTION/REPLACEMENT OF SERPENTINE BELT

A

A

800854

822-D22

845*2501–845*2561

A Re-circulating Air Filter

A Serpentine Belt

Air in the cab is drawn into the A/C HEATER unit via this filter and re-circulated. The filter should be inspected and cleaned on a regular basis. The A/C will not cool efficiently if these filters become dirty or plugged.

A

FILTER, FRESH AIR – A/C UNIT A

800852

845*2562– 845*3000

A Serpentine Belt

All belts should be inspected periodically for signs of incisions, cracks, excessive wear in grooves, and signs of end or surface grinding.

822-D23

A Fresh Air Filter

Outside air is continuously drawn into the cab air conditioning unit through this filter and mixed with interior air from the cab. The filter is located on the right side of the cab and can be serviced from the outside by removing the two fasteners holding the hinged cover. The filter should be inspected on a regular basis and cleaned/replaced when dirty or when wet. NEVER operate air conditioner without a filter installed.

Drive belt tensioning is controlled by the automatic tensioner, therefore checking belt tension is not required.

Refer to engine OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL for inspection/ replacement information.

3.51

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

FUSES AND RELAYS, ENGINE COMPARTMENT

B

A E

C D

860C-225A H845D-003

A Battery Disconnect Relay B 60 Amp Electrical Fuse C Battery Booster Cable Socket

D Batteries E 10 Amp Fuse

There are three areas where Fuse and Relay Electrical Components are mounted as follows: • Main Electrical Fuse, Battery Disconnect Relay and Amerex (FSS) 10 A Fuse, located in the engine compartment beside the battery box.

• Fuse and Relay Rear Panel. Located in the engine compartment behind the cab.

• Fuse and Relay Rear Panel. Located in the rear compartment behind the cab.

3.52

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

855D-049

3.53

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

One 125 A, one 150 A and three 60 A fuses are installed in the Fuse and Relay Rear Panel ahead of the system circuit fuses and are there to prevent major damage to the electrical systems of the machine in the event of a short circuit in any of the main battery feed lines.

Each circuit on the machine is further protected against current overload by individual circuit fuses. The circuit fuses on the Fuse, Relay and Electrical Panel in Cab protect the cab electrical components.

BATTERY BOOSTER CABLE SOCKET A battery booster cable socket is located in the battery compartment. This cable socket is used in conjunction with jumper cables with matching ends. Cables with matching ends are available through your Tigercat Dealer Parts Department. If standard jumper cables are used the NEGATIVE connection can be made anywhere on the upper structure, as close to the batteries as possible on bare metal.

The fuses in the Fuse and Relay Rear Panel protect the circuits for the work lights, engine ECU, engine enclosure power roof and many other machine operating circuits. Refer to the label on the previous page for specific fuse designation and location.

A 60 A fuse located in the battery compartment provides unswitched power for dome lights and service lights.

A 10 A in-line fuse protects the fire suppression system when a fire suppression system is installed. This fuse is located in the fire suppression power lead from the battery.

If a fuse blows it should be replaced with a fuse of the same amperage rating. If the fuse blows again, the circuit in question must be inspected for possible short circuit.

3.54

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

FUSES AND RELAYS, CAB

A 845D-062

A Engine Diagnostic Connection

A

Cab Electrical Controls, Fuse and Relay Panel, located in the cab on the right rear side panel.

IQAN fuses are located here.

The engine diagnostics connection is on the left lower side of the instrument panel. Refer to INSTRUMENT PANEL – ENGINE DIAGNOSTIC CONNECTION in THIS SECTION.

H845D-018

A Cab Fuse and Relay Panel

3.55

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

AIR INTAKE SYSTEM

BATTERY CARE Tigercat uses two types of batteries dependant on the machine application, model and design.

B

Absorbed Glass Mat (AGM)

A

Flooded Lead Acid (FLA).

NOTICE Before charging the battery, it is important to identify which type of battery you have.

Always read and follow the battery and charger manufacturer's instructions prior to connecting or charging a battery.

H845D-010

A Air Filter Compartment B Precleaner

All batteries are sensitive to overcharging.

Charging or maintaining AGM batteries requires the use of a smart charger with an AGM setting.

The peak charging voltage for AGM batteries varies slightly between battery manufacturer's.

Exceeding this voltage can cause permanent battery damage. Refer to the BATTERY MANUFACTURER'S charging instructions for more information.

Refer to BATTERY MANUFACTURER'S instructions for charging or maintaining FLA batteries.

845C-070

ENGINE AIR PRECLEANER HOW IT WORKS: 1. Air enters the underside of the dome through screened louvres, which prevents clogging by blocking any particles larger than the ejection slot from entering the unit.

2. Curved particle accelerator blades slam air and dirt up against the sidewall 3. Blades along the interior surface move heavier-than-air debris towards the ejection slot 4. Clean air continues to swirl down into the engine air inlet pipe The engine air precleaner cleans engine air before it reaches the air cleaner filter elements.

It removes contaminants such as dust, powder, insects, rain and snow. This precleaner is self powered and self cleaning requiring virtually no maintenance. However, it should be checked daily to make sure that foreign materials have not plugged the intake area or the exhaust port area of the precleaner.

3.56

TELEMATICS SYSTEM

COMPONENTS MODULE (TELEMATICS) A

800119

A WiFi Antenna

The telematics module is the central unit in the telematics system. The module is software based and may need to be updated after the machine is in service as part of an on-going product improvement program.

Firmware updates to the telematics module is done using the telematics module WiFi network.

Telematics is a tool used by owners, operator's, or service technicians to monitor a machine or fleet of machines. Monitoring the location, movements, fuel status, fault codes or a variety of other parameters is done using a web enabled device.

SATELLITE MODEM (IRIDIUM SYSTEM)

800121

The satellite modem is a sealed enclosure and is used to communicate with Iridium satellites. The modem needs to have a good view of the sky in order to receive and send data.

3.57

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

GNSS ANTENNA (IRIDIUM SYSTEM)

800122

The GNSS antenna is a sealed enclosure and is used to communicate with GPS and GLONASS satellites. The antenna needs to have a good view of the sky in order to provide geographic positions of the machine.

A 800588

A Fuse (Telematics Constant Power)

POWER CONTROL MODULE

800125

The power control module is used to power off the telematics module to prevent depleting the batteries.

When the ignition key switch is in the STOP position, the telematics system continues to operate as it tracks the location of the machine and sends reports (low power consumption mode). If after three days the ignition key switch hasn't been turned from the STOP position to the RUN position, the power control module powers off the telematics system to prevent depleting the batteries.

To power on the telematics system, turn the ignition key switch to the RUN position. Refer to KEY SWITCH, ENGINE START in THIS SECTION. NOTE: Leave the ignition key switch in the run position for several minutes to allow the telematics module to fully power up after it has been powered off.

3.58

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

C

F

A

B

E

D

800584

A Module (Telematics) B Satellite Modem C GNSS Antenna

Telematics System Components–Iridium D Power Control Module E Power/CAN Bus Multi-pin Connector F Fuse (key switch)

3.59

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

AIR CLEANER

OVER SERVICING Filter elements increase in dust cleaning efficiency as dust builds up on the media. Looks can be deceiving. A filter that looks dirty is actually more efficient than one that is clean. A filter with dust build up on the media reaches nearly 100% dust cleaning efficiency. Only when a filter is so clogged with dirt that air restriction goes beyond engine manufacturer's guidelines, should a filter be replaced.

A B

NOTE: This does not apply to hydraulic oil or diesel engine filters.

IMPROPER SERVICING Engine exposure to dust during servicing is the largest single reason for engine damage due to dust.

H845D-011

A Safety Element B Primary Element

The air cleaner on this machine uses 2 filter elements, a primary element and a safety element.

To ensure maximum engine protection, it is important that the elements be serviced correctly and at proper servicing intervals.

In addition to the LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE outlined in THIS SECTION, the following instructions should also be noted: The most common and most damaging air intake servicing problems are:

Abrasive dust can easily enter the intake system once the air cleaner cover and protective filter element is removed for replacement. The safety element does reduce this risk but it should also be replaced at every third primary element change.

IMPORTANT STEPS TO FOLLOW WHEN CHANGING FILTER ELEMENTS 1. Release the cover latch gently to reduce the amount of dust dislodged.

2. Avoid dislodging dust from filter element(s) by gently pulling the element off the outlet tube.

3. Always clean the sealing surface of the outlet tube before inserting a new filter element.

4. Always clean the inside of the outlet tube.

5. Check your old filter. It can help you detect foreign material on the sealing surface that is causing leakage.

NOTE: Filter elements should never be cleaned and reused. Cleaning causes dust to bypass the filter and be deposited on the inner surface of the filter media. The dust is then drawn directly into the engine.

6. Inspect the new filter for damage.

7. Insert the new filter properly. Apply pressure to the outer rim of the filter not the flexible centre.

8. Inspect connections and ducts for air tight fit.

Ensure that all clamps, bolts and connections are tight. Check rubber elbows for splits or wear points and replace as needed. Leaks in these locations send dust directly to the engine.

3.60

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher FILTER RESTRICTION INDICATOR A

Lubrication and Maintenance AIR INTAKE BY-PASS

B

During cold weather operation the air intake bypass cover can be removed to introduce warm engine compartment air into the engine air intake.

Remove the two bolts and cover to open the bypass.

During warm weather operation reinstall the cover and bolts to block the by-pass.

860C-019 H845D-009

A Filter Restriction Indicator B Filter Restriction Sensor

A filter restriction indicator is connected to the outlet side of the air filter. Service to the air filter is required when the indicator shows RED. This indicator provides a continuous reading whether the engine is running or is shut down. After servicing the filter, reset the indicator by pressing the reset button on the end of the indicator.

A H845C-45

A Air Intake By-pass Cover

A

H845C-73

A Engine Air Intake Filter Restriction Icon

Engine Air Intake Filter Restricted. Service Machine to correct.

The machine is also equipped with an engine air filter restriction sensor which sends a signal to the computer control system in the event of filter restriction. The engine air intake pressure icon turns YELLOW when service to the filter is required and turns RED, along with an ALERT message, when service to the air filter has reached a critical state.

Refer to AIR CLEANER MAINTENANCE, OVER SERVICING and IMPROPER SERVICING in THIS SECTION.

3.61

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

INTAKE TUBING AND JOINTS

A

H845D-033

A Air Intake Rubber Components

Check all air intake system components, rubber elbows, connector hoses, tubes and clamps for damage, hardening, wear, cracks, leaks, loose clamps or loose hanger bracket hardware and repair or replace immediately.

Replace all air intake rubber components such as elbows and connectors every 2000 hours. High temperatures in this area can cause the rubber to harden.

NOTE: High temperature silicone connectors do not need to be replaced unless they are damaged.

3.62

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

NOTICE

THE AFTERTREATMENT SYSTEM AND ITS RELATED COMPONENTS ARE APPLICABLE TO TIER 4F ENGINES ONLY.

AFTERTREATMENT SYSTEM (DENOX 2.2 SYSTEM – TIER 4F) The engine on this machine is equipped with a combination Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) and high efficiency Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) aftertreatment system. The DOC/SCR limits the nitrogen oxide exhaust gas values (NOx) to meet Tier 4f emission standard requirements with low fuel consumption. This process is electronically controlled by the DENOX 2.2 system.

The DOC uses oxidation at high temperatures to convert carbon monoxide (CO), hydrocarbons (HC) and the soluble organic fraction (SOF) of diesel particulates into inert compounds, carbon dioxide (CO2) and water vapour (H2O). In addition the DOC converts nitrogen oxide (NO) into nitrogen dioxide (NO2). Increased NO2 levels enhance the performance of the SCR catalyst at low temperatures and increase the effectiveness of the DOC/SCR aftertreatment system.

The high efficiency SCR process is based on a series of chemical reactions involving the reaction of ammonia (NH3) with oxygen in the exhaust gas to reduce NO in the exhaust gas by transforming it into inert compounds: free nitrogen (N2) and H2O. In addition the high efficiency catalytic converter includes a Clean Up Catalyst (CUC) which reduces any excess NH3 which may result from the SCR process.

• DO NOT IDLE THIS ENGINE FOR MORE THAN 9 HOURS. • DAMAGE TO EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM WILL RESULT.

63281BENG R0

IMPORTANT! Engine should not idle longer than 9 consecutive hours. Damage to the emission control system will result. When this machine idles for an extended period excess hydrocarbon buildup is created in the DOC/SCR aftertreatment system. Burn off of excess hydrocarbon at full load immediately after a long idle period will generate excess heat which will cause damage to emission control system components.

IMPORTANT! When cleaning the machine with pressurized water it is important to avoid getting water directly or indirectly into the exhaust tube. Water in the exhaust tube will damage sensors and SCR system components and affect the proper operation of the aftertreatment system and the engine.

3.63

Lubrication and Maintenance The DOC/SCR aftertreatment system consists of the following components: • Inlet Humidity and Temperature Sensor • Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Tank • Coolant Valve • DENOX 2.2 Control System (incorporated into the electronic control unit) • Supply Module • Exhaust Flap on outlet of Turbocharger (not shown) • DOC Inlet NOx Sensor • DOC Inlet Temperature Sensor • Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) • Dosing Module (DEF Injector) • Mixer Tube (DOC outlet) • SCR Inlet Temperature Sensor • Catalytic Converter (SCR, CUC) • Outlet Temperature Sensor • Outlet NH3 Sensor • Outlet NOx Sensor

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher The DOC/SCR aftertreatment system is electronically managed by the DENOX 2.2 system incorporated into the engine electronic control unit (ECU). The ECU calculates and adjusts the flow rate of the DEF solution into the system based on current engine rpm, torque delivered, exhaust temperature, amount of nitrogen oxides and ammonia present.

The exhaust passes through the DOC which uses oxidation at high temperatures to convert carbon monoxide (CO), hydrocarbons (HC) and the soluble organic fraction (SOF) of diesel particulates into inert compounds, carbon dioxide (CO2) and water vapour (H2O). It also converts nitrogen oxide (NO) into nitrogen dioxide (NO2) which enhances the performance of the SCR catalyst.

The supply module pump picks up the DEF solution from the tank and sends it under pressure to the dosing module (DEF injector) to be injected into the exhaust at the outlet of the DOC and pass through the mixer tube upstream of the catalytic converter.

The first phase of the SCR process takes place in the pipe between the DOC and Catalytic converter.

High temperature exhaust gas evaporates the DEF solution instantly and, by hydrolysis, converts it into ammonia (NH3) and CO2.

Evaporation of the solution lowers exhaust gas temperature, bringing it closer to the optimum temperature required by the process.

The exhaust gases and ammonia at the proper reaction temperature, are introduced into the catalytic converter, where the second phase of the process takes place: by reacting with the oxygen in the exhaust gases the ammonia is converted into free nitrogen (N2) and water vapour H2O. Finally the high efficiency catalytic converter incorporates a clean up catalyst (CUC) which reduces any excess NH3 which may result from the SCR process.

3.64

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance I

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

J

H

K L M N

U O

T

P S

R

Q

H845D-035

A B C D E F G H I J K

Dosing Module Humidity and Temperature Sensor Air Intake Pipe DOC Unit DOC Inlet NOx Sensor DOC Inlet Temperature Sensor Heater Valve Supply Module DEF Heater Unit DEF Tank ECU NOx Sensors

SCR Aftertreatment System Components L M N O P Q R S T U

3.65

ECU, NH3 Sensor Exhaust Outlet Temperature Sensor NH3 Sensor NOx Sensor Catalytic Converter SCR Inlet Temperature Sensor DOC to SCR Pipe Exhaust Pipe Engine ECU Air Cleaner

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher HC NOX CO NH3 N2 H 2O CO2

A B

S T

N

O

HC

NOX

R

Q

P

C

- HYDROCARBONS - NITROGEN OXIDES - CARBON MONOXIDE - AMMONIA - FREE NITROGEN - WATER - CARBON DIOXIDE

CO

U

D

E

J

G F

H 2O

N2

NH3

CO2

M

L

EXHAUST GAS FLOW DIRECTION

H

K

I COOLANT LINE

DEF LINE

630E-276

DOC/SCR Aftertreatment System A B C D E F G H I J K

Humidity Sensor Air Filter Supply Module DEF Quality Sensor DEF Level Sensor DEF Tank Heater Valve (Circulating Engine Coolant) Dosing Module Mixer Tube DOC SRC

L M N O P Q R S T U

3.66

Catalytic Converter CUC NOx Sensor NH3 Sensor Engine Temperature Sensors NOx Sensor Exhaust Flap Engine ECU DEF Dosing Module Filter

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher SUPPLY MODULE

Lubrication and Maintenance DIESEL OXIDATION CATALYST (DOC)

A

H845D-135

The diesel oxidation catalyst (DOC) uses oxidation at high temperatures to convert carbon monoxide (CO), hydrocarbons (HC) and the soluble organic fraction (SOF) of diesel particulates into inert compounds, carbon dioxide (CO2) and water vapor (H2O).

H845D-038 H845D-027

A Supply Module

The supply module pump picks up the DEF solution from the tank and sends it under pressure to the dosing module, mounted on the DOC. DEF is injected into the exhaust at the outlet of the diesel oxidation catalyst and upstream of the catalytic converter.

EXHAUST FLAP

In addition the DOC converts nitrogen oxide (NO) into nitrogen dioxide (NO2). Increased NO2 levels enhance the performance of the SCR catalyst at low temperatures and increase the effectiveness of the DOC/SCR aftertreatment system as a whole.

The DOC is located upstream of the catalytic converter (SCR & CUC) and at its outlet incorporates the mixer tube and the mounting for the dosing module.

A

845D-065

A Cover Pivot Bolt

An exhaust flap is located at the exhaust outlet from the engine. The exhaust flap is used to regulate temperature of the exhaust entering the diesel oxidation catalyst (DOC) to optimum levels for proper operation of the aftertreatment system.

3.67

Lubrication and Maintenance DOSING MODULE (DEF INJECTOR)

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher CATALYTIC CONVERTER

A

A

M726E-074

H845D-135

A Catalytic Converter

A Dosing Module

The dosing module is mounted on the DOC outlet upstream of the catalytic converter. The dosing module injects DEF into the exhaust stream.

The dosing module is cooled by a constant flow of engine coolant supplied by the heater valve to maintain optimum temperature for the aftertreatment process.

MIXER TUBE

A

The catalytic converter is located above the pump compartment. Chemical reactions inside the catalytic converter reduce nitrogen oxides (NOx) in the exhaust gas.

The catalytic converter is equipped with soundproofing material and replaces the exhaust silencer. It incorporates both the selective catalytic reduction (SCR) and the cleanup catalyst (CUC) components of the aftertreatment system.

The first phase of the SCR process takes place between the DOC and the SCR. High temperature exhaust gas evaporates the DEF solution instantly and, by hydrolysis, converts it into ammonia (2NH3) and carbon dioxide (CO2).

Evaporation of the solution lowers exhaust gas temperature, bringing it closer to the optimum temperature required by the process.

845D-066

A Mixer Tube

The mixer tube is incorporated into the outlet of the DOC upstream from the catalytic converter.

The high-turbulence mixer tube is used to mix the DEF solution and exhaust gases together before they enter the catalytic converter.

The exhaust gases and ammonia at the proper reaction temperature, are introduced into the SCR, where the second phase of the process takes place. By reacting with the oxygen in the exhaust gasses the ammonia is converted into free nitrogen (N2) and water vapor (H2O).

Finally the high efficiency catalytic converter incorporates a clean up catalyst (CUC) which reduces any excess ammonia (NH3) which may result from the SCR process.

3.68

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

TEMPERATURE SENSORS

HUMIDITY AND TEMPERATURE SENSOR 620E-089

A

A

A Humidity and Temperature Sensor 620E-087

A Tag

Three temperature sensors are mounted at the inlet of the diesel oxidation catalyst, and the ATS system, one in the inlet and outlet of the catalytic converter. These three sensors send exhaust temperature signals to the DENOX 2.2 control system. The control system uses this information to calculate the amount of DEF to be injected into the system.

The humidity sensor is located on the air intake just past the air cleaner. This sensor monitors the temperature and humidity of intake air sending signals to the DENOX 2.2 control system. This information is used to calculate the amount of DEF to be injected into the system.

NH3 SENSOR A

NOTE: All three temperature sensors are identical, however location should be noted for analysis purposes when replacing a temperature sensor.

The sensor, cable and control unit are considered to be one part for service/replacement purposes.

Cable length cannot be changed as this will affect the proper operation of the sensor.

B

630E-264

A Electronic Control Unit B Sensor

The NH3 sensor is mounted at the outlet of the catalytic converter. The NH3 sensors detect and send information about the NH3 levels in the exhaust. This information is used to calculate the amount of DEF to be injected into the system and to monitor DOC/SCR aftertreatment system operation.

Refer to APPROVED ANTI-SEIZE PASTES FOR EXHAUST/AFTERTREATMENT SENSORS in THIS SECTION.

3.69

Lubrication and Maintenance NOx SENSOR

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher APPROVED ANTI-SEIZE PASTES FOR EXHAUST/AFTERTREATMENT SENSORS If replacement of these components is necessary in the field, NOx sensors and NH3 sensors are precoated at the factory with the required anti-seize. The application of anti-seize should not be required.

A

In the event Anti-Seize must be re-applied, only the following approved products should be used: B

620E-088

A Electronic Control Unit B Ceramic Sensor

The inlet NOx sensor is mounted upstream of the diesel oxidation catalyst.

The outlet NOx sensor is mounted at the outlet of the catalytic converter. The NOx sensors detect and send information about the dosing of DEF solution and the efficiency of the catalytic converter to the DENOX 2.2 control system. This information is used to calculate the amount of DEF to be injected into the system and to monitor DOC/SCR aftertreatment system operation.

Each NOx sensor consists of ceramic sensor and an electronic control unit linked by a cable. The sensor detects the concentration of nitrogen oxides in the exhaust.

NOx sensors – Weicon high tech anti-seize only NH3 sensor – Loctite X203 dry film moly anti-seize IMPORTANT! When checking or replacing any sensor or plugs in the exhaust or the aftertreatment system, it is important to use only approved anti-seize as specified by Tigercat.

Use of non-approved compounds can affect the operation of the NOx and NH3 sensors and cause a malfunction of the aftertreatment system. This may result in poisoning of the SCR catalyst and require replacement of expensive aftertreatment system parts.

3.70

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

DEF DOSING MODULE FILTER

REMOVE DEF DOSING MODULE FILTER

NOTE: DEF and its related components are applicable to Tier 4f machines only.

1. Park the machine on level ground with the attachment resting firmly on the ground.

The DEF dosing module filter should be replaced as part of scheduled maintenance every 250 hours.

2. Make sure the engine is at operating temperature.

If DEF and/or aftertreatment fault codes have occurred then Tigercat recommends performing a DEF flushing test and Urea Dosing System Test (UDST) at every DEF dosing module filter change to ensure proper operation of the DEF supply module.

If no DEF and/or aftertreatment fault codes have occurred then only the DEF dosing module filter replacement is required.

3. Turn OFF the engine.

4. Remove the ignition key.

5. Wipe clean the area around the DEF supply module and filter including the supply module ports with particular attention to the inlet port and filter cap to avoid introducing contamination into the filter housing while performing this procedure.

6. Place container below to catch the spills.

CHANGING DEF DOSING MODULE FILTER, DEF FLUSHING TEST AND UDST (UREA DOSING SYSTEM TEST) TOOLS REQUIRED • 27 mm (1 1/16 in) wrench • Container to catch DEF and flushing water • Clean distilled/demineralized water • 1 litre (0.25 US gal) plastic water bottle with hose attached* • Laptop computer with Tigercat by FPT E.A.SY. software to run UDST test* • PT-Box*

630E-281

1. Turn the filter cover counterclockwise to remove from the supply module. Use a 27 mm (1 1/16 in) wrench.

IMPORTANT! Do not contaminate the DEF when performing maintenance on the system as this may cause costly damage to SCR system components and affect the proper operation of the aftertreatment system and the engine. *Items required if performing a DEF flushing test and UDST. 630E-282

2. Remove the equalizing element and note the colour of the filter inside (black or grey).

3.71

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

630E-285

3. Find the filter removal tool provided with the replacement parts select the correct edge BLACK (B) for black filters or GREY (G) for grey filters.

630E-287

8. Clean surfaces with distilled/demineralized water only to avoid DEF contamination.

Check the area around the filter for cracks. If cracks are found the supply module must be replaced.

9. Thoroughly clean the filter cover to avoid introducing contamination.

630E-284

4. Insert the tool edge completely until a click is felt or heard.

630E-286

7. Pull out the filter, using a tool in the slot on the filter removal tool if required.

3.72

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

DEF FLUSHING TEST A

630E-334

630E-333

A Inlet Port

1.

Disconnect the DEF hose from the inlet port of DEF supply module.

2.

Fill the plastic bottle with distilled/ demineralized water.

4.

Raise the water bottle above the DEF supply module.

5.

A small amount of water will flow through the DEF supply module and out the bottom where the filter has been removed.

6.

With the aid of an assistant run a UDST test from the laptop computer. Refer to PT Box Manual for UDST test information.

A

630E-332

A Inlet Port

3.

Connect the water bottle hose to the inlet port of the DEF supply module.

3.73

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher REPLACE FILTER

630E-331

7.

Distilled water will be drawn from the bottle and flushed through the DEF supply module.

Suction may begin to collapse the bottle and water flow out the bottom of the module will increase.

630E-288

1. Install the new filter. Lubricate the o-rings on the filter with clean DEF solution for easy installation.

630E-328

8.

9.

The results of the UDST will show a flat line for DEF pressure (red line) because the pump cannot build pressure without the filter in place.

630E-289

2. Install the new equalizing element.

NOTE: The equalizing element must be replaced with each filter change.

Repeat the UDST test a second time to ensure the DEF supply module is thoroughly flushed and working correctly.

10. When the UDST flushing procedure has been performed twice successfully remove the bottle and hose.

11. Reinstall the DEF module inlet hose.

3.74

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance UDST (UREA DOSING SYSTEM TEST) 1. With the aid of an assistant run a UDST test from the laptop computer. Refer to PT Box Manual for UDST test information.

630E-290

3. Reinstall the clean filter cover, tighten to 20 Nm (15 lbf-ft). Use a 27 mm (1 1⁄16 in) wrench.

4. Check that all personnel are clear of the machine before starting the engine.

5. Insert the ignition key and turn to the RUN position.

6. Sound horn to warn personnel of machine start-up.

7. Start the engine.

8. Check for leaks.

9. Turn OFF the engine.

630E-327

2. If the DEF supply module is functioning correctly the test should show a characteristic curve as shown above, DEF pressure (red line).

3. A confirmation screen will indicate System is OK if the DEF supply module is functioning correctly.

4. Repeat the UDST test a second time to confirm results.

IMPORTANT! Do not contaminate the DEF when performing maintenance on the system as this may cause costly damage to SCR system components and affect the proper operation of the aftertreatment system and the engine.

WARNING Use only diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) which meets ISO 22241 specifications. NEVER fill the DEF tank with any other fluid.

630E-330

5. If the UDST test passes twice the DEF supply module is OK.

DEF is injected into the exhaust gas stream during normal operation of the Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) aftertreatment system.

Use of other fluids may cause component damage, or a fire risk which could result in death or serious injury.

630E-329

6. If the UDST test fails twice note the error mode(s) and contact customer service.

3.75

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID (DEF) TANK

The DEF tank and DEF supply lines are heated when temperatures are low, the system will thaw DEF within 30 minutes of engine start for proper operation of the SCR aftertreatment system.

Note also that whenever the engine is stopped all DEF is pumped back to tank before the engine power system is turned off. This process takes approximately 90 seconds. Refer to SELECTIVE CATALYTIC REDUCTION SYSTEM in THIS SECTION.

41581AUNI R0

DEF is used by the SCR aftertreatment system to lower the concentration of nitrogen oxides from the diesel engine exhaust of this vehicle.

A

FILLING THE DEF TANK Always clean the area around the DEF fill cap and avoid introducing contaminants into the DEF tank when filling.

Always use only (DEF) which meets ISO 22241 specifications. Use of any other fluid will contaminate the aftertreatment system and may pose a safety hazard.

H845D-008

A DEF Tank

The DEF tank is located inside the left access compartment door in the left rear corner of the machine. The DEF tank fill cap can be accessed through this door. The DEF tank fill point is equipped with a strainer to prevent contaminants from entering the tank.

DEF tank capacity is 80 L (21 US gal). DO NOT overfill tank. This tank is equipped with an expansion capacity of 7% required to allow for the expansion of DEF in cold temperature conditions.

DEF freezes at -11°C (12°F).

A DEF level indicator is shown on the main menu of the computer display, below the fuel gauge.

When DEF levels are low information messages will be shown on the computer display. Note that extremely low DEF levels may result in derating of engine performance to meet emission standard requirements. Action to correct DEF levels should be taken immediately to avoid affecting engine performance. Refer to COMPUTER – MESSAGES in THIS SECTION.

3.76

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher HEATER VALVE/HEATED DEF SUPPLY LINES

Lubrication and Maintenance The heater valve controls the flow of engine coolant through the DEF tank heater coil and the supply module when heating of the DEF is required. The heater valve also controls the constant flow of engine coolant to the dosing module for cooling purposes. This machine is equipped with electrically heated DEF supply lines (DEF freezes at -11°C (12°F)).

A

Signals from the temperature sensors control the operation of both the electrically heated DEF supply lines and the heater valve which, depending on the temperature, opens or closes the flow of hot engine coolant to the heater coil in the DEF tank and supply module.

H845D-037

Heating is switched ON when: DEF tank temperature < 15°C (59°F) or

E

B

Ambient temperature < 0° C (32°F)

C

When the engine is turned ON, the system will thaw DEF within 30 minutes for proper operation of the SCR aftertreatment system. When the engine is turned off all DEF is pumped back to tank before the engine power system is turned off.

This process takes approximately 90 seconds.

D

630E-265

A B C D E

Heater Connector Coolant Bypass Coolant Outlet Coolant Inlet

The heater valve is located on a bracket in the center of the engine compartment.

3.77

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

HEATED DEF SUPPLY LINES

DENOX 2.2 DOSING SYSTEM

The DEF supply lines to the DOC and DEF tank require heating along the entire path. The three supply lines are each heated by an electrical wire element.

A

Heating is switched on when: Ambient temperature < 0° C (32°F) A

B T250D-117 H845D-001

A DEF Supply Line B Male Electrical Connector

A Engine ECU

The DEF supply line from the supply module to the DOC is 24 V and is characterized by the male electrical connector located at the supply module.

A

B T250D-118

DENOX 2.2 control system is incorporated into the engine ECU. The DOC/SCR aftertreatment system is electronically managed by the DENOX 2.2 control system. The ECU calculates and adjusts the flow rate of the DEF solution into the system based on current engine rpm, torque delivered, exhaust temperature, amount of nitrogen oxides and ammonia present and the humidity levels in incoming air.

A DEF Supply Line B Female Electrical Connector

The two DEF supply lines from the supply module to the DEF tank are 12 V and are characterized by the female electrical connector located at the supply module. These two heating elements are connected electrically in series. If one of the elements fail, the element in the other line will not function.

Refer to ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC in SECTION 6 of the SERVICE MANUAL for complete machine electrical schematics.

3.78

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

FILLING THE DEF TANK

CLEANING THE DEF FILL STRAINER

Refer to DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID (DEF) in THIS SECTION for DEF specifications.

Remove and clean particles and debris from the DEF fill strainer every 500 hours:

1. Park the machine as described in PARKING THE MACHINE in SECTION 1.

1. Park the machine as described in PARKING THE MACHINE in SECTION 1.

2. Open the power roof.

2. Open the power roof.

3. Clean the area around the top of the fill cap to prevent DEF contamination.

3. Clean the area around the outside of the fill cap to prevent DEF contamination.

B

A

A

1000001

1000001

A Flap B Area under the Fill Cap

A Area under the Fill Cap

4. Remove the fill cap.

Clean the area under the fill cap to prevent DEF contamination.

4. Remove the fill cap. Clean the area under the fill cap to prevent DEF contamination.

A

NOTICE Do NOT remove the DEF fill strainer when filling the tank. Contamination of the DEF can occur.

5. Insert the filling container spout into the flap on the top of the fill strainer and fill the tank.

Do NOT remove the fill strainer to fill the tank.

NOTE: A section of the DEF tank remains empty when the DEF level reaches the strainer to accommodate DEF expansion when it freezes.

1000002

A Fill Strainer

6. Install the fill cap.

5. Rotate the fill strainer counterclockwise and pull it straight out.

6. Hold the flap open, invert the strainer and lightly tap it against a clean, hard surface to dislodge and remove any particles.

3.79

Lubrication and Maintenance 7. Rinse the fill strainer with either of the following solutions: • DEF • Demineralized water • Distilled water 8. Install the clean strainer. Turn it clockwise to tighten.

9. Install the fill cap.

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher DRAINING AND CLEANING THE DEF TANK Draining the DEF tank is recommended in the case of DEF quality concerns and/or known contamination.

The DEF tank must be completely drained and all contaminants must be removed before refilling.

1. The DEF tank drain plug is located on the bottom of the DEF tank. The DEF tank must be removed from the fuel tank to access the drain plug.

2. Use the DEF level indicator on the computer display to estimate the container capacity required to properly drain the DEF solution.

B

A

855D-004

A DEF Quality Sensor Access Cover B DEF Quality Sensor Access Cover Fasteners (QTY 6)

3. Remove the fasteners from the DEF quality sensor access cover.

4. Disconnect the wire harness from DEF quality sensor.

3.80

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

B

C

A

Lubrication and Maintenance 9. Remove the four bolts securing the DEF tank mounting bracket..

10. Slide the DEF tank out completely 11. Support the DEF tank to gain access to the drain plug.

A

B

41581AUNI R0

H845D-031

C

A DEF Tank Mounting Bracket B Fuel Tank DEF Cover C Fuel Tank DEF Cover Fasteners (QTY 2)

H845D-032

A B C D

5. Remove the fasteners from the fuel tank DEF access cover.

6. Remove the fuel tank DEF access cover.

7. Clean the area around all connections before removing DEF lines.

8. Disconnect all connections from the top of the DEF tank.

D

DEF Tank Mounting Bracket DEF Tank DEF Quality Sensor Drain Plug

12. Remove the DEF tank fill cap for venting purposes during draining.

13. Remove the drain plug and drain the DEF solution into a suitable container. Dispose of the waste DEF according to local regulations.

14. Remove the air intake tube by removing the two clamps from each end.

15. Remove the DEF sending unit from the top of the tank: a. Disconnect the hoses and electrical connector from the sending unit. Make note of the connections.

Press the white and green tabs to release the connector locks. b. Use a large oil filter wrench to turn the sending unit counterclockwise approximately 10º.

16. Slowly lift the sending unit straight up and out of the tank.

17. Clean the inside of the tank with clean DEF, distilled or demineralized water. Thoroughly drain the tank after cleaning.

3.81

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID (DEF) HANDLING AND STORAGE It is important to avoid contamination of DEF as this may cause costly damage to SCR system components and affect the proper operation of the SCR system and the engine.

A B

1000007

A Clip B Tank Strainer

Tank Strainer

18. Remove the clip that secures the tank strainer.

When a problem with DEF quality is detected information messages will be shown on the computer display.

DEF quality problems may result in derating of engine performance to meet emission standard requirements.

Action to correct DEF quality problems should be taken immediately to avoid affecting engine performance and damage to SCR aftertreatment system components.

Refer to COMPUTER – MESSAGES in SECTION 2 of THIS MANUAL or SECTION 6 of the SERVICE MANUAL. For safety information refer to DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID in SECTION 1.

19. Remove the strainer from the sending unit.

20. Clean the tank strainer with clean DEF, distilled or demineralized water.

21. Install the tank strainer.

22. Remove the fuel fill strainer and clean it with clean DEF, distilled or demineralized water.

Refer to CLEANING THE DEF FILL STRAINER in THIS SECTION. 23. Replace the drain plug and fill cap.

24. If any DEF has spilled, rinse well with distilled/ demineralized water.

25. Slide the DEF tank back into place.

26. Reattach all connections to the top and bottom of the tank and replace access covers.

NOTE: To avoid contamination and ensure clean fluid, do not re-use DEF. Re-fill tank with new DEF only.

IMPORTANT! It is important to avoid contamination of DEF when performing maintenance on the system as this may cause costly damage to SCR system components and affect the proper operation of the aftertreatment system and the engine.

3.82

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

AVOID DEF QUALITY PROBLEMS WITH PROPER HANDLING PRACTICES

WARNING Use only diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) which meets ISO 22241 specifications. NEVER fill the DEF tank with any other fluid.

DEF is injected into the exhaust gas stream during normal operation of the Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) aftertreatment system.

Use of other fluids may cause component damage, or a fire risk which could result in death or serious injury.

Most DEF quality problems can be avoided entirely with a little care and proper handling of DEF. USE OF PROPER STORAGE CONTAINERS • To prevent contaminants from affecting DEF quality it should be handled only in storage, transport and filling containers intended exclusively for that purpose.

• Polyethylene or stainless steel containers are recommended. Refer to DEF manufacturer's recommendations.

• DEF is corrosive to metals other than stainless steel.

Transport in metal containers other than stainless steel will result in contamination.

PROPER STORAGE CONDITIONS TO MAXIMIZE SHELF LIFE • DEF should be stored between -11°C (12°F) and 30°C (86°F) and out of direct sunlight to maximize shelf life and to avoid DEF quality problems caused by improper storage.

• DEF quality problems can often be avoided with proper storage and handling practices to maximize shelf life.

• DEF storage areas should always be out of direct sunlight and away from heat sources to avoid reducing shelf life.

• DEF shelf life is limited. It should be consumed on a first in first out basis, within manufacturer's recommended shelf life limits. DEF beyond manufacturer's recommended shelf life limits may not meet ISO 22241 specifications.

3.83

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

CARE OF THE MACHINE

CARE OF POLYCARBONATE WINDOWS IN CAB

1. Ensure that all fluid levels are always at the proper level. Refer to the LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE in THIS SECTION.

Some windows used in the cab are made from a polycarbonate resin thermoplastic. This material is a replacement for glass when improved strength, durability and safety is required.

2. Lubricate all grease points at the required intervals as specified in the LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE in THIS SECTION.

Polycarbonate material is expected to resist heavy impact and to absorb high levels of energy when contacted by high velocity thrown objects such as wood chips, cutter tools or stones.

3. Follow proper procedure for cleaning windows described in THIS SECTION.

The extreme operating environment seen in logging applications heightens the need to regularly inspect and properly maintain polycarbonate cab windows.

4. Close and secure all doors and access panels before running the machine.

5. Ensure that the cab emergency exits are in working order by following the EMERGENCY EXIT MAINTENANCE guide in THIS SECTION. 6. Do not allow branches, twigs, leaves or pine needles to build up around radiator intake doors or anywhere else on the machine. Clean as operating conditions warrant, but all debris must be removed from the machine interior at least once a day.

7. Do not apply load to a cold engine.

8. Always harvest trees in LOW driving range.

Polycarbonate windows are an essential piece of operator protective equipment and should be maintained as such. It is important to note that cracks, chips, notches or scarring anywhere on the viewing surface or edges of the window will decrease ability to resist heavy impacts and therefore compromise effectiveness as operator safety protective equipment. Windows with these defects must be replaced immediately.

Refer to the next section for detailed information regarding inspection and maintenance of polycarbonate windows.

9. Never park machine with head raised off the ground. Be sure that the head is resting on the ground before servicing or parking the machine. Refer to PARKING BOOM in SECTION 1 of THIS MANUAL for complete instructions.

10. SAFETY FIRST! Follow all safety rules and regulations as outlined in SECTION 1 of THIS MANUAL. IMPORTANT! When cleaning the machine with pressurized water it is important to avoid getting water directly or indirectly into the exhaust tube. Water in the exhaust tube will damage sensors and SCR system components and affect the proper operation of the aftertreatment system and the engine.

3.84

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

EMERGENCY EXIT MAINTENANCE GUIDE Two alternate exit routes are provided on the left side and roof of the cab. These are only to be used if the front door cannot be opened.

A

It is therefore essential these emergency exits be checked at least once per month or after major impacts to the cab to ensure they are fully operational.

It is also important that snow, debris and particularly ice not be allowed to build up in these areas. Check frequently and remove any accumulation immediately.

860C‑227

A Escape Hatch

The escape hatch should move without using excessive force by pushing up on one side.

CHECKING PROCEDURE FOR SIDE DOOR:

If the escape hatch does not move without excessive force refer to EMERGENCY EXITS – ESCAPE HATCH REMOVAL/ REPLACEMENT in THIS SECTION.

1. Open side door twice, once using the interior latch handle and once using the exterior handle.

822-D29

3. Engage clamp bracket in slot of cab roof bracket and re-tighten the hand knobs hand tight.

B

A

NOTE: If the hand knobs become loose when operating the machine, the nylon inserts in the studs should be replaced.

822-D28

A Side Door Latch (Interior) B Side Door Latch (Exterior)

2. Check for proper operation of both handles, latches and hinges. Adjust and/or lubricate any part of the mechanism that requires attention.

CHECKING PROCEDURE FOR ESCAPE HATCH: A

B

822-D30

A Clamp Bracket B Retaining Knob

1. Partially unscrew both the interior retaining knobs four complete revolutions.

2. Disengage clamp brackets from slot on cab roof attachment bracket.

3.85

Lubrication and Maintenance ESCAPE HATCH REMOVAL FOR MAINTENANCE OR REPAIR: A

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher ESCAPE HATCH REPLACEMENT: NOTE: Do not apply silicone sealant between Escape Hatch and Cab Roof Silicone sealant in these areas can bond the escape hatch to the cab, preventing removal of the escape hatch.

1. Clean all mating surfaces on both the escape hatch and cab roof, remove any silicone residue that may have been used to seal the joint.

2. Make sure the escape hatch gasket is in good condition and replace if damaged.

D

A

822-D31

A Escape Hatch Clamp Bracket

1. Unscrew both of the retaining knobs and remove the two clamp brackets.

2. Push open from the inside of the escape hatch. In the event the hatch has become bonded to cab roof due to improper maintenance, use a pry bar taking care not to damage the sealing surface of the roof.

B

3. For more information refer to EMERGENCY EXITS – MAINTENANCE GUIDE in THIS SECTION for instructions on the proper method to use when replacing the escape hatch.

C

822-01 822-02

A B C D

WARNING Heat from sun exposure can cause the exit seals to bond to the cab’s painted surfaces. Careless use of glues or sealants to repair leaks can also bond the exit panel.

Failure to follow these proper maintenance procedures can result in the exit being unusable in an emergency

Escape Hatch Cab Retaining Knob Nylon Insert

3. Replace the nylon inserts in each stud, leaving approximately 1/8 in. protruding at each end.

These are to prevent the hand knobs from coming loose under vibration.

4. Apply an anti-seize compound to stud threads on the escape hatch and engage hand knob threads three revolutions with washer and clamp bracket in place as illustrated.

3.86

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

B

A

C F

LH830-06

A B C D E F

D

E

Cross Section of Escape Hatch Seal

Foam Seal Escape Hatch 'C' Channel Rubber Cab Roof Apply Lubricant to 'C' Channel Rubber Apply Lubricant to Top Surface of the Foam Seal

5. To prevent foam seal or rubber ‘C’ channel from sticking to escape hatch or roof over time, apply a thin film of Tigercat part number AM926 dielectric non-curing silicone lubricant to the contact surfaces of foam seal and rubber ‘C’ channel.

6. Remove excess spray with a dry rag so no build up remains.

IMPORTANT! Too much lubricant will cause the roof escape hatch to stick to the cab roof.

7. Install escape hatch on roof and engage clamp bracket in slot of cab roof bracket and re-tighten the hand knobs hand tight only.

3.87

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

CLEANING COOLER PACKAGE A

B

C

H845C-47 H845D-023

Cooler Package

A Charge Air Cooler B Radiator C Oil Cooler

Rear Clean-out Door

The hydraulic oil cooler/radiator/charge air cooler (CAC) is mounted at the rear of the upper structure, protected by a debris screen. The A/C condenser core is mounted at the rear of the cooling package. The hydraulically driven fan draws air through the screen, through the A/C condenser, the oil cooler/radiator/CAC cooling assembly.

7. Open the clean-out door on the rear of upper structure.

A

The A/C condenser core and the oil cooler/ radiator/CAC cooling assembly should be checked every eight hours for accumulation of twigs, leaves, pine needles and dust. All of the engine enclosure doors should also be kept clean.

B

To clean the cooler package do the follwoing: 860C-001 801126

A Debris Screen B Cooler Package A

B

C

A Attachment Flat on Ground B Stick Cylinders Fully Extended C Hoist Cylinder Fully Retracted

1. Park the machine on level ground with the attachment resting firmly on the ground.

2. Apply the swing brake.

3. Turn OFF the engine.

8. Slide the debris screen out over top of the cooling assembly.

9. Remove two mounting nuts at the top of the A/C condenser and carefully swing it open to expose oil cooler/radiator/CAC cooling assembly and remove any accumulated debris.

10. When the units have been cleaned return all cooling components to their operating position.

4. Remove the ignition key.

5. Open engine enclosure roof and doors.

6. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch.

3.88

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

CAUTION Avoid the risk of fire caused by debris accumulating on surfaces that may become hot during machine operation.

Always use care when cleaning to ensure that debris removed from one area of the machine does not accumulate on other areas of the machine.

NOTE: The cooling assembly must be checked daily and may have to be thoroughly cleaned on a daily, weekly or monthly basis, depending on operating conditions. Use personal protective equipment (eye wear) to guard against flying debris. Use compressed air for cleaning only when the machine is cold to avoid the risk of fire caused by debris contacting hot surfaces. Care must be taken not to set the pressure too high otherwise damage to the components could result.

Pay particular attention to cleaning in the corners of the cooler as these areas usually plug deeply.

Reversing the fan at least once per hour will help reduce the dust accumulation in the cooler cores, see COOLING FAN SWITCH, CLEAN POSITION earlier in THIS SECTION to manually reverse fan or see ADJUST MENU/MACHINE PARAMETERS/ TIMED PURGE INTERVAL for resetting computer to change cooling fan purge interval to program the fan to reverse every hour automatically.

For more information on fire prevention refer to FIRE PREVENTION in SECTION 1 of THIS MANUAL. If an oil leak occurs in this area it should be thoroughly power-washed with a mild soap to ensure that all of the oil is removed. The presence of oil causes dust and dirt to cling to surfaces which will impair the reversible fan’s ability to remove dust and dirt particles.

3.89

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE

RESISTANCE TO CHEMICALS

Daily inspection and maintenance is essential to confirm that the window’s ability to protect the operator has not been compromised.

The resistance of polycarbonate material to chemical exposure varies widely. Fortunately, polycarbonate materials have good resistance to diesel fuel, grease, hydraulic oil, kerosene and engine oil.

• Inspect all windows daily and immediately after any impacts.

• Check for any damage to the window material or steel structure in the area of the window mounting.

• The edges of the polycarbonate window must be evenly and fully supported on a flat surface around the entire window opening at all times.

Bent or dented skylight structures must be replaced immediately. Bent or dented cab structures must be evaluated immediately for possible repair or replacement.

Other chemicals however can seriously weaken the polycarbonate.

DO NOT permit any of the following chemicals to come into contact with polycarbonate windows: • Acetone • Air conditioning refrigerant • Ammonia • Anti-freeze • Benzene

• The edges of the polycarbonate window must be free from cracks, chips, notches or scarring and must not be pinched or stressed. These defects will decrease ability to resist heavy impacts. Windows with these defects must be replaced immediately.

• Brake fluid • Carbon tetrachloride • Cutting oils • Gasoline

• Cracks, chips, notches or scarring anywhere on the viewing surface of the window will decrease ability to resist heavy impacts.

Windows with these defects must be replaced immediately.

• Bent, dented or missing window retaining parts must be replaced immediately.

• Rubber materials used in mounting the window must be maintained in good condition.

• Identification of the polycarbonate originally used by Tigercat is hot stamped in a corner of the window to identify its composition. Do not use any replacement window without proof of its material composition. Do not substitute with any other materials.

• Skylights, cab structures, windows and window retaining parts must not be modified or replaced with components that are not approved by Tigercat.

• Lacquer thinner • Toluene • Turpentine • Xylene

RESISTANCE TO WATER Polycarbonate material has good resistance to water up to approximately 65°C (150°F). Above this temperature the effect of water is timetemperature related. This means that the higher the water temperature, the shorter the time before the polycarbonate is adversely affected.

Exposing polycarbonate to repeated steam cleaning or high temperature pressure washing may result in crazing, a phenomenon that causes clouding of the surface. Crazing can ultimately result in a loss of physical strength and may precede a fracture.

3.90

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS

Lubrication and Maintenance CAUTIONS

The viewing surfaces of polycarbonate cab windows are specially treated with a hard coating to provide enhanced resistance to abrasion and ultra-violet (UV) radiation.

• DO NOT use abusive cleaning procedures either by hand or pressure washing on polycarbonate windows.

• DO NOT use brushes, razor blades, scrapers, squeegees or other sharp tools on polycarbonate windows.

The following instructions are provided to prolong the life of this protective hard coating.

• DO NOT clean polycarbonate windows when the daytime temperature is high or in direct sunlight.

1. Rinse the window thoroughly with lukewarm water

• DO NOT use abrasive or highly alkaline cleaners on polycarbonate windows.

2. Using a soft cloth, cellulose sponge or chamois, gently wash the window with a mild solution of soap or detergent in lukewarm water. DO NOT scrub or use brushes or squeegees.

• DO NOT use glass cleaners in either aerosol or non-aerosol containers to clean polycarbonate windows.

Brand name soaps and detergents recommended for cleaning polycarbonate are:

• Failure to follow these cleaning instructions will shorten the service life of polycarbonate and may cause visual hazing, loss of light transmission and delamination of the polycarbonate hard surface coating.

• Fantastik • Formula 409 • Hexcel F.O. 554 • Joy • Lysol • Mr. Clean • Neleco-Placer

CONCEALING HAIRLINE SCRATCHES The appearance of scratches and minor abrasions on the surfaces of polycarbonate windows can be minimized by using a mild automotive polish such as: • Johnson’s Paste Wax

• Pine-Sol

• Novus Plastic Polish #1 and #2

• Top Job 3. Rinse the window thoroughly with lukewarm water.

4. Dry the window with a moist soft cloth, cellulose sponge or chamois to prevent water spotting.

• Mirror Glaze Plastic Polish Be certain to clean the polycarbonate window as outlined prior to application of an automotive polish. Refer to CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS.

5. To remove grease or oil, first rub lightly with a good grade of VM&P Naphtha or isopropyl alcohol followed by the same rinse, wash, rinse and dry procedure described in steps 1 to 4.

Refer also to RESISTANCE TO CHEMICALS for a list of chemicals which should not be permitted to come into contact with polycarbonate windows.

3.91

Lubrication and Maintenance GRAFFITI REMOVAL

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher SIDE WINDOW SCREENS

• For removal of paints, marking pen inks, etc., the use of Butyl Cellosolve is generally effective. The use of masking tape, adhesive tape or lint removal tools works well for lifting off old weathered paints.

• To remove labels, stickers, etc., the use of kerosene, VM&P Naphtha, or petroleum spirits is generally effective. When the solvent will not penetrate sticker material, apply heat (hair dryer) to soften the adhesive and promote removal.

A

• Refer also to RESISTANCE TO CHEMICALS for a list of chemicals which should not be permitted to come into contact with polycarbonate windows.

FIRE PRECAUTIONS Polycarbonate window material will ignite when exposed to an ignition source in excess of 427°C (800°F). When working around polycarbonate windows, observe similar fire precautions to those in place for wood.

REMOVAL OF ANTI-CORROSION SPRAY (IF APPLICABLE) Some machines, particularly machines shipped outside North America, are shipped with an optional anti-corrosion spray to protect the machine from corrosion during shipment.

845D-064

A Window Screen Hand Knob

The side window screens (if equipped) can be removed to clean the windows. Screens are provided for the personal protection of the operator and must be reinstalled immediately after cleaning the windows.

A hand knob is provided on both the inside and the outside. By unscrewing either (not both) of these knobs, the screen will be free to swing out on the hinges. Be aware that the screen will swing outwards with considerable force, if the door is open.

This anti-corrosion spray should be removed when the machine reaches its destination as it may cause debris to stick to the treated surfaces of the machine.

The anti-corrosion can be removed with a pressure washer, a sponge and soap.

20231A R1

All hand knobs should be hand tightened only at all times.

3.92

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher PRESSURE WASHING Pressure washing is one of the easiest and most economical ways to preserve your investment.

Accumulated mud can damage track rollers, sand will grind down pins and bearings and wood debris buildup in machine enclosures is a serious fire hazard. Pressure washing is also good practice before and after servicing equipment.

Lubrication and Maintenance PRESSURE WASHING PROCEDURE – UPPER FRAME 1. Park the machine on level ground with the attachment resting firmly on the ground.

2. Apply the swing brake.

3. Turn OFF the engine.

4. Remove the ignition key.

A

CAUTION

B

To avoid slips, trips or falls, all handles, steps and platforms must be kept free of grease, oil, fuel, mud, snow, ice, and forest debris.

B

B B

CAUTION

845C-239

A Engine Enclosure Roof B Door

Use personal protective equipment to guard against flying debris.

IMPORTANT! Use a high volume, low pressure fan nozzle or nozzle setting for all equipment cleaning. High pressure spray can damage paint, penetrate electrical connections and remove labels. Use a mild detergent and make sure pressure settings are below 83 bar (1200 psi).

CAUTION Watch for personnel in area of enclosure roof before opening or closing the roof.

5. Open engine enclosure roof and doors.

6. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch.

7. Close and latch the front door.

A

B

845C-242

A Pressure Washer Extension B Platform Ladder

To clean hard-to-reach areas, use a platform ladder or attach an extension wand to your pressure washer, extend it to the desired height and lock it in place.

3.93

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher B

A A

C

B

845C-256

845C-237

A Cover Pivot Bolt B Cover C Bolt and Washer

A Main Control Valve Cover B Main Control Valve Cover Release Handle

8. Turn the main control valve cover release handle (B) clockwise to release the locking mechanism.

11. Remove the engine compartment upper frame cover by first partially removing the cover pivot bolt.

NOTE: The cover pivot bolt is mechanically restricted from being removed completely.

CAUTION Due to high temperatures in this area the main control valve release handle may be hot. Use caution when handling.

9. Pull up on the main control valve cover.

12. Remove the remainder of the bolts and rotate the cover out of the way.

13. Remove the remaining covers under the upper frame.

A 845C-257

A Main Control Valve Holding Bracket

10. Prop the bottom of the main control valve cover into the holding bracket (A).

3.94

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance IMPORTANT! Allow the engine to cool down before washing the engine compartment. Washing a hot engine with cold water could crack the engine block or other components.

A

To avoid damaging sensitive machine components, do not allow water to come in contact with electrical/electronic components or air ducts/filters inside the vehicle.

B

Due to the sensitive electronics on this machine use only warm water, a mild detergent and a gentle pressure wash setting.

18. Pressure wash the oil cooler, engine radiator and enclosure screens.

19. Pressure wash the engine compartment.

20. Pressure wash the cab windows. Refer to WINDOWS – CARE OF POLYCARBONATE WINDOWS in SECTION 2 of THIS MANUAL.

845C-238

A Debris Screen B Cooler Package

21. Pressure wash the pump area.

14. Remove the debris screen from the cooler package.

22. Pressure wash the main control valve area.

15. Remove potentially damaging limbs or sticks.

23. Re-install A/C condenser, debris screen and all covers.

24. Close engine enclosure roof and doors.

A

B 845C-246

A A/C Condenser Mounting Hardware B A/C Condenser

16. Remove the A/C condenser mounting hardware 17. Rotate the condenser away from the cooler package.

3.95

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

PRESSURE WASHING PROCEDURE – UNDERCARRIAGE 1. START the engine and leave at low idle .

A

2. Swing the boom to the side of the machine.

845-12

LIFTING TRACK

3. Place the saw on the ground and by forcing down with boom controls, lift the track clear off the ground.

4. Rotate the track to shake off mud and dirt.

5. Repeat steps 2 to 4 for the other track.

845C-235

A Rubber Cover

13. Lift the rubber cover and pressure wash the upper rotary manifold compartment.

860C-001

A

B

A

C

A Attachment Flat on Ground B Stick Cylinders Fully Extended C Hoist Cylinder Fully Retracted

B

6. Park the machine on level ground with the attachment resting firmly on the ground.

7. Apply the swing brake.

C

8. Turn OFF the engine.

9. Remove the ignition key.

10. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch.

11. Close and latch the front door.

12. Clean the undercarriage and tracks with a shovel and a broom to remove all debris before pressure washing.

A Undercarriage Door Pivot Bolt B Undercarriage Door C Bolts

14. For non-leveling undercarriages, partially remove the undercarriage door pivot bolt.

NOTE: The undercarriage door pivot bolt is mechanically restricted from being removed completely.

15. Remove the remainder of the bolts and rotate the undercarriage door out of the way.

3.96

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher A

Lubrication and Maintenance

B

C

845C-190

A

A Bolts and Washers B Left Rotary Manifold Guard C Right Rotary Manifold Guard

16. For leveling undercarriages, removing the left and right rotary manifold guards.

17. Pressure wash the lower rotary manifold compartment.

A

B

C

845C-243

A Left Cover B Bolts and Washers C Right Cover

18. Remove the left and right drive motor cover bolts.

19. Remove the left and right covers.

20. Pressure wash the drive motor compartments.

21. Pressure wash the tracks and undercarriage.

22. Re-install all covers.

3.97

Lubrication and Maintenance PROTECTING STEEL TRACKS

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher Avoid unnecessary reverse operation.

Operating in reverse-even at slow speedscompounds bushing and sprocket wear as the track tension loads are applied to the top side of the chain. So avoid an unproductive reverse operation.

Alternate turning directions.

Steel tracks are designed to perform in tough underfoot conditions. Take these steps to maximize service life and reduce operating costs.

Start every shift with a clean undercarriage.

When mud and debris build up on the lower part of your machine, components wear at a faster rate.

Do not begin work until the undercarriage area is clean.

Inspect the undercarriage before you start working.

In addition to ensuring that the undercarriage is clean, spend a couple of minutes on a visual inspection. Check for loose bolts, leaky seals and abnormal wear patterns. When you spot potential problems early, you can often prevent them from turning into bigger issues that reduce component life significantly or cause expensive unscheduled downtime.

Don't spin the tracks.

Track spinning, reduces production, it increases fuel consumption, without a corresponding increase in productivity. And it accelerates undercarriage wear, so your costs escalate.

Grouser bars are especially prone to wear problems associated with track slippage.

If you're always turning in the same direction, the undercarriage components on one side of the machine will wear at a different rate than those on the other side. To ensure even wear, pay attention to the way you're turning-and change directions whenever possible.

Make gradual turns instead of counterrotations.

Counter-rotating accelerates wear on the tracks and other undercarriage components. Don't use that technique unless job conditions demand it. Instead, turn the machine gradually while slowly moving forward or reverse. Gradual turns minimize cuts, tears and excessive wear in the undercarriage. They also reduce damage to soft or sensitive work surfaces.

In the event a counter rotation is required some machine operators will carefully push the boom and attachment down against a suitable obstacle and lift the forward or rear sections of the track off the ground. The operator will then counter rotate the tracks while swinging the upper frame. This will disengage most of the track length from the ground during the counter rotation resulting in less site damage and potentially less track wear.

This is a complex manoeuvre and should only be completed with fully trained and experienced operators working in stable ground conditions.

Watch your speed.

There are times when a job requires higher speed operation, but the fact is, wear accelerates as speed increases. Links, rollers and idlers are particularly vulnerable. Keep them working longer by controlling your speed.

3.98

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

Work up or down a slope whenever possible.

Other factors:

Working across a slope can shorten undercarriage component life, so try to structure the job with minimal cross-slope activity.

Application refers to the type of work you do.

Bunching, loading, grading, digging and trenching are a few examples. This factor is largely beyond your control, but generally speaking, the more you work in high horsepower, high-torque applications, the faster your undercarriage will wear.

Watch transition areas.

Material type is another key contributor to undercarriage wear that is outside your control, the more abrasive the material, the more rapid the wear rate.

Terrain, a third uncontrollable factor, describes the contours and slopes at your job site. The more time you spend in rugged, sloped areas, the faster your undercarriage will wear out.

Try to minimize travel over transition obstacles as this accelerates undercarriage wear. If you must go across a transition, position the machine 90° to the transition. Without ground support, the undercarriage is subjected to side stresses that can result in rapid, excessive wear.

Configuration refers to the way your machine is equipped and is therefore something you can control. To minimize undercarriage wear on steel-track machines, always use the narrowest track shoe possible that meets your flotation requirements. If you work in very sticky materials, consider using center-punched track shoes to reduce material packing in the undercarriage area.

3.99

Lubrication and Maintenance Maintenance discipline plays a big role in undercarriage component life. One of the most critical maintenance practices is track adjustment.

Tight track is the number-one "track killer." But whether your track is too loose or too tight, improper adjustment accelerates wear which can increase downtime and repair costs. Follow the manufacturer's recommendations for track adjustment, and always perform the adjustment in the machine's working environment. A second important maintenance process is cleaning the undercarriage. To maximize wear life, remove mud and debris at the end of every shift, or more frequently if necessary.

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher CONTROLLABLE WEAR FACTORS TRACK CHAIN SAG NOTE: Overtightened track chains will significantly shorten bushing outer diameter wear life.

MEASURING TRACK SAG

Talk to the experts: Undercarriage components are expensive!

To get long life and maximum value from your investment, consult with a dealer or factory rep that really knows the undercarriage business.

Ask for advice on operating techniques. Explore relevant application, material and terrain issues.

Fine-tune your maintenance processes. Working together with an undercarriage expert, you can manage your equipment investment over the long term.

845-012A1

LIFT LEFT TRACK

1. Swing boom to side of the machine.

2. Place the attachment on the ground and by forcing down with boom controls, lift the track clear off the ground.

Refer to serial number plate for machine weight (less attachment).

Refer to attachment manufacturer's manual for correct attachment weight information.

3. Use blocks to firmly support the undercarriage frame in raised position.

4. Rotate track in forward and reverse several times. Stop the track while in reverse. Do not clean the track.

5. Turn OFF the engine.

B

853ILL8

A

C

A Sag Dimension B Underside of Track Guard C Upper Surface of Track Shoe

6. Measure distance between top surface of track shoe at centre of lower surface of track frame.

7. This dimension should be between 4–6 in for normal operations.

3.100

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance TORQUE PROCEDURE, TRACK SHOE

860C-333

TORQUE PROCEDURE

• Incorrect bolt torque is the leading cause of track shoe loosening

860C-320

NOTE: If track sag is less than specified, track chain wear will be accelerated. If track sag is excessive, it is possible for the track to jump off the sprocket.

• Use the Torque + turn method when tightening track shoe bolts.

• Provides controlled stretch of the bolt (about 0.3 mm). It is the stretch that prevents the bolt from coming loose.

• Provides up to 25% more clamp load than straight torque • It is not influenced by friction/condition of mating components This method is also used on other critical joints such as sprockets and final drives.

Refer to TRACK COMPONENTS, TORQUING UNDERCARRIAGE BOLTS in SECTION 11 of the SERVICE MANUAL.

3.101

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

TRACK SAG ADJUSTMENT

COUPLER FILL VALVE

Filling procedures for track sag adjustment will depend on which undercarriage your vehicle is equipped with.

GREASE FITTING FILL VALVE

845C-003

845C-002

B

A

A

880-303

TRACK SAG FILL VALVE

A Fill Valve B Valve Coupler 880-303

A Grease Fitting Fill Valve

To tighten the track, use a grease gun and add grease at the fill valve. Add grease until the track sag dimension is within recommended limits. Refer to MEASURING TRACK SAG in SECTION 11 of the SERVICE MANUAL for recommended limits.

To loosen the track, slowly loosen the fill valve until grease begins to escape through the vent passage in the valve body housing. Grease will vent around the valve body threads. Remove grease until the track sag dimension is within recommended limits.

Refer to MEASURING TRACK SAG in SECTION 11 for recommended limits.

NOTE: The track sag fill valve is mechanically restricted from being removed completely.

To tighten the track, attach the coupler onto the fill valve. Connect a grease gun to the grease fitting on the coupler. Add grease until the track sag dimension is within recommended limits. Refer to TRACK CHAIN – MEASURING TRACK SAG in THIS SECTION for recommended limits. Remove the coupler and store in a safe place.

WARNING The grease is under very high pressure.

Removing the fill valve completely may cause the valve to blow out and cause bodily harm.

To loosen the track, slowly loosen the fill valve until grease begins to escape through the vent passage in the valve body housing. Grease will vent around the valve body threads. Remove grease until the track sag dimension is within recommended limits.

Refer to TRACK CHAIN – MEASURING TRACK SAG in THIS SECTION for recommended limits.

NOTE: The track sag fill valve is not mechanically restricted from being removed completely.

3.102

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

LEVELER CYLINDER TAPERED LOCK PINS RE-TORQUING A

To ensure the leveler cylinder tapered sleeves have been properly seated, re-torque the leveler cylinder tapered lock pin bolts during the break in period at the regular service intervals. The tapered expansion sleeves are seated when attempts to re-torque the bolts result in the bolts no longer turning. The leveler cylinder tapered lock pin bolts then no longer require re-torquing until the pin joint requires service.

To ensure the leveler cylinder tapered lock pin bolts are tightened to the correct torque, do the following: 1. Park the machine on level ground with the attachment and boom in a relaxed state in front of the machine. Refer to PARKING THE MACHINE in SECTION 1.

2. Apply the swing brake.

3. Turn OFF the engine.

4. Remove the ignition key.

800530

5. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch.

A

A

6. Close and latch the front door.

C

B

A

A

A Leveler Cylinder Tapered Lock Pin End Bolts (QTY 8) B Double Clevis Style Cylinder C Single Clevis Style Cylinder

9. Using a torque wrench, torque the leveler cylinder tapered lock pin end bolts (QTY 8). For leveler cylinder tapered lock pin end bolt torque values, refer to TORQUE CHART in THIS SECTION.

CAUTION 7. Install the cylinder locks in the leveling mechanism.

Refer to LEVELER CYLINDER LOCKS in THIS SECTION.

Torque wrenches should be regularly checked for accuracy to ensure that all fasteners are tightened to the correct torque.

8. Check the tapered lock pin gap between: a. Pin cap washer and sleeve retaining cap. b. Cylinder pin washer and lug.

Refer to TAPERED LOCK PIN GAP in THIS SECTION. 3.103

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

TAPERED LOCK PIN GAP The tapered lock pin gap in is the dimension between: a. Pin cap washer and sleeve retaining cap. b. Cylinder pin washer and lug.

For the tapered lock pin to be effective, the gap must be 3–5 mm (1⁄8–3⁄16 in) on both ends (a) and (b) of the tapered lock pin.

To adjust the tapered lock pin gap, do the following: 1. Park the machine on level ground with the attachment and boom in a relaxed state in front of the machine. Refer to PARKING THE MACHINE in SECTION 1.

8. Place a jack between the track and upper frame.

9. Using the jack, remove any load imposed on the cylinder.

NOTE: Once the load is removed, the cylinder will rock freely on the ball bushing.

2. Apply the swing brake.

3. Turn OFF the engine.

4. Remove the ignition key.

A

5. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch.

B

6. Close and latch the front door.

C

D

E

A 800532

A B C D E

7. Install the cylinder locks in the leveling mechanism.

Refer to LEVELER CYLINDER LOCKS in THIS SECTION.

Gap Requirement 3–5 mm (1⁄8–3⁄16 in) Pin Cap Washer Sleeve Retaining Cap Lug Cylinder Pin Washer

10. Measure the tapered lock pin gap between: a. Pin cap washer and sleeve retaining cap. b. Cylinder pin washer and lug.

NOTE: The gap for both (a) and (b) should be 3–5 mm (1⁄8–3⁄16 in). If the gap is not within these dimensions the taper lock pin end bolts cannot be accurately re-torqued. After the re-torque service interval schedule is complete and the connection remains tight, the gap will eventually disappear but can remain in active duty. If the gap is withing these dimensions, the taper lock pin end bolts can be retorqued if required.

3.104

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance A

A

800538 800537

A Tapered Lock Pin

12. Tap the head of the leveler cylinder tapered lock pin end bolt in the direction needed to move the tapered lock pin. Adjust the tapered lock pin to obtain a gap of 3–5 mm (1⁄8–3⁄16 in) between:

A

a. Pin cap washer and sleeve retaining cap. b. Cylinder pin washer and lug.

13. Using a torque wrench, torque the leveler cylinder tapered lock pin end bolts. Refer to LEVELER CYLINDER TAPERED LOCK PINS RE-TORQUING in THIS SECTION. 14. Measure the tapered lock pin gap between: a. Pin cap washer and sleeve retaining cap. b. Cylinder pin washer and lug.

NOTE: The gap for both (a) and (b) should be 3–5 mm (1⁄8–3⁄16 in). If the gap is not within these dimensions repeat the process. If the gap is dimensionally correct, return the machine to active duty.

800536

A Leveler Cylinder Tapered Lock Pin End Bolt

11. Loosen both leveler tapered lock pin end bolts two or three turns.

3.105

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

TORQUE CHART LOCATION Cylinder, Stick, 110 mm (36473B) Piston nut Cylinder end cap bolts Cylinder, Hoist, 130 mm (36586B) Cylinder end cap bolts Cylinder, Tilt, 120 mm (36474B) Piston nut Cylinder end cap bolts Cylinder, Leveler (13274B) Piston nut Cylinder end cap bolts Linde Valve Section (VW 25) Swing bearing Swing bearing bolts Swing gearbox mounting bolts Engine mounting Rear bracket to chassis Rear mounting brackets to engine Front bracket to chassis Front mounting bracket to engine Pump drive Drive plate to flywheel Mounting plate to bell housing Undercarriage Track shoe bolts (D6) Track shoe bolts (FH400) Track shoe bolt (F8) Roller mounting bolts Sprocket bolts Gearbox mounting bolts Drive motor mounting bolts Leveler,fore/aft pivot shaft and housing bolts Leveler,tapered pin end bolts

THREAD DIAMETER

TORQUE (LUBRICATED) lbf-ft Nm

M50 - 2 M14 - 2

2100 129

2860 175

M16

225

305

M60 - 2 M14 - 2

2480 129

3370 175

2 3/4" UNC M22 M12 x 1.75

5200 480 59

7000 650 80

7/8" UNC M20

450-500 400

620-680 530

M24 x 3 M12 x 1.75 M24 x 3 M12 x 1.75

675 80 675 80

925 109 925 109

M10 x 1.5 M10 x 1.5

34 47

46 63

3/4" UNF M24 X 12.9 M20 X 12.9 7/8" UNC M20 M20 M12 M20 M24 M24

T/T* T/T* T/T* 450 380 380 95 380 675 450

T/T* T/T* T/T* 610 515 515 130 515 915 610

*T/T represents Torque-turn, this is a method of torquing the track shoe bolts which is fully described in Torque values pertaining to the engine and attachment are provided in the service manuals applicable to those major components.

845D TORQUECHART R0.XLS

3.106

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

GENERAL TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS

The torque values listed below are for general use only.

DO NOT use these values if a different torque value or tightening procedure is shown for a specific application.

IMPERIAL GRADE 8 BOLTS

GRADE 5 BOLTS

IMPERIAL BOLT TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS GRADE 8 BOLTS GRADE 5 BOLTS DRY LUBRICATED COARSE THREAD lbf-ft Nm lbf-ft Nm 1/4" - 20 7- 8 10 - 11 8 - 10 11 - 13 5/16" - 18 14 - 18 19 - 24 10 - 15 13 - 20 3/8" - 16 31 - 34 42 - 46 23 - 25 31 - 34 7/16" - 14 49 - 54 66 - 73 37 - 41 50 - 55 1/2" - 13 75 - 83 102 - 112 57 - 63 77 - 85 9/16" - 12 109 - 120 148 - 162 82 - 90 111 - 122 5/8" - 11 150 - 165 204 - 223 113 - 124 152 - 168 3/4" - 10 266 - 293 360 - 397 200 - 220 271 - 298 7/8" - 9 394 - 433 535 - 586 296 - 326 402 - 441 1" - 8 591 - 649 802 - 879 443 - 489 601 - 663 1 1/8" - 7 794 - 873 1077 - 1183 596 - 656 808 - 889 1 1/4" - 7 1120 - 1232 1519 - 1670 840 - 924 1139 - 1252 FINE DRY LUBRICATED lbf-ft Nm lbf-ft Nm THREAD 1/4" - 28 9 - 10 12 - 13 9 - 10 12 - 13 5/16" - 24 17 - 22 23 - 29 16 - 20 21 - 27 3/8" - 24 35 - 39 48 - 53 26 - 29 35 - 39 7/16" - 20 55 - 61 75 - 83 41 - 45 56 - 61 1/2" - 20 85 - 94 116 - 127 64 - 70 87 - 95 9/16" - 18 121 - 133 164 - 180 91 - 100 124 - 135 5/8" - 18 170 - 187 231 - 253 128 - 141 174 - 191 3/4" - 16 297 - 327 403 - 443 223 - 245 303 - 332 7/8" - 14 434 - 477 589 - 646 326 - 359 442 - 486 1" - 12 646 - 711 876 - 965 484 - 534 657 - 724 1 1/8" - 12 891 - 980 1208 - 1328 668 - 735 906 - 996 1 1/4" - 12 1240 - 1364 1682 - 1849 931 - 1024 1262 - 1387

8.8

10.9

8.8

10.9

8.8

10.9

10

10

10

METRIC

LUBRICATED lbf-ft Nm 8 - 10 11 - 13 20 - 28 27 - 38 33 - 36 45 - 49 52 - 57 71 - 77 80 - 88 109 - 119 115 - 127 156 - 172 159 - 175 216 - 237 282 - 310 393 - 420 455 - 501 617 - 679 682 - 750 925 - 1016 966 - 1062 1310 - 1441 1360 - 1496 1844 - 2027 LUBRICATED lbf-ft Nm 10 - 13 14 - 17 18 - 25 25 - 33 37 - 41 50 - 55 58 - 64 79 - 86 90 - 99 122 - 134 128 - 141 174 - 191 180 - 198 244 - 268 315 - 347 427 - 470 501 - 550 679 - 745 746 - 821 1012 - 1113 1083 - 1191 1469 - 1613 1509 - 1660 2046 - 2250

10

12.9

12.9

10

12.9

12.9

12.9

12

12

DRY lbf-ft Nm 11 - 12 15 - 16 26 - 30 35 - 40 44 -48 60 - 65 70 - 77 95 - 104 106 - 117 144 - 158 153 - 168 208 - 228 212 - 233 288 - 316 376 - 414 510 - 561 606 - 667 822 - 904 909 - 1000 1233 - 1355 1288 - 1417 1746 - 1921 1817 - 1999 2464 - 2710 DRY lbf-ft Nm 13 - 14 18 - 19 23 - 28 31 - 38 49 - 54 67 - 73 78 - 86 106 - 116 120 - 132 163 - 179 171 - 188 232 - 255 240 - 264 326 - 358 420 - 462 570 - 626 668 - 735 906 - 996 995 - 1096 1359 - 1486 1445 - 1590 1960 - 2155 2012 - 2213 2728 - 2997

10

COARSE THREAD 1/4" - 20 5/16" - 18 3/8" - 16 7/16" - 14 1/2" - 13 9/16" - 12 5/8" - 11 3/4" - 10 7/8" - 9 1" - 8 1 1/8" - 7 1 1/4" - 7 FINE THREAD 1/4" - 28 5/16" - 24 3/8" - 24 7/16" - 20 1/2" - 20 9/16" - 18 5/8" - 18 3/4" - 16 7/8" - 14 1" - 14 1 1/8" - 12 1 1/4" - 12

12

METRIC BOLT TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS CLASS 8.8

SIZE PITCH LUBRICATED mm Nm lbf-ft M6 1 8-9 6-7 M8 1.25 20 - 22 15 - 16 M10 1.5 39 - 43 29 - 32 M12 1.75 68 - 75 50 - 55 M14 2 109 - 120 80 - 89 M16 2 169 - 186 125 - 137 M18 2.5 234 - 257 172 - 190 M20 2.5 330 - 364 244 - 268 M22 2.5 451 - 496 332 - 366 M24 3 571 - 628 421 - 463 M27 3 837 - 921 618 - 679 M30 3.5 1135 - 1249 837 - 921 M33 3.5 1545 - 1699 1139 - 1253 M36 4 1985 - 2183 1464 - 1610

CLASS 10.9 LUBRICATED DRY Nm lbf-ft Nm lbf-ft Nm lbf-ft 11 - 12 8-9 11 - 12 8-9 15 - 17 11 - 12 26 - 29 19 - 21 27 - 30 20 - 22 36 - 40 27 - 30 52 - 57 38 - 42 54 - 60 40 - 44 72 - 79 53 - 59 91 - 100 67 - 74 94 - 104 70 - 77 126 - 138 93 - 102 145 - 160 107 - 118 151 - 166 111 - 122 201 - 221 148 - 163 226 - 248 166 - 183 234 - 257 173 - 190 312 - 343 230 - 253 312 - 343 230 - 253 324 - 356 239 - 262 431 - 474 318 - 350 441 - 485 325 - 357 457 - 503 337 - 371 610 - 670 450 - 495 601 - 661 443 - 487 623 - 686 460 - 506 831 - 914 613 - 674 761 - 838 562 - 618 790 - 869 583 - 641 1053 - 1159 777 - 855 1116 - 1228 823 - 906 1158 - 1274 854 - 940 1544 - 1699 1139 - 1253 1514 - 1665 1116 - 1228 1570 - 1727 1158 - 1274 2094 - 2303 1544 - 1699 2060 - 2266 1519 - 1671 2137 - 2351 1576 - 1734 2849 - 3134 2102 - 2312 2646 - 2911 1952 - 2147 2745 - 3020 2025 - 2227 3661 - 4027 2700 - 2970 DRY

3.107

CLASS 12.9 LUBRICATED DRY Nm lbf-ft Nm lbf-ft 13 - 14 10 - 11 18 - 19 13 - 14 32 - 35 24 - 26 43 - 47 31 - 35 63 - 70 47 - 51 84 - 93 62 - 68 110 - 121 81 - 90 147 - 162 109 - 119 176 - 194 130 - 143 235 - 259 173 - 191 274 - 301 202 - 222 365 - 401 269 - 296 378 - 416 279 - 307 504 - 554 372 - 409 534 - 588 394 - 433 712 - 784 525 - 578 728 - 801 537 - 591 971 - 1068 716 - 788 923 - 1016 681 - 749 1231 - 1354 908 - 999 1354 - 1489 998 - 1098 1805 - 1985 1331 - 1464 1835 - 2019 1354 - 1489 2447 - 2692 1805 - 1985 2498 - 2747 1842 - 2026 3330 - 3663 2456 - 2702 3208 - 3529 2366 - 2603 4278 - 4706 3155 - 3471

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

Parker The 4-Bolt Split Flange consists of four main

Assembly Torque

The four-bolt port is simply a circular opening (flow passage) surrounded by four tapped holes in a certain pattern for acceptance of the flange clamping bolts. The flat surface of the port compresses the O-ring contained in the groove in the flange head when the clamp bolts are torqued.

In some instances, the groove is in the port and not in the flange head. The bolts, through the clamp halves, clamp down the flange head on to the flat surface of the port compressing and trapping the O-ring in the groove and leaving no gap for it to extrude under pressure. The hydraulic pressure is thus sealed by the compressed O-ring as long as the bolts are tightened enough to maintain solid metal to metal contact between the flange head at the outside diameter of the O-ring and the top of the port.

components:

• A body (flange head) • An O-ring • One captive or two split flange clamps • Four bolts and washer A B C

D

Flange Port The steps to properly assemble the flange port clamping bolts are:

E F

1. Make sure sealing surfaces are free of burrs, nicks, scratches or any foreign particles.

2. Lubricate the O-ring.

3. Position flange and clamp halves.

FLANGE.JPG

A B C D E F

4-Bolt Split Flange Components

4. Place lock washers on bolts and insert through clamp halves.

Washers Bolts Flange Clamp Flange Head O-Ring Tapped Holes

5. Hand tighten bolts.

Dash Size

Flange Size

Inch Bolt (J518)

Torque lbf-ft

Metric Bolt (ISO 6162)

Torque Nm

8 12 16 20 24 32 40 48 56 64 80

1/2 3/4 1 1-1/4 1-1/2 2 2-1/2 3 3-1/2 4 5

5/16-18 3/8-16 3/8-16 7/16-14 1/2-13 1/2-13 1/2-13 5/8-11 5/8-11 5/8-11 5/8-11

17 +/- 2 25 +/- 3.5 31 +/- 4.5 41 +/- 5 52 +/- 6 60 +/- 6 85 +/- 9 144 +/- 15 125 +/- 8 125 +/- 8 125 +/- 8

M8 M10 M10 M12 M12 M12 M12 M16 M16 M16 M16

25 49 49 85 85 135 95 220 220 220 220

* Does not meet ISO 6162 specification.

6. Torque bolts in diagonal sequence (see Fig. T9) in small increments to the appropriate torque level listed in Table T6 or Table T7 on this page.

FLANGE2.JPG

Table T6 - Code 61 Flange Recommended Bolt Torque

Fig. T9 - Flange Bolt Tightening Sequence Dash Size

Flange Size

Inch Bolt (J518)

Torque lbf-ft

Metric Bolt (ISO 6162)

Torque N-m

8 12 16 20 24 32

1/2 3/4 1 1 1/4 1 1/2 2

5/16-18 3/8-16 7/16-14 1/2-13 5/8-11 3/4-10

17 +/- 2 30 +/- 4.5 46 +/- 4.5 69 +/- 6 125 +/- 8 208 +/- 20

M8 M10 M12 M14 M16 M20

25 49 85 135 210 425

* Does not meet ISO 6162 specification.

Table T7 - Code 62 Flange Recommended Bolt Torque 3.108

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

Parker

Assembly Torque

JIC 37 Degree Flare SAE Dash Size

Thread Size

-2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -8 -10 -12 -14 -16 -20 -24 -32 -40

NPTF

Tube Connection Swivel or Hose Connection FFWR FFWR

5/16-24 3/8-24 7/16-20 1/2-20 9/16-18 3/4-16 7/8-14 1 1/16-12 1 3/16-12 1 5/16-12 1 5/8-12 1 7/8-12 2 1/2-12 3-12

NA NA 2 2 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/4 1 1 1 1 1 1

SAE Dash Size

NA NA 2 2 1 1/4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

-2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -8 -10 -12 -14 -16 -20 -24 -32 -40

F.F.W.R : Flats From Wrench Resistance All values are for Steel, Stainless Steel and Brass

1/8-27 NA 1/4-18 NA 3/8-18 1/2-14 7/8-14 3/4-14 NA 1-11 1/2 1 1/4-11 1/2 1 1/2-11 1/2 2-11 1/2 NA

Thread Size

-2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -8 -10 -12 -14 -16 -20 -24 -32 -40

NA NA 1/4 TO 1/2 NA 1/4 TO 1/2 1/4 TO 1/2 1/4 TO 1/2 1/4 TO 1/2 NA 1/4 TO 1/2 1/4 TO 1/2 1/4 TO 1/2 NA NA

2-3 NA 2-3 NA 2-3 2-3 NA 2-3 NA 1.5-2.5 1.5-2.5 1.5-2.5 1.5-2.5 NA

BSPT

Tube Connection Swivel or Hose Connection FFWR FFWR

NA NA 9/16-18 NA 11/16-16 13/16-16 1-14 1 3/16-12 NA 1 7/16-12 1 11/16-12 2-12 NA NA

2-3 NA 2-3 NA 2-3 2-3 NA 2-3 NA 1.5-2.5 1.5-2.5 1.5-2.5 1.5-2.5 NA

T.F.F.T. : Turns from finger tight All pipe values are for Steel, Stainless Steel and Brass

O'ring Face Seal / Seal-Lok SAE Dash Size

Tube Connection Swivel or Hose Connection TFFT TFFT

Thread Size

SAE Dash Size

NA NA 1/2 TO 3/4 NA 1/2 TO 3/4 1/2 TO 3/4 1/2 TO 3/4 1/3 TO 1/2 NA 1/3 TO 1/2 1/3 TO 1/2 1/3 TO 1/2 NA NA

-2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -8 -10 -12 -14 -16 -20 -24 -32 -40

F.F.W.R : Flats From Wrench Resistance All values are for Steel, Stainless Steel and Brass

Thread Size

Tube Connection Swivel or Hose Connection TFFT TFFT

1/8-28 NA 1/4-19 NA 3/8-19 1/2-14 NA 3/4-14 NA 1-11 1 1/4-11 1 1/2-11 2-11 NA

2-3 NA 2-3 NA 2-3 2-3 NA 2-3 NA 1.5-2.5 1.5-2.5 1.5-2.5 1.5-2.5 NA

2-3 NA 2-3 NA 2-3 2-3 NA 2-3 NA 1.5-2.5 1.5-2.5 1.5-2.5 1.5-2.5 NA

T.F.F.T. : Turns from finger tight All pipe values are for Steel, Stainless Steel and Brass

SAE J1926 STRAIGHT THREAD PORT TORQUES ASSEMBLY TORQUE = 10 % -0 SAE DASH SIZE

2 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 20 24 32

5/16-24 3/8-24 7/16-20 1/2-20 9/16-18 3/4-16 7/8-14 1 1/16-12 1 3/16-12 1 5/16-12 1 5/8-12 1 7/8-12 2 1/2-12

SEAL-LOK lbf-ft (lbf-in) (310) (310) (310) (360) (420) 60 100 135 175 200 250 305 375

Nm 20 20 20 40 46 80 135 185 235 270 340 415 510

TRIPLE-LOK FERULOK PIPE FITTINGS lbf-ft Nm (lbf-in) (85) 10 (155) 18 (260) 29 (280) 32 (350) 40 (620) 70 85 115 135 183 175 237 200 271 250 339 305 414 375 509

PLUGS

ADJUSTABLE

NON-ADJUSTABLE THREAD SIZE

SEAL-LOK lbf-ft (lbf-in) (310) (310) (310) (360) (420) 60 100 135 175 200 250 305 375

Nm

3.109

20 20 20 40 46 80 135 185 235 270 340 415 510

TRIPLE-LOK FERULOK PIPE FITTINGS lbf-ft Nm (lbf-in) (60) 7 (100) 11 (180) 20 (250) 28 (350) 40 (620) 70 85 115 135 183 175 237 200 271 250 339 305 414 375 509

HOLLOW HEX HP5ON-S lbf-ft (lbf-in) (30) (55) (120) (170) (410) 60 100 135 175 200 250 305 375

Nm 3.5 6 13.5 19 46 80 135 185 235 270 340 415 510

HEX HEAD P5ON-S lbf-ft (lbf-in) (85) (155) (260) (280) (350) (620) 85 135 175 200 250 305 375

Nm 10 18 29 32 40 70 115 183 237 271 339 414 509

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

EATON Aeroquip

Assembly Torque

Recommended Parallel Connection Assembly torque

Eaton recommends that a Torque wrench be used to assure proper fitting assembly of these connections.

Straight Thread O-Ring Boss Low Pressure with 37º (SAEJ514)

Straight Thread O-Ring Boss High Pressure with ORS (J1453)

Thread Size (inches) 3/8-24 7/16-20 1/2-20 9/16-18 3/4-16 7/8-14 1 1/16-12 1 3/16-12 1 5/16-12 1 5/8-12 1 7/8-12 2 1/2-12

Dash Size -03 -04 -05 -06 -08 -10 -12 -14 -16 -20 -24 -32

The values listed are for steel connections. Contact Teaton for torque values for other materials.

Jam Nut or Jam Nut or Straight Straight Fitting Torque Fitting Torque lb.-ft.

Newton Meters 8-9 12-13 13-15 18-20 14-15 19-21 23-24 32-33 40-43 55-57 43-48 59-64 68-75 93-101 83-90 113-122 112-123 152-166 146-161 198-218 154-170 209-230 218-240 296-325

Dash Size -03 -04 -05 -06 -08 -10 -12 -14 -16 -20 -24

ORS

Dash Size -04 -06 -08 -10 -12 -16 -20 -24

Thread Size (inches) 3/8-24 7/16-20 1/2-20 9/16-18 3/4-16 7/8-14 1 1/16-12 1 3/16-12 1 5/16-12 1 5/8-12 1 7/8-12

Jam Nut or Jam Nut or Straight Straight Fitting Torque Fitting Torque lb.-ft.

Newton Meters 8-10 11-16 14-16 20-22 18-20 24-27 24-26 33-35 50-60 68-78 72-80 98-110 125-135 170-183 160-180 215-245 200-220 270-300 210-280 285-380 270-360 370-490

SAE 37º (JIC) Thread Size (inches) 9/16-18 11/16-20 13/16-16 1-14 1 3/16-12 1 7/16-12 1 11/16-12 2-12

Swivel Nut Torque lb.-ft.

10-12 18-20 32-35 46-50 65-70 92-100 125-140 150-165

Swivel Nut Torque Newton Meters 14-16 24-27 43-47 62-68 88-95 125-136 170-190 204-224

Dash Size -04 -05 -06 -08 -10 -12 -16 -20 -24 -32

Metric Thread Size mm M10x1 M12x1.5 M14x1.5 M16x1.5 M18x1.5 M20x1.5 M22x1.5 M26x1.5 M27x2 M33x2 M42x2 M48x2

Thread Size (inches) 7/16-20 1/2-20 9/16-18 3/4-16 7/8-14 1 1/16-12 1 5/16-12 1 5/8-12 1 7/8-12 2 1/2-12

Swivel Nut Torque lb.-ft.

11-12 15-16 18-20 38-42 57-62 79-87 108-113 127-133 158-167 245-258

Swivel Nut Torque Newton Meters 15-16 20-22 24-28 52-58 77-85 108-119 148-154 173-182 216-227 334-352

BSPP Straight Adapter or Locknut Torque lb.-ft.

Newton Meters 13-15 18-20 15-19 20-25 19-23 25-30 33-40 45-55 37-44 50-60 52-66 70-90 55-70 75-95 81-96 110-130 96-111 130-150 162-184 220-250 170-192 230-260 258-347 350-470

Nominal Thread Size Straight Adapter or Locknut Torque inches** lb.-ft.

Newton Meters G1/8-28 13-15 18-20 G1/4-19 19-23 25-30 G3/8-19 33-40 45-55 G1/2-14 55-70 75-95 G3/4-14 103-118 140-160 G1-11 162-184 220-250 G1 1/4-11 170-192 230-260 G1 1/2-11 258-347 350-470 ** "G" denotes parallel threads, other than ISO 6149 (Port connection only)

Eaton Aeroquip Fluid Conveyance Products A-HOOV-MC001-E January 2005

3.110

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat wire colour code chart applicable to all products manufactured by Tigercat Industries Inc. Colour

Function

Example

Red

Power

Black

Ground

(Fused and Unfused)

White

Engine Control

(Fuel Shut-off, Start Aid)

Blue

Propulsion Control

(Transmission/Reverser Solenoids)

Purple

Monitor, Electrical and Mechanical Systems

(Air Cleaner, Alternator, Wheel Speed, Engine Speed)

Tan

Electrical and Electromechanical Control

(Park Brake, Alternator Excitation) (Power Door Motor, Backup Alarm)

Yellow

Monitors

(Flow, Pressure, Temperature, Level)

Grey

Standard Monitor System

(Logic Module to Monitor)

Brown

Lights

Green

Electro-hydraulic Control

(Pilot Solenoids)

Orange

Accessories

(Horn, A/C, Heater)

Common Conversions To Convert...

Into...

To Convert...

Into...

bar ������������������������

psi........................

14.5

Multiply By

in3 ��������������������������

cm3 ������������������������

16.39

cm3 ������������������������

in3 ��������������������������

0.06102

°F ��������������������������

°C �������������������������

(°F - 32) / 1.8

°C �������������������������

°F ��������������������������

(°C x 9/5) + 32

US Gal ������������������

L ����������������������������

3.785

kg ��������������������������

lb ���������������������������

2.205

hp �������������������������

kW ������������������������

0.7457

kW ������������������������

hp �������������������������

1.341

in ���������������������������

mm ������������������������

25.4

L ����������������������������

US Gal ������������������

0.2642

lb ���������������������������

kg ��������������������������

0.4535

mm ������������������������

in ���������������������������

0.03937

lbf•ft ����������������������

Nm ������������������������

1.356

Nm ������������������������

lbf•ft ����������������������

0.7375

psi �������������������������

bar ������������������������

0.06896

N ���������������������������

lbf ��������������������������

0.22481

in Hg ���������������������

psi �������������������������

0.4912

in H2O �������������������

psi �������������������������

0.03613

lb ���������������������������

N ���������������������������

4.4482

3.111

Multiply By

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

WEIGHTS OF COMMERCIAL WOOD

SPECIES

Alder, Red Ash, White Aspen, Quaking Bald Cypress Basswood, American Beech, American Birch, Paper Birch, Yellow Cedar, Alaska Cedar, Incense Cedar, Northern White Cedar, Port-Orford Cedar, Western Red Cherry, Black Cottonwood, Eastern Douglas Fir, Coast Douglas Fir, Inland North Elm, American Fir, Alpine Fir, Balsam Fir, Nobel Fir, Red Fir, Silver Fir, White Gum, Black Gum, Blue Gum, Red Gum, Tupelo Hemlock, Eastern Hemlock, Western Hickory, Pecan Hickory, True Larch, Western Locust, Black Magnolia, Cucumber

KG/M3 LB/FT3

737 769 689 817 673 865 801 929 577 721 449 897 433 721 785 881 577 865 449 721 481 769 577 753 721 1121 801 897 801 657 993 1009 769 929 785

46 48 43 51 42 54 50 58 36 45 28 36 57 45 49 55 36 54 28 45 30 48 36 47 45 70 50 56 50 41 62 63 48 58 49

SPECIES

Maple, Big Leaf Maple, Black Maple, Red Maple, Silver Maple, Sugar Oak, Black Oak, Chestnut Oak, Red Oak, Red, Swamp Oak, Swamp Chestnut Oak, White Oak, White, Swamp Pine, Jack Pine, Loblolly Pine, Lodgepole Pine, Long Leaf Pine, Norway, Red Pine, Short Leaf Pine, Slash Pine, Sugar Pine, Western Yellow Pine, White-Western Pine, White-Eastern Poplar, Yellow Redwood Spruce, Black Spruce, Engleman Spruce, Red Spruce, Sitka Spruce, White Sweetgum Sycamore, American Tamarack Walnut, Black Willow, Black

NOTE: The values shown here are green weights.

3.112

KG/M3 LB/FT3

753 865 801 721 897 1009 977 1009 1073 1041 993 1105 801 993 625 993 673 993 993 817 721 561 577 609 801 513 625 545 529 545 801 833 753 929 801

47 54 50 45 56 63 61 63 67 65 62 69 50 62 39 62 42 62 62 51 45 35 36 38 50 32 39 34 33 34 50 52 47 58 50

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

PRESSURE AND SPEED SETTINGS HYDRAULIC OIL TEMPERATURE Multi-Weight Oil 60°C (140°F)

(Check appropriate box) Summer Oil 60°C (140°F)

Winter Oil

rpm

Spec.

ENGINE rpm - Tigercat FPT NEF 6.7 T4Final High Idle, no load maximum Low idle, no load Rated working PILOT SUPPLY Pilot supply pressure; low idle, no function Pilot supply pressure; high idle, no function Pilot supply pressure; high idle, swing with brake on

43°C (110°F)

2250 rpm 950 rpm 2200 rpm

High Low

34 bar (500 psi) 34 bar (500 psi) 34 bar (500 psi)

Low High High

MAIN PUMP Anti-Stall set Point 130 rpm below engine rpm High Stand-by Pressure, Max with Pilot OFF 34 bar (500 psi) Low Margin pressure 20 bar (290 psi) High To set Margin Pressure: Set head Forward speed to 25 seconds, set head tilt Forward to 138 bar (2,000 psi) MAIN VALVE Main Relief Load sense relief (measured at 'P' port) Boom port reliefs Cracking Pressure @ 'P' port Stick port reliefs Cracking Pressure @ 'P' port Tilt Port Relief Cracking Pressure @ 'P' port Tilt restrictor (pump pressure) Wrist Port Reliefs Standard Torque (if applicable) (Full Flow @ 'P' port) Wrist Port Reliefs High Torque (if applicable) (Full Flow @ 'P' port) Shear Port Reliefs Cracking Pressure @ 'P' port SWING Speed Swing Plate relief Crossline reliefs - Motor

**Set speed before pressures** (measured at 'LS' port) Full Flow @ 'LS' port

Page 1 of 8

3.113

Non - Adjustable 314 bar (4550 psi) 338 bar (4900 psi) 338 bar (4900 psi) 338 bar (4900 psi) 55 - 69 bar (800-1000 psi) 228 bar (3300 psi) 248 bar (3600 psi) 338 bar (4900 psi)

High Low Low Low Low Low Low Low

8.0 rpm 207 bar (3000 psi) 248 bar (3600 psi)

High High High

Lubrication and Maintenance FINAL DRIVE L.H. Final Drive Crossline relief Motor Start of regulation

OR

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

Rexroth - 248 bar (3600 psi) @ P Linde - 262 bar (3800 psi) @ P

Brake release (pilot pressure) Speed

Low Low Low Low

845C (Rexroth Motors)

Low - F8 High - F8

13 rpm Max. 28 rpm Max.

High High

845C (Rexroth Motors)

Low - FH400 High - FH400

13 rpm Max. 28 rpm Max.

High High

L845C (Linde Motors)

Low - F8 High - F8

11 rpm Max. 25 rpm Max.

High High

L845C (Linde Motors)

Low - F400 High - F400

9 rpm Max. 25 rpm Max.

High High

345 bar (5000 psi) Y1 55 - 69 bar Y1 (800 - 1000 psi) Y1 55 - 69 bar Y1 (800 - 1000 psi) 34 bar (500 psi)

Low Low

R.H. Final Drive Crossline relief Motor Start of regulation

OR

Rexroth - 248 bar (3600 psi) @ P Linde - 262 bar (3800 psi) @ P

Brake release (pilot pressure) Speed

345 bar (5000 psi) Y1 55 - 69 bar Y1 (800 - 1000 psi) Y1 55 - 69 bar Y1 (800 - 1000 psi) 34 bar (500 psi)

Low Low

845C (Rexroth Motors)

Low - F8 High - F8

13 rpm Max. 28 rpm Max.

High High

845C (Rexroth Motors)

Low - FH400 High - FH400

13 rpm Max. 28 rpm Max.

High High

L845C (Linde Motors)

Low - F8 High - F8

11 rpm Max. 25 rpm Max.

High High

L845C (Linde Motors)

Low - F400 High - F400

9 rpm Max. 25 rpm Max.

High High

Max. disp. Setting: Turn screw out until off the stroking piston, turn it back in to contact, then set max disp. by turning screw 1/4 turn in. (track raised off ground running in low)

Page 1 of 1

3.114

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

SAW PUMP (SAW HEAD) Pressure override Stand-by Pressure

(Measured @ 'PX") (Measured @ 'PX")

248 bar (3600 psi) 21 bar (300 psi)

Low Low

(Full Flow)

297 bar (4300 psi)

Low

221 bar (3200 psi) 86 - 90 bar (1250 - 1300 psi) (With 100mm (3.94") screw) 0.875 INCHES

High High

221 bar (3200 psi) 81 - 85 bar (1175 - 1225 psi) 86 - 90 bar (1075 - 1125 psi) 72 - 76 bar (1050 - 1100 psi)

High High High High

(Measured @ 'PX") (Measured @ 'PX")

207 bar (3000 psi) 24 bar (350 psi)

High Low

(Measured @ 'PL") (Measured @ 'PL" - non adjustable) (Measured @ 'PL" - non adjustable)

230 bar (3335 psi) 230 bar (3335 psi) 230 bar (3335 psi)

High High High

FAN PUMP Max pressure Stand-by pressure

186 bar (2700 psi) 19 bar (280 psi)

High Low

DOOR/ROOF PUMP Main Relief

207 bar (3000 psi)

SAW CONTROL VALVE Main relief SAW MOTOR (DT5001) Start of Regulation Speed Motor 'X' Dimension SAW MOTOR (ST5001, ST5401, ST5702) Start of Regulation Speed ST5101 Speed ST5401 Speed ST5701 ATTACHMENT PUMP Pressure override Stand-by Pressure ATTACHMENT VALVE Main relief Clamp arm port reliefs Accumulator arms port reliefs

NOTE: All hydraulic settings to be done with hydraulic oil at operating tempertures as per oil selection choice at top of sheet.

Page 1 of 1

3.115

Lubrication and Maintenance BOOM SPEED SETTINGS ER Boom w/Head Main Boom Cylinder UP 0.5 turns DOWN 4.5 turns

Tigercat 845D/L845D Feller Buncher Time w/Head

Time No Head

5.0 Sec 8.0 Sec

5.0 Sec 12.0 Sec

Stick Boom Cylinder OUT 5.0 Sec IN 5.0 Sec Head Tilt Cylinder FORWARD 1.3 turns BACKWARD 1.3 turns

Turns in from MAX OR Time Turns in from MAX OR Time

Time Only Time Only

4.0 Sec 4.0 Sec

Shear Head (If Applicable) CLOSE 1.5 Sec OPEN 1.5 Sec

4.0 Sec 4.0 Sec

Turns in from MAX OR Time Turns in from MAX OR Time

Time Only Time Only

Shear Head Clamp Arm (If Applicable) CLOSE 1.5 Sec OPEN 1.3 Sec

Time Only, opens before SHEAR

Leveling Valve (if Applicable) Level Fore 8.0 Sec Level Aft 8.0 Sec

Time Only via IQAN Time Only via IQAN

ATTACHMENT SPEED SETTINGS 30° Wrist Right 30° Wrist Left

4.0 Sec 4.0 Sec

Set in IQAN Display - Time only Set in IQAN Display - Time only

110° Wrist Right 110° Wrist Left

6.0 Sec 6.0 Sec

Set in IQAN Display - Time only Set in IQAN Display - Time only

340° Wrist Right 340° Wrist Left

10.5 Sec 10.5 Sec

Set in IQAN Display - Time only Set in IQAN Display - Time only

NOTE: All settings to be done with hydraulic oil at operating tempertures as per oil selection choice at top of sheet Engine RPM at HIGH.

Page 4 of 8

3.116